UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) or (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

or

 

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020.

 

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________.

 

☐ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission file number 001-38490

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

N/A
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

British Virgin Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

Suite 1801, Level 18, Landmark North 39 Lung Sum Avenue

Sheung Shui

New Territories, Hong Kong

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Roland Kohl

Chief Executive Officer

Suite 1801, Level 18, Landmark North

39 Lung Sum Avenue

Sheung Shui

New Territories, Hong Kong
telephone: (852) 2344-4248
fax: (852) 2343-4976
roland.kohl@highwayholdings.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Trading Symbol(s)   Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share

 

HIHO

 

NASDAQ Capital Market

Preferred Share Purchase Rights   N/A   NASDAQ Capital Market

  

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 3,971,825 Common Shares were outstanding as of March 31, 2020.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐  No ☒

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer ☐   Accelerated filer ☐   Non-accelerated filer ☒
        Emerging growth company ☐

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registration has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ☒

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☐ Other ☐

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow: ☐ Item 17 Item 18 ☐

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐  No ☒

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
PART I 1
   
Item 1.  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers 1
Item 2.  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable 1
Item 3.  Key Information 1
Item 4. Information on the Company 17
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments 34
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 35
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees 52
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions 60
Item 8.  Financial Information 61
Item 9.  The Offer and Listing 62
Item 10. Additional Information 62
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 70
Item 12.  Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities 70
     
PART II 71
   
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies 71
Item 14. Material Modification to the Rights of Securities Holders and Use of Proceeds 71
Item 15. Controls and Procedures 72
Item 16. Not applicable 74
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert 74
Item 16B. Code of Ethics 74
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 74
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees 75
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 75
Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant 75
Item 16G. Corporate Governance 76
Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure 76
     
PART III 77
     
Item 17. Financial statements 77
Item 18. Financial statements 77
Item 19. Exhibits 77

 

i

 

 

FORWARD - LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made under the “safe harbor” provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

You can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “is expected to,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “are likely to” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

the Company’s goals and strategies;

 

the Company’s expansion plans in Myanmar, including the operation of its manufacturing and assembly facilities at its new Myanmar factory;

 

the Company’s business development, financial condition and results of operations;

 

the Company’s anticipated business activities and the expected impact of these actions on its results of operations and financial condition;

 

expected changes in the Company’s revenues and certain cost or expense items;

 

the demand for, and market acceptance of, the Company’s products and services;

 

changes in the Company’s relationships with its major customers;

 

political, regulatory or economic changes in Hong Kong, Shenzhen, China, and Myanmar that affect the Company, including inflation, labor laws and worker relations, changing governmental rules and regulations, and structural factors affected manufacturing operators in general;

 

the impact of the novel coronavirus, COVID-19, on the business and operations of both the Company and on the Company’s customers; and

 

general economic and business conditions affecting the Company’s major customers.

 

You should read this annual report and the documents that we refer to in this annual report thoroughly and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. Other sections of this annual report, including the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 2, include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

ii

 

 

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise

 

CONVENTIONS

 

Highway Holdings Limited is a British Virgin Islands holding company that operates through various controlled subsidiaries. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to “the Company” refer collectively to Highway Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, including its 84% owned subsidiary in Myanmar. References to “China” or “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong), whereas references to “Hong Kong” are to the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China. References to “Myanmar” are to the Republic of the Union of Myanmar. Unless otherwise stated, all references to “dollars” or $ are to United States dollars. “RMB,” “Renminbi” or “yuan” are references to the legal currency of China. “MMK” or “Kyat” are to the legal currency of Myanmar. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is referred to in this Annual Report as the “SEC.”

 

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and publish our financial statements in United States dollars.

 

iii

 

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

Not Applicable

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

Not Applicable

 

Item 3. Key Information

 

The Company’s historical consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and presented in United States dollars. The following selected statements of operations data for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2020 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2019 and 2020 are derived from the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this Annual Report. The selected statements of operations data for each of the years ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016, 2017 and 2018 were derived from the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this Annual Report. The selected information is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, such consolidated financial statements, related notes and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included as Item 5 in this report.

 

Selected Consolidated Financial Information

 

(In thousands, except for per share data):

 

   2016   2017   2018   2019   2020 
Statement of Operations                    
Net sales  $22,935   $19,603   $19,166   $14,277   $12,558 
Gross profit   5,928    5,570    6,742    3,580    4,153 
Operating income/(loss)   1,516    761    1,938    (755)   747 
Net income/(loss) attributable to Highway Holdings Limited’s shareholders   1,251    527    1,550    (630)   686 
Per share amounts                         
Net income/(loss)-basic  $0.33   $0.14   $0.41   $(0.17)  $0.18 
Net income/(loss)-diluted   0.33    0.14    0.41    (0.17)   0.18 
Dividend declared(1)   0.40    0.27    0.32    0.25    0.08 
Weighted average number of shares:                         
Basic   3,802    3,802    3,802    3,802    3,910 
Diluted   3,802    3,802    3,802    3,802    3,910 
Dividend declared(1)  $1,521   $1,026   $1,216   $950   $319 
                          
Balance Sheet Data                         
Property, plant and equipment, net  $1,121   $954   $770   $886   $878 
Working capital   10,657    10,200    10,864    8,271    8,235 
Total assets   17,039    17,552    18,130    15,250    18,169 
Common shares   38    38    38    38    40 
Total equity   11,934    11,310    11,790    10,137    10,918 
Common shares issued and outstanding   3,802    3,802    3,802    3,802    3,972 

 

(1)Represents dividends declared during the fiscal year and not necessarily the payment date (dividends declared in one fiscal year may have been be paid to shareholders in the subsequent fiscal year).

 

1

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

The Company’s business and operations involve numerous risks, some of which are beyond the Company’s control, which may affect future results and the market price of the Company’s Common Shares. Investors should take into accounts the risks described below, and the other information contained in this Annual Report, when evaluating an investment in the Company.

 

Risks Related To Doing Business In China And Myanmar.

 

Changes in Labor Laws, Environmental Regulation, Safety Regulation and Business Practices, and Operating Costs in China, and in Shenzhen In Particular, Have Significantly Increased The Costs And Burdens Of Doing Business And Could Continue To Negatively Impact The Company’s Operations And Profitability. In the past, foreign owned enterprises, such as the Company and its subsidiaries, have established manufacturing/assembly facilities in China because of China’s lower labor costs, lower facilities costs, less stringent regulations, and certain other benefits provided to foreign entities. As described elsewhere in this Annual Report, these benefits are no longer available to most companies operating in Shenzhen, including in particular foreign-owned entities. In fact, the costs and burdens on foreign owned companies appear to be significantly greater than on local Chinese-owned companies. The cost of operating a manufacturing business in Shenzhen have increased significantly recently, including in particular rent and the cost of labor, and the amount of governmental inspections and intrusion have further significantly increased the costs and burdens of operating in China. For example, the Company estimates that there have been over 100 inspections at the Shenzhen facility during the past year, most of which were unwarranted or frivolous and many of which resulted in the Company having to make costly adjustments to operating practices. These factors have significantly increased the cost of doing business in China in the past few years. As a result of the cost increases, the Company has attempted to increase the prices it charged to its customers for products emanating from its Shenzhen, China facilities, but has mostly been unable to do so. The Company offered its customers lower prices if the products could be produced at the Company’s Myanmar facilities, but most customers initially resisted. The initial refusal by some customers to allow production to be moved to Myanmar has resulted in lower sales by both the customers and the Company. Some of these customers have also decided to source their products from other original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) that have a lower cost structure than the Company has. The foregoing factors have adversely affected the Company’s net sales and gross margins and may continue to do so in the future. While the Company is trying to offset the increasing costs and burdens of doing business in China (primarily by increasing automation and moving labor-intensive activities to Myanmar), no assurance can be given that in the longer term the Company will be able to continue to operate in China and/or remain viable under the new and evolving business or regulatory conditions in China.

 

Changing Internal Fiscal, Regulatory and Political Changes Continue to Negatively Affect The Company’s Operations in China. Most of the Company’s key functions, including tool design and manufacturing, engineering, administration, and automated manufacturing, are conducted from the Company’s facilities in China. As a result, the Company’s operations and assets are affected by the political, economic, legal and other uncertainties associated with doing business in China. Changes in policies by the Chinese government to its laws, regulations, or the interpretation thereof, the imposition of confiscatory taxation, restrictions on imports and sources of supply, currency re-valuations, or the expropriation of private enterprises, could materially adversely affect the Company. For example, the Chinese government has recently been imposing burdensome import regulations on companies, such as the Company, that heavily rely on imports of raw materials. In addition, foreign owned enterprises, including the Company, have recently been subject to numerous governmental inspections and have been subjected to additional burdensome regulations and, on occasion, to cash penalties and fines. While the Company has, to date, been able to continue its operations in China despite these changes and additional burdens, no assurance can be given that the increasing regulations and the more restrictive government policies will not, in the future, cause the Company’s operations to become financially untenable or otherwise materially affect its business, operations and financial condition.

 

2

 

 

Political Or Trade Controversies Between China And The United States Could Harm The Company’s Operating Results Or Depress The Company’s Stock Price. Relations between the U.S. and China have during the past few years been strained as a result of various economic and geopolitical disputes between the countries. These political and economic issues have resulted in tariffs being imposed by both China and the U.S. and have resulted in the imposition of restrictions on the import/export of certain products. Although the Company’s sales to the U.S. are not substantial, and the Company does not import raw materials from the U.S., these actions could increase the costs of manufacturing or otherwise interfere with the Company’s operations in China. These disruptions of the trade relations with the U.S. could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future business. While the current trade disputes with China to date have not directly materially affected the Company’s business, no assurance can be given that these and any other future controversies will not negatively affect the Company’s business and operations in China. In addition to the impact that the trade dispute may have on the Company’s business, the political and trade friction between the U.S. and China could adversely affect the prevailing market price for the Company’s Common Shares. The Company, whose shares are publicly listed on the U.S. Nasdaq stock market, could be perceived in China to be an American company and, as such, could face persecution in various forms from the government. Similarly, because the Company operates in Shenzhen, China, the Company could be perceived to be a Chinese company by U.S. investors, These trade or political disputes between the U.S. and China could affect U.S. investors’ perception of China-based manufacturing companies listed on U.S. stock markets, which could adversely affect the Company’s stock price.

 

Increased Wages And The Other Costs Of Labor in China Have a Material Negative Impact The Company’s Operations And Continue to Increase Its Operating Costs. Wages in China in general, and in Shenzhen in particular, have significantly increased during the past few years. Increases in wages has also resulted in increases in employer contributions for various mandatory social welfare benefits for Chinese employees that are based on percentages of their salaries. These increases in the cost of labor will continue to increase the Company’s operating costs, will reduce the Company’s gross margins, and may continue to result in the loss of customers who may seek, and are able to obtain, comparable products and services in lower-cost regions of the world or from certain local Chinese companies that receive governmental support of subsidies. During the past few fiscal years, some of the Company’s larger customers have been unwilling to pay the higher prices that the Company had to charge in response to higher cost of operations and, accordingly, the Company’s new sales have decreased. Future increases in the Company’s costs and in the prices that it charges its customers may result the loss of additional customers and in the loss of revenues, which could affect the Company’s financial results.

 

The Company May Be Subject To Significant Employee Termination Payment Obligations In China. Under China’s labor laws, the Company’s local employees are entitled to receive significant employment termination payments if the Company terminates their employment. Although the Company has been reducing the amount of this potential liability by not replacing employees who resign or otherwise leave, any mass layoff could trigger the sudden payment of the entire severance payment obligation. For example, if the Company were forced to change the location of its Shenzhen factory, under the applicable regulations all employees would be deemed to be terminated, and the Company would have to pay out the entire accrued severance liability. While the Company has been accruing these severance payments as a liability on its financial statements (as of March 31, 2020, the Company accrued $1,167,000 of severance liabilities), the payment of these accrued amounts could result in a significant decrease in the Company’s cash reserves.

 

3

 

 

The Company’s Shenzhen, China, Leases Could Subject the Company To Substantial Future Risks and Costs. The Company’s engineering, research and development, and its automated manufacturing facilities are currently still located in Long Hua, Shenzhen, China. The Company recently extended its leases for this facility until February 28, 2023. As part of the lease extension, the landlord required the Company to make permanent improvements to the buildings at the Company’s expense. The landlord was able to extract these changes because it knows that the Company is unable to move its factory to another location without incurring significant expense and other difficulties. If the Company were to move its facilities to another location in Shenzhen, or elsewhere in China, the Company would have to pay all of the accrued employee severance obligations. See, “Risk Factors--The Company May Be Subject To Significant Employee Termination Payment Obligations In China”, above. In addition, the Company would have difficulty re-hiring many of its key employees, and those that it could re-hire would demand higher wages. As result, the Company could be subject to future demands by the landlord, and any renewal of the lease in three years could be at a substantially higher cost.

 

The Company Faces Risks From Its Expanded Operations In Myanmar. In response to increased costs and burdens of operating in China, and in order to partially insulate the Company’s manufacturing operations from the effects of the U.S./China trade and political disputes, the Company has decided to move most of the Company’s labor-intensive work from Shenzhen, China, to Yangon, Myanmar (formerly Burma). Following decades of authoritarian rule, Myanmar recently enacted various political and economic reforms that have made it possible for foreign businesses to operate in Myanmar, and to own an interest in Myanmar companies. In addition, the U.S. and European Union recently lifted many trade sanctions with Myanmar. As a result, a number of international and other enterprises have started acquiring interests in businesses in Myanmar. In March 2015 the Company acquired 75% of Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. (“Kayser Myanmar”), a foreign company authorized to operate in Myanmar. In January 2017 the Company increased its ownership interest in Kayser Myanmar to 84%. Early in 2019, Kayser Myanmar moved its existing operations to a larger and newer factory facility in Yangon. The Company has also transferred a substantial portion of its non-automated manufacturing equipment from its Shenzhen, China, operations to the Kayser Myanmar facilities in order to enable the Myanmar company to assemble and manufacture more of the Company’s products in Myanmar. In addition to the assembly services currently performed in Myanmar, the Company recently commenced transferring some of its component manufacturing equipment to Myanmar. However, operating in an underdeveloped country such as Myanmar is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. These risks include labor relations issues (including strikes), lack of infrastructure, uncertain rules and regulations, unpredictable access to utilities (including electricity), cultural and political issues with local governmental authorities, and the lack of international financing expertise. Because the Company is continuing to shift production from China to Myanmar, the impact of negative events in Myanmar will have a more significant impact on the Company in the future. The operations in Myanmar also are subject to the currency risks associated with the Myanmar Kyat (MMK), the official currency of that country. Myanmar recently permitted the exchange rate between the Kyat and the U.S. dollar to fluctuate, which fluctuations could materially change the cost of operating in Myanmar. No assurance can be given that unfavorable currency fluctuations will not occur in the future.

 

4

 

 

Wages In Myanmar Have Recently Increased Substantially and are Expected to Continue to Increase, Which Could Affect the Company’s Future Operations in Myanmar. The Company decided to establish its manufacturing operations in Myanmar in large part because of the lower wages paid to workers in Myanmar. However, the Myanmar government has recently made material changes to the labor laws in Myanmar and has increased wages, which labor law changes and increased wages could make operating in Myanmar by Kayser Myanmar more expensive and difficult. Since the Company’s plan is to shift much of its expensive and highly regulated work from its China facility to Kayser Myanmar, increasing the cost of labor and imposing additional regulations in Myanmar may make the future operations in Myanmar economically less beneficial than anticipated. No assurance can be given that Kayser Myanmar will be able to operate in a cost-efficient manner in the future. Should Kayser Myanmar continue to experience increased costs and regulatory restrictions, the Company may lose the low-cost benefits of operating in Myanmar that it was expecting in order to continue to service its larger clients.

 

The Company’s Customers May Restrict, Or Prohibit, Their Products To Be Manufactured In Myanmar, Which Would Negatively Affect The Company’s Operations In Myanmar. The Company has shifted approximately one-half of its assembly and manufacturing operations from the higher cost operations in China to the new lower cost facility in Myanmar as part of the Company’s business plan to retain its existing customers and to increase its competitiveness in the OEM marketplace. Accordingly, it is becoming increasingly important that that the Company’s customers agree to have their products manufactured in Yangon, Myanmar. To date, some of the Company’s customers have refused to have their products manufactured in Myanmar. While the quality of the products manufactured at Kayser Myanmar has satisfied those customers who have tested the quality of the products manufactured in Myanmar, other customers have been reluctant to permit the Company to outsource the manufacture of their products to the Myanmar assembly facility because of political and public relations issues. For example, the Rohingya humanitarian crisis, and the Myanmar government’s actions in expelling many Rohingya from Myanmar, have further tarnished Myanmar’s unfavorable human rights record. In the event that the Company’s customers prohibit the Company from manufacturing their products in Myanmar, the Company’s operations and financial condition will be significantly and adversely affected. No assurance can be given that customers will not, in the future, withdraw their work from Myanmar.

 

Uncertain Legal System and Application of Laws May Adversely Affect The Company’s Properties And Operations In Both China And Myanmar. The legal systems of China and Myanmar are often unclear and are continually evolving, and there can be no certainty as to the application of laws and regulations in particular instances. While China has an increasingly comprehensive system of laws, the application of these laws by the existing regional and local authorities is often in conflict and subject to inconsistent interpretation, implementation and enforcement. New laws and changes to existing laws occur quickly, sometimes unpredictably, and often arbitrarily. As is the case with all businesses operating in both China and Myanmar, the Company often is also required to comply with informal laws and trade practices imposed by local and regional administrators. Local taxes and other charges are levied depending on the local needs for tax revenues and may not be predictable or evenly applied. These local and regional taxes/charges and governmentally imposed business practices often affect the Company’s cost of doing business and require the Company to constantly modify its business methods to both comply with these local rules and to lessen the financial impact and operational interference of such policies. While the Company has, to date, been able to increase its compliance with the regulations and operate within the newly enforced rules and business practices in China, no assurance can be given that it will continue to be able to do so in the future. Should the local or regional governments or administrators impose new practices or levies that the Company cannot effectively respond to, or should the administrators continue to enforce rules that they have not previously enforced, the Company’s operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted. The Company’s ability to appeal many of the local and regionally imposed laws and regulations is limited, and the Company may not be able to seek adequate redress for laws that materially damage its business. The judiciary systems in China and Myanmar are relatively inexperienced in enforcing the laws that govern businesses, leading to a higher than usual degree of uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation. Even where adequate laws do exist in China and Myanmar, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of that law.

 

5

 

 

The Company’s Operations In Myanmar Are Dependent Upon Its Newly Leased Factory Complex In Yangon, Myanmar, And The Loss Or Interference With That Lease Would Materially, And Adversely, Affect The Company’s Operations In Myanmar. On March 29, 2019 Kayser Myanmar entered into a 50-year lease for an approximately 6,900 square meter (1.67 acres) factory estate in Yangon. Kayser Myanmar advanced $950,000 to the landlord as a prepayment of rent under the lease (at currency conversion rate in effect at that time, the prepayment represents approximately 12 years of rental payments), and has spent approximately $600,000 on refurbishing the complex and building one new factory building and a new office building at the site. Accordingly, this new facility represents a significant long-term investment by the Company in its operations in Myanmar. All of Kayser Myanmar’s operations will be conducted at this new facility. Any interference or interruption of Kayser Myanmar’s right to operate that this new facility, including as a result of a dispute with the landlord or because of any actions or regulations by Myanmar governmental or administrative authorities, could materially negatively affect the Company’s investment in the new factory and its ability to operate in Myanmar.

  

The Company Has Substantial Assets In Myanmar, And Any Action By The Government To Expropriate Or Restrict Those Assets Would Materially Harm The Company. Myanmar has only recently permitted non-Myanmar businesses to operate in Myanmar. The laws governing foreign businesses regulate both the manner in which such foreign entities can operate as well as the ownership of assets by foreign entities. The laws and regulations under which foreign business can operate and own assets are still being developed and are changing. As a result, there is substantial uncertainty in operating in Myanmar and in owning equipment, machinery and inventory (the Company currently does not own any real estate, but it does hold a long-term lease on its factory in Myanmar). The Company has transferred a substantial amount of its machinery and equipment from its Shenzhen factor to its Myanmar factory, and has purchased new equipment for the Myanmar factory. Also, the Company has purchased raw materials and parts inventory for use at the Myanmar facility. As of March 31, 2020, the value of the Company’s property, plant and equipment residing in Myanmar, was approximately $751,000. While the Company is not aware of any expropriation of property from foreign entities or other similar actions taken by Myanmar, no assurance can be given that Myanmar will not in the future adopt laws, or take actions, that affect the Company’s Myanmar assets and properties. 

 

6

 

 

Labor Shortages and Employee Turnover May Negatively Affect The Company’s Operations and Profitability. One of the principal economic advantages of locating the Company’s operations in China and Myanmar has been the availability of low cost labor. Due to the enormous growth in manufacturing in China, workers’ higher salary expectations, and the after effects of China’s one-child policy, the Company has recently experienced difficulty in filling its lower cost labor needs in China. In addition to the recently developing tight labor market, the Company has also been affected by cyclical trends and other shortages in labor supply. The Company regularly faces severe labor shortages in Shenzhen as a result of the Chinese New Year during which time the Company follows the customary practice at its factory complex to grant its employees home leave and to, therefore, temporarily discontinuing operations. Any material or prolonged shortage of labor would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. As a result of the high cost of labor, the changing nature of the labor market, and the departure of employees that typically occurs during the Chinese New Year, many of the Company’s assembly workers have to be replaced every year. Due in part to these wage increases and labor shortages, the Company has stopped most of its labor-intensive manufacturing in China and now uses its Shenzhen facilities mostly for engineering, tool manufacturing, design and administrative purposes. Since these functions are performed by higher paid professional employees, the Company’s exposure to the labor issues in China has been reduced. However, the cost and risks of hiring and training new employees has shifted to Myanmar as the Company now performs most of its labor-intensive manufacturing in Myanmar. Myanmar also observes an extended new year’s celebration each year in April during which the Company’s factories are closed and all workers temporarily leave. Because many of the Myanmar factory workers are migrant workers who live far from the Company’s Yangon factory, many do not return after the holidays the Company is required to annually hire, and train, new workers.

 

Import Duties and Restrictions May Negatively Affect The Company’s Operations and Liquidity. China is increasingly regulating and monitoring imports of raw materials and parts by manufacturers in China, which regulations make it more burdensome and expensive to import the materials that the Company needs to manufacture its products. The Company now also has to operate under import customs contracts in Myanmar, or under bonded warehouse arrangements, in order to be able to import goods into Myanmar without paying taxes or duties. Failure by the Company or by third parties who perform transportation services for the Company to comply with the import regulations can lead to financial penalties on the Company, to additional restrictions on import activities, and could even result in the prohibition of future duty free import/exports by the Company. Any such prohibition would adversely affect the Company’s business and operations. No assurance can be given that the Company or its transportation service providers will be able to, or will in fact fully comply with the increased import regulations. Because of the burdensome bonded warehouse customs regulations in China, and because the Company only has a small amount of manufacturing left in China that requires the importation of goods, the Company plans to terminate its Chinese bonded warehouse custom contracts later in 2020. The action to terminate this 30-year old arrangement could have unforeseen consequences on the Company.

 

7

 

 

Risks Related To The Company’s Operations, Structure And Strategy.

 

The Company Faces On-Going Risks Related To The COVID-19 Outbreak. The outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) in December 2019 in China significantly impacted the Company’s operations in China and then also in Myanmar, and is expected to negatively impact the Company’s sales for an uncertain period of time. The COVID-19 pandemic has affected the Company’s operations in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, and is expected to impact its sales in the future as the virus spreads to most parts of the world. The COVID-19 pandemic forced the closure of the Company’s Shenzhen, China, factory for over four weeks from mid-January to mid-February, and then forced the closure of most of the factories in Yangon, Myanmar, for four weeks from early April. The travel and other restrictions that were imposed as a result of COVID-19, many of which remain in effect, continue to hinder the Company’s operations and limit the Company’s engineers and technicians from travelling to Myanmar to assist the Myanmar facility with its engineering needs. The actions taken by the Company to provide its employees with a safe and sanitary working environment has increased costs and reduced productivity at the Company’s facilities. The epidemic has also resulted in quarantines, travel restrictions, and the temporary closure of stores and facilities in China, in most European countries and in the United States (including stay-at-home orders). As a result of these actions, demand for many of the products sold by the Company’s clients has decreased and is expected to continue to remain weak. The Company is unable to estimate the future negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s operations and its sales to its customers, but the impact may be significant and last for an extended period of time. Although the Company believes that its current financial condition will permit it to continue to operate for an extended period of time taking into consideration the anticipated consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, no assurance can be given that the Company will in fact have sufficient financial resources to operate through an lengthy COVID-19 related economic downturn.

 

The Company Is Financially Dependent On A Few Major Customers. During the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company’s aggregate sales to its five largest customers accounted for approximately 89.3% and 89.4% of net sales respectively. While there are material benefits to limiting its customer base to a few, large, well-established and financially strong customers, having fewer customers also has significant risks. The Company’s success will depend to a significant extent on maintaining its major customers and on the businesses of its major customers. The Company could be materially adversely affected if it loses one or more of its major customers or if the business and operations of its existing major customers declines. While the Company has in the past either been able to replace major customers or to increase the amount of orders it receives from its remaining customers, no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to do so in the future. In addition, with few, larger customers, the Company’s operations are more significantly impacted by a delay or reduction of any anticipated purchase orders or by the loss of any one or more of its major customers. The Company’s revenues have decreased during each of the past three years due to a reduction in sales to certain of the Company’s largest customers and the difficulty that the Company has had in attracting new customers. In the event that the Company is not able to attract new customers or obtain increased orders from its existing customers, the Company’s revenues in the current fiscal year ending March 31, 2021 could continue to decline and be less than the revenues in the prior fiscal years.

 

8

 

 

In addition to its increasing dependence on generating revenues from fewer, larger customers, the Company’s risk exposure to the collection of its accounts receivable likewise is increasing as the size of receivables from individual clients increases. A substantial portion of the Company’s sales to its major customers are made on credit, which exposes the Company to the risk of significant revenue loss if a major customer is unable to honor its credit obligations to the Company. Any material delay in being paid by its larger customers, or any default by a major customer on its obligations to the Company would significantly and adversely affect the Company’s liquidity. As of March 31, 2020 and 2019, accounts receivable from the five customers with the largest receivable balances at year-end represented, in the aggregate, 85.6% and 89.5% of the total outstanding receivables, respectively.

 

Transactions Between The Company And Its Subsidiaries May Be Subject To Scrutiny By Various Tax Authorities And Could Expose The Company To Additional Taxes. The Company operates through various subsidiaries in various countries. These subsidiaries make inter-company purchases at various prices. Under China’s enterprise income tax law, all such inter-company transactions have to be made on an arm’s-length basis and are subject to scrutiny as transfer pricing transactions between related parties. Transactions between the various subsidiaries located inside and outside of China must also meet China’s transfer pricing documentation requirements that include the basis for determining pricing between the related entities, as well as the computation methodology. The Company could face material and adverse consequences if the Chinese tax authorities determine that transactions between the Company’s various subsidiaries do not represent arm’s-length pricing regulations and, therefore, that such transactions are deemed to be structured to avoid taxes. Such a determination could result in increased tax liabilities of the affected subsidiaries and potentially subject the Company to late payment interest and other penalties.

 

The Company Is Highly Dependent Upon Its Executive Officers And Its Other Managers. The Company is highly dependent upon Roland Kohl, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and its other officers and managers. Although the Company has signed employment contracts with Mr. Kohl and certain of its other key officers/managers, no assurance can be given that those employees will remain with the Company during the terms of their employment agreements. The loss of the services of any of the foregoing persons would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and operations. Mr. Kohl’s current employment agreement was recently extended and revised so that his compensation can be reduced by 50% in any subsequent fiscal quarter if the Company experiences a net loss in the prior fiscal quarter. The Company owns a $2,000,000 life insurance policy issued to insure the Company’s in the event of Mr. Kohl’s death. In addition, the Myanmar operations are highly dependent upon that facilities’ Managing Director (who also is its co-founder). Should the Myanmar co-founder leave, the Myanmar operations could be materially affected, and the Company could have difficulty in finding a replacement.

 

9

 

 

The Company Faces Significant Competition From Numerous Larger, Better Capitalized, and International Competitors. The Company competes against numerous manufacturers for all of its current products. Such competition arises from both third-party manufacturers and from the in–house manufacturing capabilities of existing customers. To a large extent, the Company competes in its OEM business on the basis of quality, price, service, and the ability to deliver products on a reliable basis. Due to significant competition and the availability of alternate OEM suppliers for the Company’s customers, the Company has, at times, been reluctant, or even unable to pass through significant materials cost increases. This has, at times, led to lower gross margins and even to net losses in some product lines. During the past few years, the Company has also lost manufacturing contracts because of its price increases, which losses have resulted in lower net sales. As a result of these factors, the Company will have to continue to operate at narrow gross profit margins, which could jeopardize the Company’s financial position.

 

Since locating its facilities in Shenzhen, China, in 1991, the Company has been able to compete with other manufacturers based on its cost of operations in Shenzhen, the availability of a large labor pool, its favorable tax status, and its convenient access to Hong Kong’s shipping port and business/banking facilities. However, since the Company first moved to Shenzhen as one of the first manufacturers in that locality, many other manufacturers have re-located or established new facilities in Shenzhen, and the Company’s competitive advantage has been significantly diminished. In addition, many of the larger, international companies that have established competing facilities in Shenzhen have also established manufacturing facilities in other low-cost manufacturing locations, many located outside of China, which have given those competitors the ability to shift their manufacturing to those locations whenever costs at those other locations are cheaper than in Shenzhen. Accordingly, the Company has indirectly been competing against both the competitors in Shenzhen as well as the other facilities outside of China. The significantly increases in the cost of operating in China, including changes in labor laws, changes in environmental regulations and in the enforcement of such regulations, increases in safety regulations, and a general increase in the cost of doing business have all collectively eroded many of the advantages of operating in China. No assurance can be given that the Company will continue to be able to compete effectively against companies based in China or, in particular, those operating outside of China.

 

During The Course Of The Audits Of Our Consolidated Financial Statements, We And Our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms Identified Material Weaknesses In Our Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. If We Fail To Re-Establish And Maintain An Effective System Of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, Our Ability To Accurately And Timely Report Our Financial Results Or Prevent Fraud May Be Adversely Affected, And Investor Confidence And The Market Price Of Our Common Shares May Be Adversely Impacted. We are subject to reporting obligations under the U.S. securities laws. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, adopted rules pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requiring every public company to include a management report on such company’s internal control over financial reporting in its annual report, which contains management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

 

10

 

 

We and our independent registered public accounting firms, in connection with the preparation and external audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020, identified material weaknesses related to internal control over financial reporting in respect of our operations in Myanmar. Following the identification of the material weaknesses and other control deficiencies, we have taken measures and plan to continue to take measures to remedy these deficiencies. However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address the material weakness and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot conclude that they have been fully remedied.

 

Our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of March 31, 2020, and the following material weaknesses were identified: (i) We have not maintained sufficient internal controls over cash related controls at our Myanmar operations, which pertain to the maintenance of records in reasonable detail to accurately and fairy reflect and record cash transactions. Although many of financial transactions in Myanmar are conducted with cash, the effects of poor cash controls were mitigated by the fact that we only maintained a small balance of cash in Myanmar; (ii) We do not have sufficient and skilled accounting personnel, particularly in Myanmar, with an appropriate level of technical accounting knowledge and experience in the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States commensurate with the our financial reporting requirements; and (iii) We do not have appropriate and adequate policies and procedures in place in Myanmar to evaluate the proper accounting and disclosures of key transactions and documents. See “Item 15. Controls and Procedures—Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” Measures that we implement to address these material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting might not fully address them, and we might not be able to conclude that they have been fully remedied. Failure to correct these material weaknesses or failure to discover and address any other control deficiencies could result in inaccuracies in our consolidated financial statements and could also impair our ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and make related regulatory filings on a timely basis. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of our common shares, may be materially and adversely affected. 

 

Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Will Continue to Affect the Company’s Operations and Profitability. Because the Company engages in international trade and operates using three different currencies, the Company is subject to the risks of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Company’s operations are based in the PRC, Hong Kong and in Myanmar. However, because most the Company’s customers are located outside of these markets (primarily in Europe), the Company makes and/or receives payments in various currencies (including U.S. dollars, Hong Kong dollars, RMB and Euros), and pays its expenses in RMB, Hong Kong dollars, and MMK. As a result, the Company is exposed to the risks associated with possible foreign currency controls, currency exchange rate fluctuations or devaluations. For example, the Company realized a currency exchange gains of $7,000 and $63,000 in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2018, respectively, but incurred a currency exchange loss of $8,000 in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019. Notwithstanding these currency conversion rate fluctuations, the Company does not attempt to hedge its currency exchange risks and, therefore, will continue to experience certain gains or losses due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company does attempt to limit its currency exchange rate exposure in certain of its OEM contracts through contractual provisions, which may limit, though not eliminate, these currency risks. In addition, the Company has an understanding with many of its larger European customers that the Company’s quoted prices will be periodically adjusted to reflect currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Company is also attempting to limit its exposure to currency fluctuations with its non-U.S. based customers by increasingly asking for payment in U.S. dollars. Nevertheless, no assurance can be given that the Company will not suffer future currency exchange rate losses that will materially impact the Company’s financial results and condition.

 

11

 

 

The Company is Exposed to Significant Worldwide Political, Economic, Legal And Other Risks Related To Its International Operations. The Company is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, has administrative offices for its subsidiaries in Hong Kong, and has all of its manufacturing facilities in China and Myanmar. The Company sells its products to customers in China, Europe, Hong Kong, North America and elsewhere in Asia. As a result, its operations are subject to significant political and economic risks and legal uncertainties, including changes in international and domestic customs regulations, changes in tariffs, trade restrictions, trade agreements and taxation, changes in economic and political conditions and in governmental policies, difficulties in managing or overseeing foreign operations, and wars, civil unrest, acts of terrorism and other conflicts. The occurrence or consequences of any of these factors may restrict the Company’s ability to operate in the affected region and decrease the profitability of the Company’s operations in that region.

 

Acquisitions Or Strategic Investments, Including The Recent Expansion Into Myanmar, May Not Be Successful And May Harm The Company’s Operating Results. The Company has in the past, and may in the future, acquire, invest in, or enter into strategic arrangements with other companies in China and elsewhere (including elsewhere in Asia, Europe or even in North or Central America). For example, as part of its strategy to reduce some of its operating expenses, in the past few years the Company acquired an 84% interest in a Myanmar company and a 51% interest in a venture that it co-owns with ACI Group GmbH, a company based in Zimmern o. R., Germany. The Company’s investments in Myanmar have, to date, met the Company’s goals. However, the Company’s much smaller investment in the German company that is established to manufacture proprietary CO2 cleaning systems for industrial and commercial cleaning applications, has not been a success. Such acquisitions or strategic investments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and operating results because of:

 

The assumption of unknown liabilities, including employee obligations. Although the Company normally conducts extensive legal and accounting due diligence in connection with its acquisitions, there are many liabilities that cannot be discovered, and which liabilities could be material.

 

The Company could incur significant expenses related to bringing the financial, accounting and internal control procedures of the acquired business into compliance with U.S. GAAP financial accounting standards and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

 

The Company’s operating results could be impaired as a result of restructuring or impairment charges related to amortization expenses associated with intangible assets.

 

The Company could experience significant difficulties in successfully integrating any acquired operations, technologies, customers’ products and businesses with its operations.

 

Future acquisitions could divert the Company’s capital and management’s attention to other business concerns.

 

The Company may not be able to hire the key employees necessary to manage or staff the acquired enterprise operations.

 

12

 

 

Risks Related To Regulatory Oversight And The Company’s Charter.

 

Certain Legal Consequences of Incorporation in the British Virgin Islands. The Company is incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and its corporate affairs are governed by its Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association and by the BVI Business Companies Act of the British Virgin Islands. Principles of law relating to such matters as the validity of corporate procedures, the fiduciary duties of the Company’s management, directors and controlling shareholders and the rights of the Company’s shareholders differ from those that would apply if the Company were incorporated in a jurisdiction within the U.S. Further, the rights of shareholders under British Virgin Islands law are not as clearly established as the rights of shareholders under legislation or judicial precedent in existence in most U.S. jurisdictions. Thus, the public shareholders of the Company may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions of the management, directors or controlling shareholders than they might have as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction. In addition, there is doubt that the courts of the British Virgin Islands would enforce, either in an original action or in an action for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, liabilities that are predicated upon the securities laws of the U.S.

 

The Company’s Recently Enacted A Rights Plan, And Certain Provisions of Its Amended and Restated Memorandum And Articles of Association May Discourage a Change of Control. In April 2018, the Company adopted a shareholder rights plan (the “Rights Plan”) that provides for the issuance of one right (“Right”) for each of our outstanding common shares. The Rights are designed to assure that all shareholders receive fair and equal treatment in the event of any proposed takeover and to guard against partial tender offers, open market accumulations, undisclosed voting arrangements and other abusive or coercive tactics to gain control of the Company or the Board of Directors without paying all shareholders a control premium. The Rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that acquires 15% or more of the Common Shares on terms not approved by our board of directors. The Rights Plan may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of the Company or management that shareholders may consider favorable.

 

Some provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association also may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of the Company or management, including provisions that 1) provide that a meeting of shareholders can be called only by the Company’s Board of Directors, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, or President and not by shareholders; (2) provide that directors of the Company may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares; and (3) require a vote of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares to amend these and certain other provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result, shareholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

 

13

 

 

It May be Difficult to Serve the Company with Legal Process or Enforce Judgments Against the Company’s Management or the Company. The Company is a British Virgin Islands holding corporation with subsidiaries in Hong Kong, Myanmar and China. Substantially, all of the Company’s assets are located in the PRC and Myanmar, and no assets, employees or operations are located in the U.S. In addition, other than one director, all of the Company’s officers and directors reside outside of the U.S. It may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States or elsewhere outside the PRC, Myanmar or Hong Kong upon the Company’s directors, or executive officers, including effecting service of process with respect to matters arising under United States federal securities laws or applicable state securities laws. The PRC does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the United States and many other countries. As a result, recognition and enforcement in the PRC or Myanmar of judgments of a court in the United States or many other jurisdictions in relation to any matter, including securities laws, may be difficult or impossible.

 

No treaty exists between Hong Kong or the British Virgin Islands and the United States providing for the reciprocal enforcement of foreign judgments. However, the courts of Hong Kong and the British Virgin Islands are generally prepared to accept a foreign judgment as evidence of a debt due. An action may then be commenced in Hong Kong or the British Virgin Islands for recovery of this debt. A Hong Kong or British Virgin Islands court will only accept a foreign judgment as evidence of a debt due if various conditions are met, including the condition that the judgment is for a liquidated amount in a civil matter, the foreign court has taken jurisdiction on grounds that are recognized by the common law rules as to conflict of laws in Hong Kong or the British Virgin Islands, the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained, the judgment itself and the enforcement of the judgment are not contrary to the public policy of Hong Kong or the British Virgin Islands, and the person against whom the judgment is given is subject to the jurisdiction of the Hong Kong or the British Virgin Islands court.

 

Enforcement of a foreign judgment in Hong Kong or the British Virgin Islands may also be limited or affected by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, arrangement and moratorium, or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, and will be subject to a statutory limitation of time within which proceedings may be brought.

 

Risks Related To Our Common Shares.

 

Volatility Of Market Price Of the Company’s Shares. The markets for equity securities have been volatile, and the price of the Company’s Common Shares has been and could continue to be subject to material fluctuations in response to quarter to quarter variations in operating results, news announcements, trading volume, general market trends both domestically and internationally, currency movements and interest rate fluctuations.

 

14

 

 

Exemptions Under The Exchange Act As A Foreign Private Issuer. The Company is a foreign private issuer within the meaning of rules promulgated under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). As such, and though its Common Shares are registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, it is exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act applicable to United States public companies including: the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the Commission of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K; the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations with respect to a security registered under the Exchange Act; the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction (i.e., a purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the issuer’s equity securities within six months or less), and the provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. In addition, certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 do not apply to the Company. Because of the exemptions under the Exchange Act and Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to foreign private issuers, shareholders of the Company are not afforded the same protections or information generally available to investors in public companies organized in the United States.

 

While The Company Has In The Past Paid Dividends, No Assurance Can Be Given That The Company Will Declare Or Pay Cash Dividends In The Future. The Company’s policy has been to pay a cash dividend at least once a year to all holders of its Common Shares, subject to its profitability and cash position. The Company made four dividend payments in fiscal 2019 (a total of $0.35 per share), but only declared one dividend payment in fiscal 2020 (for a $0.08 per share dividend that was paid on April 6, 2020). Dividends are declared and payable at the discretion of the Board of Directors and depend upon, among other things, the Company’s net profit after taxes, the anticipated future earnings of the Company, the success of the Company’s business activities, the Company’s capital requirements, and the general financial conditions of the Company. Although it is the Company’s intention to pay dividends during profitable fiscal years, the Company does not expect to pay dividends during periods when the Company’s operations have not been profitable, or when the Company uses a material amount of its financial resources for long-term capital investments. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the Company will pay dividends in fiscal 2021, or that the Company will pay any dividends in the future even if it has a profitable year or is otherwise capable of doing so. If the Company does not pay a cash dividend, the Company’s shareholders will not realize a return on their investment in the Common Shares except to the extent of any appreciation in the value of the Common Shares. 

 

Risk of Cybersecurity Breaches Could Adversely Affect Our Business, Revenues and Competitive Position. Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise the Company’s information and expose the Company to liability, which would cause the Company’s business and reputation to suffer. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, the Company stores sensitive data, including business information and regarding its customers, suppliers and business partners, in the Company’s networks. The secure maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to the Company’s operations. Despite the Company’s security measures, its information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise the Company’s networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, regulatory penalties, disrupt the Company’s operations, and damage the Company’s reputation, which could adversely affect its business, revenues and competitive position.

 

15

 

 

If Our Auditors Are Sanctioned Or Otherwise Penalized By The PCAOB Or The SEC As A Result Of Failure To Comply With Inspection Or Investigation Requirements, Our Financial Statements Could Be Determined To Be Not In Compliance With The Requirements Of The U.S. Exchange Act Or Other Laws Or Rules In The United States, Which Could Ultimately Result In Our Common Shares Being Delisted. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firms that issue the audit reports included in the Company’s annual reports filed with the SEC, as auditors of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and firms registered with the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”), are required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess their compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards.

 

Because the Company has substantial operations within the PRC and the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections of the work of the Company’s auditors as it relates to those operations without the approval of the Chinese authorities, the Company’s auditors are not currently inspected fully by the PCAOB. Inspections of other firms that the PCAOB has conducted outside China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct full inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditors’ audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to PCAOB inspections.

 

The SEC previously instituted proceedings against mainland Chinese affiliates of the “big four” accounting firms for failing to produce audit work papers under Section 106 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act because of restrictions under PRC law. Each of the “big four” accounting firms in mainland China agreed to a censure and to pay a fine to the SEC to settle the dispute and stay the proceedings for four years, until the proceedings were deemed dismissed with prejudice on February 6, 2019. It remains unclear whether the SEC will commence a new administrative proceeding against the four mainland China-based accounting firms. While these issues raised by the proceedings are not specific to our auditors or to us, they potentially affect equally all PCAOB-registered audit firms based in China and all businesses based in China (or with substantial operations in China) with securities listed in the United States. Any such new proceedings or similar action against our audit firms for failure to provide access to audit work papers could result in the imposition of penalties, such as suspension of our auditors’ ability to practice before the SEC. If our independent registered public accounting firm were denied, even temporarily, the ability to practice before the SEC, and it was determined that our financial statements or audit reports were not in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, we could be at risk of delisting or become subject to other penalties that would adversely affect our ability to remain listed on the Nasdaq.

 

16

 

 

In recent years, U.S. regulators have continued to express their concerns about challenges in their oversight of financial statement audits of U.S.-listed companies with significant operations in China. More recently, as part of increased regulatory focus in the U.S. on access to audit information, on May 20, 2020, the U.S. Senate passed the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, or the HFCA Act, which includes requirements for the SEC to identify issuers whose audit reports are prepared by auditors that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a restriction imposed by a non-U.S. authority in the auditor’s local jurisdiction. If the HFCA Act or any similar legislation were enacted into law, our securities may be prohibited from trading on the Nasdaq or other U.S. stock exchanges if our auditor is not inspected by the PCAOB for three consecutive years, and this ultimately could result in our common shares being delisted. While we understand that there has been dialogue among the CSRC, the SEC and the PCAOB regarding the inspection of PCAOB-registered accounting firms in China, there can be no assurance that our auditor or us will be able to comply with requirements imposed by U.S. regulators. Delisting of our common shares would force our U.S.-based shareholders to sell their common shares. The market prices of our common shares could be adversely affected as a result of anticipated negative impacts of the HFCA Act upon, as well as negative investor sentiment towards, China-based companies listed in the United States, regardless of whether the HFCA Act is enacted and regardless of our actual operating performance.

 

Furthermore, on June 4, 2020, the U.S. President issued a memorandum ordering the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets to submit a report to the President within 60 days of the memorandum that includes recommendations for actions that can be taken by the executive branch, the SEC, the PCAOB or other federal agencies and departments with respect to Chinese companies listed on U.S. stock exchanges and their audit firms, in an effort to protect investors in the United States. The recommendations are to include actions that could be taken under current laws and rules as well as possible new rulemaking recommendations. Any resulting actions, proceedings or new rules could adversely affect the listing and compliance status of China-based issuers listed in the United States, such as our company, and may have a material and adverse impact on the trading prices of the securities of such issuers, including our common shares, and substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of our common shares in the United States.

 

Item 4. Information on the Company

 

Highway Holdings Limited is a manufacturing company that produces a wide variety of high-quality products mostly for large, global original equipment manufacturers -- from simple parts and components to sub-assemblies and finished products. The Company’s administrative offices are located in Hong Kong, and its manufacturing facilities are located in Shenzhen in the People’s Republic of China, and in Yangon, Myanmar. The Chinese operations are conducted by Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Company Limited, a foreign owned subsidiary that is registered in China (this type of foreign owned company is commonly known as a “Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise” (a “WFOE”)). The Myanmar operations are conducted through Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. (“Kayser Myanmar”), a company registered to operate as a foreign company in Myanmar that is 84% owned by the Company.

 

History and Development of the Company.

 

Overview. Highway Holdings Limited is a holding corporation that was incorporated on July 20, 1990 as a limited liability International Business Company under the British Virgin Islands International Business Companies Act, 1984 (the (“IBCA”). Effective on January 1, 2007, the British Virgin Islands repealed the IBCA, and simultaneously with such repeal, the Company was automatically re-registered under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, BVI’s corporate law that replaced the IBCA. In May 2018, the Company amended its Memorandum and Articles of Association to conform to the IBCA. Our website is www.highwayholdings.com (the information contained in our website is not a part of this annual report on Form 20-F and no portion of such information is incorporated herein). The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information, including this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

17

 

 

As of the date of this Report, Highway Holdings Limited conducts all of its operations through five wholly-owned or controlled subsidiaries that carry out the Company’s business from Hong Kong, the Company’s principal design and manufacturing factory in Shenzhen, China, and from a manufacturing and assembly facility in Yangon, Myanmar.

 

The Company began its operations in 1990 in Hong Kong as a metal stamping company. In 1991, the Company transferred the metal stamping operations to a factory in Long Hua, Shenzhen, China. From 1991 until the reorganization that commenced in 2011 (see, “Reorganization” below), the Company’s metal stamping and other operations were conducted pursuant to agreements entered into between certain Chinese companies set up by the local government and the Shenzhen City Baoan District Foreign Economic Development Head Company and its designees (collectively, the “BFDC”) (the agreements, collectively the “BFDC Agreements”). Under the BFDC Agreements, the Company’s Long Hua, Shenzhen, operations were provided with both manufacturing facilities and labor by affiliates of local government instrumentalities, for which the Company paid management fees based on a negotiated sum per factory worker, and other charges, as well as rent for the factory complex. Under the BFDC Agreements, the Company’s operations were limited by the terms of those agreements, and the Company could not sell its products in China. As discussed in “Reorganization” below, all BFDC Agreements have been terminated, and the Company now operates in Shenzhen, China, through “Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Company Limited” (herein referred to as “Nissin PRC”), a new wholly-owned subsidiary that is a registered company in the PRC.

 

Realignment of Manufacturing and Assembly Operations--New Myanmar Manufacturing Complex. The Company originally established its operations in China to take advantage of the low cost of operations in China, including in particular the low cost of labor. However, during the past several years, the overall costs of operating a manufacturing facility in Shenzhen have significantly increased, the cost advantages of operating in China have been significantly eroded, and the administrative and regulatory burdens of operating in China have significantly increased. In addition, the Chinese regulatory agencies are increasingly forcing companies in Shenzhen to automate and to operate as technology centers, rather than traditional manufacturing factories. The Company’s Shenzhen facilities are currently primarily used for a design, tooling, engineering, administrative activities, and all of its manufacturing consist of automated manufacturing. The more labor-intensive operations have been moved to the Company’s Yangon, Myanmar facilities.

 

As a result of the increasing costs and burdens of operating in Shenzhen, and in order to lower its manufacturing costs and to remain competitive with OEMs who operate in low labor cost locations outside of China, the Company has developed a two-pronged strategy:

 

a.  In order to increase its production efficiency and reduce costs in Shenzhen, the Company now manufactures products in China primarily through automation with automated, or semi-automated equipment. As a result, the Company’s manufacturing labor force in China has now been reduced to about 40 workers. However, most of the product design and development, and the tooling for new products has remained in Shenzhen.

 

18

 

 

b.  The Company has been shifting its labor-intensive assembly, and recently some of its component manufacturing, operations to Yangon, Myanmar, a developing country that now permits foreign investment in that country. The cost of operating an assembly facility, particularly as a result of the low cost of labor, currently is significantly lower in Myanmar than in Shenzhen, China. Early in 2013, the Company commenced subcontracting some of its product assembly functions to Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. (“Kayser Myanmar”), a third-party supplier in Yangon, Myanmar. This out-sourced assembly operation functioned satisfactorily and at a substantially lower cost, and the Company’s customers were satisfied with the quality and timeliness of the products assembled in Myanmar. Accordingly, in June 2014 the Company purchased a 25% ownership interest in the Myanmar company, an additional 50% interest in March 2015, and additional 9% in January 2017. As a result, since January 2017, the Company has owned 84% of Kayser Myanmar. The 16% interest in Kayser Myanmar that the Company currently does not own is held by a Myanmar national and a founder and manager of Kayser Myanmar. The Company’s goal is to shift all of its labor-intensive product assembly and labor-intensive component manufacturing operations from Shenzhen, China, to Myanmar. The Company believes that it will complete this shift in manufacturing to Myanmar in the near future.

 

On March 29, 2019 Kayser Myanmar entered into a 50-year lease for an approximately 6,900 square meter (1.67 acres) factory estate in Yangon. Kayser Myanmar has upgraded the existing two factories at the new leased facility and has constructed a third factory and a new office building on the site. Also, the Company has transferred much of the machinery and manufacturing equipment from the Company’s Shenzhen, China, plant to the new Yangon facility. As a result of the completion of the refurbishment of the existing buildings at the new facility, the completion of the construction of a new, third factory building, and the transfer of equipment, the new Yangon facilities are now fully operational. See, “Organizational Structure/Offices and Manufacturing Facilities--Yangon Myanmar/Manufacturing Facilities” below. The Company’s operations in Myanmar are subject to numerous risks associated with operating an assembly facility in an underdeveloped country, and it is uncertain how many of the Company’s customers will permit their products to be assembled in Myanmar. See, “Risk Factors-- The Company Faces Risks From Its Expanded Operations In Myanmar” and “Risk Factors-- The Company’s Customers May Restrict, Or Prohibit, Their Products To Be Manufactured In Myanmar, Which Would Negatively Affect The Company’s Operations In Myanmar.

 

Reorganization. In 2010 the regional governments announced that the license arrangement previously used by the Company and numerous other foreign businesses to operate in China would no longer be permitted. All foreign companies operating in China under this type of subcontract arrangement were required to transfer their licensed China operations to foreign-owned companies organized and registered in China. Accordingly, in May 2011 the Company formed Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Company Limited (“Nissin PRC”), a new wholly-owned subsidiary that is now a registered company in the PRC, and transferred its China-based cash, assets, employees and operations to Nissin PRC. The termination of the license operating agreements continued through the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, at which time all of the Company’s operations had either been transferred to Nissin PRC, or terminated (the foregoing reorganization and transfer of the Company’s operations in China to Nissin PRC is herein referred to as the “Reorganization”). All of the Company’s operations in China since the beginning of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 have been conducted through its Nissin PRC subsidiary. As a PRC registered company, Nissin PRC is permitted to hire its own employees, lease its own facilities, and distribute its products in China. However, Nissin PRC also is subject to China’s tax regulations and is subject to the rules and regulations applicable to other PRC registered companies.

 

19

 

 

As part of the Reorganization, the Company increased certain of its administrative functions in Hong Kong. Currently, most of the Company’s non-manufacturing activities (i.e. its administrative functions, marketing, sales, design, engineering, and purchasing) are now being conducted from two offices in Hong Kong, and most of its manufacturing operations are being conducted at either the factory in Long Hua, Shenzhen, China, or Kayser Myanmar’s facility in Yangon, Myanmar.

 

As a result of the Reorganization, the Company is now structured as follow:

 

The Company’s corporate administrative matters are conducted in the British Virgin Islands through its registered agent: Harneys Corporate Services Limited, Craigmuir Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands VG1110.

 

The Company’s administrative functions, and most of its engineering, design and marketing functions, for its subsidiaries are conducted through the two offices located in Hong Kong at Suite No. 1801, and Suite Nos. 1823-1823A, at Level 18, Landmark North, 39 Lung Sum Avenue, Sheung Shui, New Territories, Hong Kong. The Company can be contacted in Hong Kong at (852) 2344-4248.

 

The Company’s automated manufacturing, and some of its engineering, tooling, and design functions are now being conducted at the Company’s factory complex in Long Hua, Shenzhen, China, through Nissin PRC.

 

Most of the Company’s assembly and manufacturing operations are now being conducted in Yangon, Myanmar, through its 84% owned subsidiary, Kayser Myanmar.

 

Current Business Overview/Plans

 

The Company is a fully integrated manufacturer of high-quality metal, plastic, electric and electronic components, subassemblies and finished products for OEMs and contract manufacturers (primarily in Europe, Asia, and to a lesser extent, in the United States). Since the Company’s formation, most of the Company’s manufacturing activities were conducted through its factory complex in Long Hua, Shenzhen, China. During the past few years, the Company also conducted an increasing amount of its product assembly functions (and some of its component manufacturing functions) in Yangon, Myanmar, through a Myanmar company that is now 84% owned by the Company.

 

20

 

 

The Company currently manufactures and supplies a wide variety of high quality metal, plastic and electric parts, components and products to its OEM clients, which assemblies and components are used by the Company’s customers in the manufacturing of products such as photocopiers, laser printers, print cartridges, electrical connectors, electrical circuits, vacuum cleaners, LED power supplies, stepping motors, pumps for dishwashers, and other washing machine components. As part of its manufacturing operations, the Company assists customers in the design and development of the tooling used in the metal and plastic manufacturing process and provides a broad array of other manufacturing and engineering services. The manufacturing services include metal stamping, screen printing, plastic injection molding, pad printing and electronic assembly of printed circuit boards. Because it is able to provide these services, the Company eliminates the need to outsource these needed functions, and the Company is better able to assure product quality, control overall manufacturing costs and provide timely product delivery, all of which management believes is essential to maintaining, expanding and increasing the Company’s customer base. The Company believes its success as a supplier to respected multi-national companies is mainly due to: (i) its German management culture; (ii) its comparatively low operating costs; (iii) its ability to consistently manufacture the type of high quality products required by the Company’s targeted customers; (iv) its expertise in manufacturing these products in the required quality at a reasonable cost; (v) the breadth of its manufacturing capabilities, and (vi) its engineering, design and development capabilities (which it uses to assist its customers to design their products).

 

The Company has continuously tried to strategically align its manufacturing operations with the needs of its major customers to attract new OEM customers and retain its existing customers. For example, the Company is capable of manufacturing and assembling a wide variety of complex products that require metal, plastics and electronics manufacturing capabilities. In order to distinguish itself from the many other smaller manufacturing operations in Shenzhen, the Company manufactures more complex parts, components and entire products that utilize more of the Company’s vertically integrated technologies. Because the Company has the ability to design, manufacture and assemble complete functional assemblies containing metal, plastic and electronics, the Company is able to manufacture complete customized products for its customers.

 

21

 

 

The Company established its operations in Shenzhen, China, almost 30 years ago to take advantage of China’s lower labor costs, lower facilities costs, less stringent regulations, and various other benefits that were provided to foreign entities to encourage operations in China. As described elsewhere in this Annual Report, these benefits are no longer available to most foreign companies operating in Shenzhen. In fact, the costs and burdens on foreign owned companies appear to be significantly greater than on local Chinese-owned companies. In addition, recent actions by the Chinese government, including heightened governmental inspections of foreign-owned enterprises and additional administrative requirements imposed on foreign-owned entities, have during the past few years further significantly increased the costs and burdens of operating in China. These changes have now effectively removed the benefits of being a foreign owned enterprise, and now make it more burdensome to operate in China as a foreign-owned entity than as a locally owned enterprise. For example, the Company estimates that there have been over 100 inspections at the Company’s Shenzhen facility during the past year, most of which were unwarranted or frivolous, and many of which resulted in the Company having to make costly adjustments to operating practices. In addition to being costly, these inspections have disrupted and hindered the Company’s regular operations. As a result, the Company has been decreasing its manufacturing operations in China, first by moving most of its manual assembly and manufacturing activities to the Company’s new facility in Myanmar. In order to further reduce its manufacturing operations in China, the Company currently is considering transferring its remaining China manufacturing operations to a local Chinese entity. Under its current plan, the Company would lease its Shenzhen component manufacturing operations to a newly formed Chinese company that is owned by the Company’s current Chinese managers who are employed by the Company in Shenzhen. The new Chinese entity would agree to bear all costs of maintaining and operating that facility, and would further agree to manufacture components for the Company on preferential terms. The Chinese entity could, however, also utilize the manufacturing equipment to manufacture components for Chinese owned companies, including companies controlled by the Chinese government, for its own benefit and account. This arrangement would shift must of the cost of maintaining and operating the Shenzhen manufacturing facility to the new company, while still permitting the Company to have its customers’ components manufactured at the same facility by the same equipment and personnel. Furthermore, the Company believes that transferring the manufacturing operations to a Chinese-owned entity will reduce the number of inspections and will greatly relieve that entity from many other burdensome governmental regulations that appear to be targeted at foreign-owned enterprises. The foregoing arrangement is still under consideration, and it is uncertain if the arrangement can, or will be implemented.

 

Industry Overview

 

During the past two decades, the third-party contract manufacturing industry has experienced major increases as manufacturers worldwide have increasingly outsourced the manufacture of some or all of their component and/or product requirements to independent manufacturers. The benefits of using contract manufacturers (OEMs) include: access to manufacturers in regions with low labor and overhead cost, reduced time to market, reduced capital investment, improved inventory management, improved purchasing power and improved product quality.

 

The Company first commenced its metal stamping operations in China in 1991. At that time, the Company gained a significant cost and logistical advantage over other manufacturers by basing its manufacturing facilities in Long Hua, Shenzhen, China, less than 50 kilometers from Hong Kong. However, there are now many other manufacturers in Shenzhen and in other similar low-cost areas in China and Asia. As a result, the Company faces significantly more competition as a manufacturer of OEM parts. The Company has responded to the increased competition by restructuring its operations and by trying to move from manufacturing low margin, low-cost individual parts to manufacturing higher margin, more expensive components, subassemblies and even complete units for its customers.

 

Initially, the Company manufactured high-quality metal parts, mostly for Japanese customers. More recently, the Company has been manufacturing high-quality parts and components for European (primarily German) companies. The Company has remained flexible with respect to the types of products that it manufactures as well as location of its customers in order to capitalize on market changes. During the past several years, more than two-thirds of the Company’s revenues are derived from its European customers.

 

22

 

 

The Company’s Strategy

 

The Company’s future growth and profitability depend on its ability to compete as a third party contract manufacturer. The Company’s business strategy and focus is to expand its operations as an integrated OEM manufacturer of metal, plastic and electronic parts, components, subassemblies and competed products for blue chip and international customers. The Company business strategy is to further develop and leverage its multi-disciplinary manufacturing strengths, its cost structure, its logistical advantages, its reputation as a high-quality manufacturer, and its current and former relationships with blue chip European customer to further expand its manufacturing operations and product offerings. In addition, the Company is attempting to leverage these advantages by upgrading its equipment and machinery, expanding its manufacturing capabilities, and utilizing its cost and logistical advantages. See, “Realignment of Assembly Operations--New Myanmar Assembly Facility,” above.

 

The following are some of the elements that the Company believes will enable it to compete as a third-party manufacturer.

 

Capitalize on, and leverage its manufacturing strength: Unlike many of its manufacturing competitors, primarily those in Shenzhen, China, the Company is a vertically integrated manufacturer that can design, manufacture and assemble complex components and subassemblies. In addition, unlike some of its competitors that are limited to either metal stamping or to electronic and plastics manufacturing, the Company also has the ability to combine metal stamping and electronics and plastics manufacturing. For example, the Company manufactures stepping motors, which utilizes all of the Company’s capabilities, starting with mold and die making for the metal and plastic parts, metal stamping, deep drawing and plastic injection molding, electric coil winding, soldering, and assembling all the parts by using spot welding and riveting technologies. Accordingly, the Company’s strategy is to focus on manufacturing more complex products that utilize the Company’s various manufacturing strengths.

 

Upgrading Equipment-Increased Automation. In order to attract major European customers, and in order to reduce its labor costs and improve quality, the Company has continuously upgraded the design and manufacturing equipment at its facilities and has made significant investments in automated/robotic machinery that manufacture or assemble products. The Company designs and manufactures its own automated production lines. The Company’s goal is to use automation/robotics to reduce it labor costs, improve the consistency and quality of its products, and to increase the quantity of products that it manufactures at its work-stations. The automated machinery has significantly reduced the number of workers at the Company’s facilities in Shenzhen, China. In addition to robotics that replace manual labor, the Company has also invested in Computer Numerical Control (“CNC”) tooling machines, a CNC measurement machine, electronic injection molding machines, new stamping machines, as well as numeric controlled stamping machines.

 

23

 

 

Reduce Its Manufacturing And Assembly Costs By Relocating Operations To Myanmar. The Company initially established its manufacturing and assembly operations in China to take advantage of China’s low labor costs. Those costs have now risen to a level where the cost of manufacturing in China no longer is competitive with manufacturing in underdeveloped nations. Accordingly, in order to be able to continue to provide price competitive products, the Company now operates an assembly facility in Yangon, Myanmar. The Company’s goal is to transfer much of its labor-intensive assembly operations that cannot be economically automated to Myanmar, a country where the labor costs are significantly less than in China. The principal purpose of operating in Myanmar is to reduce the cost of its products and, therefore, offset the increasing costs at its facility in Shenzhen, China. In addition to lower labor and other operating costs, the Myanmar operations benefit from the preferential customs provisions, particularly for the Company’s European customers. The European Commission has designated Myanmar as an undeveloped country whose exports are currently still subject to tariff concessions called “preferential tariff quotas”. Accordingly, the Company’s European customers that satisfy the European Commission’s requirements currently benefit from purchasing products manufactured in Myanmar. These benefits may attract other European customers to move at least a portion of their assembly needs to the Company’s Myanmar facilities.

 

Maintaining customers and increasing market share through financial strength: Many of the Company’s largest customers are global companies that require that their OEM manufacturers have the financial strength to survive during financial and economic downturns. The Company has traditionally maintained a strong balance sheet that has enabled it to continue to supply its customers during economic downturns.

 

Maintain production quality: Management believes that maintaining close relations with the Company’s customers is important to the success of the Company’s business. Understanding each customer’s needs and efficiently and quickly addressing its needs is vital to maintaining a competitive advantage. Many of the Company’s customers have built the goodwill associated with their products and tradenames based on a high level of perceived quality. By employing the type of high-quality management standards, production standards and quality control standards historically utilized by many leading German companies, the Company has been able to satisfy the stringent requirements of its customers. Management believes that the Company’s commitment to high level service, its attention to detail, and the quality of its manufacturing have the effect of providing customers with a sense of confidence and security that their product requirements will be met.

 

The Company conducts most of its manufacturing operations in accordance with typical German manufacturing standards, paying particular attention to cleanliness, incoming material control, in process quality control, finished goods quality control and final quality audit. The Company’s factory in China has received and maintained its ISO 9001 quality management system certification and an ISO 14001 environmental management systems certification. The Company’s quality system helps to minimize defects and customer returns and create a higher confidence level among customers.

 

The Company tries to constantly improve its production quality. The recent initiatives consist of an increased use of automation (to consistently produce uniformly high quality products) and to improve the skills of its employees. In an effort to improve the technical skills and performance standards of its lower skilled workers, the Company provides day time and evening technical training courses that provide these workers with the technical knowledge and skills to operate more efficiently and at a higher quality level.

 

24

 

 

Operate as a socially responsible company. The Company is committed to being a socially responsible company by operating morally and ethically, by protecting the employees physical and mental well-being, by providing a safe work place, by following the legal employment requirements, by not employing underage persons, and by protecting the surrounding environment. The Company’s social responsibility and accountability actions are an important criteria in the selection of OEM’s by the Company’s global customers. Some of these customers demand compliance with SA8000 social accountability management system. Kayser Myanmar already passed several of such SA8000 audits to satisfy this condition. The safety of the Company’s employees and customers are of primary concern to the Company’s management. Accordingly, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has also implemented numerous changes to its operations and has taken other steps (such as distributing masks and hand sanitizers, and regularly disinfecting and cleaning all public areas) to protect the health and safety of its employees.

 

Manufacturing

 

The Company’s manufacturing business consists of various stages: (i) tooling design and production; (ii) manufacturing parts made by metal stamping and plastic injection molding; (iii) mechanical and/or electric/electronic assemblies, and (iv) finishing, packaging and shipping.

 

Tooling design and production: The metal manufacturing process generally begins when a customer has completed the design of a new product and contacts the Company to supply certain metal and plastic components to be used in the product. Generally, the Company must design and fabricate the tooling necessary to manufacture these components in its tooling workshop that is currently located at its Shenzhen, China factory. In some instances, however, the customer already possesses the tooling necessary to manufacture the metal component and simply delivers the tools to the Company. Customers will sometimes also pay the Company to purchase and install the equipment necessary to manufacture the customer’s products. The Company uses various computer controlled manufacturing equipment to efficiently produce high quality tools designed to produce a high quality product. Many of the metal parts manufactured by the Company make use of progressive, multi-stage stamping techniques. In order to conduct and maintain this fully automated stamping method, tools and machines must be precisely fine-tuned and aligned to achieve the required quality standard and maximum efficiency.

 

The tool making process for metal parts generally takes between 14 to 50 working days depending on the size and complexity of the tool. Customers typically bear the cost of producing the tools and, as is customary in the industry, the customers hold title to the tooling. However, the Company maintains and stores the tools at its factory for use in production and the Company usually does not make tooling for customers unless they permit the Company to store the tools on site and manufacture the related parts.

 

The Company also makes highly sophisticated plastic injection molds based on its customers’ orders and requirements in a manner similar to the Company’s metal tool manufacturing process.

 

The Company maintains its ISO 9001 quality management system certification and its ISO 14001 environmental management systems certification.

 

25

 

 

Metal Stamping; Plastic Injection Molding: Following the completion of the tooling, the materials required for the specific product is selected and purchased. See “Raw Material, Components Parts and Suppliers.” Often the customer specifies the materials to be used as well as the supplier. The completed tooling is fitted to the press which is selected for its size and pressing force.

 

Using separate shifts, part stamping and plastic molding can be conducted 24 hours a day, seven days per week other than during normal down time periods required for maintenance and changing of tools and during the traditional Chinese public holidays. Due to the strict quality requirements of customers, each tool and machine, and each product produced by the tools/machines, are subject to stringent in-process quality controls.

 

Finishing, Packaging and Shipping: After their manufacture, the parts and components are inspected for defects and checked with custom-built test gauges. Some components are then painted either at the Company’s Myanmar facilities or by specially trained, third party spray-paint facilities. After being painted, the parts are baked at high temperatures in drying ovens before final inspection and packaging. Some parts are also screen printed by the Company. Each of the parts, assemblies and products is then inspected, packaged to the customer’s specific requirement and delivered to the final quality audit department for final quality inspection which is conducted on a random sample basis. Depending on its agreement with its customers, the Company may ship the parts, assemblies and products it has manufactured by truck directly from its factory to the customer’s factory in China or elsewhere through the ports of Shenzhen, Yangon and/or Hong Kong. Alternatively, the customer may pick up the products at the Company’s factory and arrange for its own shipping.

 

Raw Material, Component Parts and Suppliers

 

The primary raw materials used by the Company to manufacture its metal stamped parts are various types of steel including pre-painted steel sheet, electrolytic zinc plated steel sheet, PVC laminated steel sheet, stainless steel, and cold roll steel sheet. The Company selects suppliers based on the price they charge and the quality and availability of their materials. Many of the Company’s suppliers of steel operate through Hong Kong or China-based companies which deliver the materials directly to the site of the Company’s operations in China.

 

During the past few years, the price of metal and plastics raw materials has fluctuated significantly, and at times there have been shortages for some materials.

 

The parts, components and products manufactured by the Company may include various plastic injected and metal stamped components, as well as integrated circuits, electronic components and paper packaging products. The Company manufactures many of these products, but also purchases components that it uses in its products. These materials are subject to price fluctuations, and the Company has, at times, been materially adversely affected by price increases or shortages of supply.

 

26

 

 

Transportation

 

Most of the sales agreements entered into by the Company are either F.O.B. agreements or Ex-factory agreement (in which the Company makes the goods available at its premises) or F.C.A. agreements (in which the Company hands over the goods, cleared for export, into the custody of the first carrier).

 

Improved roads and highways in China have facilitated intra-China transportation, and the Hong Kong and China customs departments have opened additional border crossings, extended their operating hours, and generally have improved the flow of cross-border goods. The Company’s facilities in Long Hua, Shenzhen, China, are located near both Hong Kong and the seaport in Shenzhen. Many of the Company’s customers use the Shenzhen seaport rather than the port of Hong Kong.

 

Products manufactured at the Kayser Myanmar facility are shipped to the Company’s OEM customer through the Port of Yangon or the Yangon airport, both of which are readily accessible for the manufacturing facility. Kayser Myanmar typically arranges for the customs clearance of these shipments.

 

Customers and Marketing

 

The Company’s sales are generated from customers primarily located in Hong Kong/China, Europe, the United States/Mexico, and other Asian countries. Net sales to customers by geographic area are determined by reference to the physical locations of the Company’s customers. For example, if the products are delivered to a customer in China or Hong Kong, the sales are recorded as generated in Hong Kong and China; if the customer directs the Company to ship its products to Europe, the sales are recorded as sold in Europe. Most of the Company’s recent payments have been in U.S. dollars, although the Company still receives payment in both Hong Kong dollars and Euros. Net sales as a percentage of net sales to customers by geographic area consisted of the following for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020:

 

   Year Ended March 31 
Geographic Areas:  2018   2019   2020 
Hong Kong and China   21.3%   19.6%   17.4%
Europe   75.4%   76.3%   78.0%
Other Asian countries   0.2%   0.9%   0%
North America   3.1%   3.2%   4.6%

 

The Company currently has two business and reporting segments, consisting of (i) its metal stamping and mechanical OEM operations, and (ii) its electric OEM operations (that include its plastic operations). The sales by segments for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   Year Ended March 31 
Segment Sales:  2018   2019   2020 
Metal Stamping and Mechanical OEM   50.3%   54.1%   55.2%
Electric OEM   49.7%   45.9%   44.8%

 

27

 

 

Most of the Company’s customers for its components and subassemblies generally are themselves manufacturers. The Company’s products are sold primarily to European owned companies to be used in finished goods produced by customers at their own manufacturing facilities in China and Europe. However, the Company also has in the past produced finished products, such as light fixtures, that it sold to its customers.

 

The Company markets its services through existing contacts, word-of-mouth referrals and references from associated or related companies of the customers, as well as attendance at some trade shows. During the past few years, the Company has employed a number of foreign sales persons to complement the activities of its officers and in-house sales personnel. The Company has, from time to time, commissioned sales agents in Mexico, U.S. and Germany. These sales agents typically receive an expense allowance and an on-going commission for sales made by the Company to customers introduced by the agents. Due to the international nature of senior management, the Company believes that it has been able to bridge the cultural, language and quality perception gaps that concern certain German companies when dealing in China.

 

Major Customers

 

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, the Company had two customers who each accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s net sales. These two customers collectively accounted for 69.0% of the Company’s net sales. The Company’s five largest customers collectively accounted for over 80% of the Company’s net sales during each of the past three years. As a result of the dependence on a few larger customers, the loss of a major customer, or any substantial decrease in orders from these customers, could materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial position, particularly if the Company is unable to replace such major customers.

 

Customers place manufacturing orders with the Company in the form of purchase orders which are usually supported by a delivery schedule covering one to two months of orders. Customers provide long term forecasts for their anticipated purchases, but are usually able to cancel or amend their forecasted orders at any time without penalty. Certain of the Company’s larger customers provide the Company with non-binding forecasts of their anticipated needs for the next year in order to enable the Company to plan for the anticipated orders. Orders from such customers are thereafter received from time to time based on the customers’ needs, not necessarily on the forecasted amounts or at the projected time periods. Accordingly, backlog has not been meaningful to the Company’s business.

 

In order to be able to timely fill the anticipated orders from its larger customers, the Company may purchase raw materials and other products based on the non-binding forecasts. Since the customer’s order forecasts are not binding orders, if a customer does not place as many orders as anticipated, the Company may not be able to fully utilize the raw materials and other products that the Company has purchased. In that case, the Company may not be able to utilize the raw materials and could suffer a financial loss.

 

28

 

 

Sales of manufactured products to established existing clients are primarily on credit terms between 30-75 days, while the sale to new or lesser known customers are completed on a wire transfer payment basis before shipment or other similar payment terms. Management continuously communicates with its credit sale customers and closely monitors the status of payment in an effort to keep its default rate low. However, as a result of the concentration of sales among a few of the Company’s larger customers, the Company is required to bear significant credit risk with respect to these customers. Parts are generally shipped 14-90 days after an order has been placed unless the Company is required to manufacture new tools which require an additional approximately 14-50 days to complete prior to commencing manufacturing. While the Company has not experienced material difficulty in securing payment from its major customers, there can be no assurance that the Company’s favorable collection experience will continue. The Company could be adversely affected if a major customer was unable to pay for the Company’s products or services.

 

Industrial Property Rights

 

As a manufacturer of parts, components and finished products for other manufacturers, the Company has no industrial property rights, such as patents, licenses, franchises, concessions or royalty agreements, which it considers material to its OEM manufacturing business. Instead, the Company relies on its industry expertise, knowledge of niche products, and strong long-term relationships with its customers.

 

Competition

 

The Company competes against numerous OEMs, including both smaller local companies as well as large international companies. Although the Company operates in the same market as some of the world’s largest contract manufacturers (for example, FoxConn operates a major manufacturing facility in Long Hua, Shenzhen), management believes that it principally competes with smaller firms that make up the largest segment of the contract and parts manufacturing industry in China. Since some of the Company’s customers are large international enterprises that source their products from many international providers, the Company also competes against contract manufacturing companies in other low cost manufacturing countries. As a vertically integrated, multi-disciplinary manufacturer of complex components and products, the Company also competes against numerous global OEM manufacturers, whether those other manufacturers are located in Shenzhen, China or elsewhere. Most of the international competitors of the Company have substantially greater manufacturing, financial and marketing resources than the Company. The Company believes that the significant competitive factors are quality, price, service, and the ability to deliver products on a reliable basis. The Company believes that it is able to compete in its segment of the OEM manufacturing market by providing high quality products at a competitive price with reliable delivery and service. The Company has managed to partially offset the increasing cost of manufacturing in China by moving some of its operations to its Myanmar facility. However, it still maintains its automated manufacturing facilities in the Shenzhen area, near some of its customers. Having manufacturing facilities in Shenzhen, the Company is able to reduce delivery times and transportation costs for these customers, and by being able to offer “just in time” supply services.

 

29

 

 

Seasonality

 

The first calendar quarter (the last quarter of the Company’s March 31 fiscal year) is typically the Company’s lowest sales period because, as is customary in China, the Company’s manufacturing facilities in China are closed for one to two weeks for the Chinese New Year holidays. In addition, during the one month before and the one month after the New Year holidays, the Company normally experiences labor shortages, which further impact the operations during this period. As the Myanmar operations become larger, the Company will also be negatively affected by the holidays that Myanmar employees take annually during that country’s new year’s celebration (typically two weeks in April). The absence of workers during these nationally mandated holidays in Myanmar has not, to date, materially affected the Company’s overall operations, but the holidays are expected to impact the Company in the future as the Myanmar operations increase. The Company does not experience any other significant seasonal fluctuations, nor does it consider any other issues with respect to seasonality to be material.

 

Government Regulation

 

As of the date of this Annual Report, the Company’s main tooling, engineering, design and automated manufacturing facility is located in Shenzhen, China. As a result, the Company’s operations and assets are subject to significant political, economic, legal and other uncertainties associated with doing business in China in general, and in Shenzhen, in particular. Since March 2015, the Company has owned an interest in a Myanmar company that operates a factory in Myanmar. As a result, the Company also is subject to the political, economic, legal and other uncertainties associated with doing business in Myanmar. Myanmar commenced reforming its political and economic policies during the past few years, and the effects of those reforms are still uncertain and evolving.

 

The Chinese government has during the past few years significantly changed and/or increased the enforcement of a number of laws affecting employees (including regulations regarding their salaries and benefits, labor unions, working conditions and overtime restrictions, and contract duration--in particular, requirements regarding pensions, housing and life-long employment), and safety regulations for buildings and workers. The Chinese governmental authorities are increasingly formalizing workers’ rights concerning overtime hours, pensions, layoffs, employment contracts and the role of trade unions. Employers found to be violating these labor rules are often severely penalized. As a result, the Company has had to reduce the number of hours of overtime its workers can work, substantially increase salaries of its workers, provide additional benefits to its workers, and revise certain other of its labor practices. The Shenzhen municipal government recently also issued the Interim Measures on the Administration of Housing Funds that require all local businesses to make contributions to a housing fund, which contributions range from 5% to 12% of an employee’s salary.

 

30

 

 

These increases in labor costs have increased the Company’s operating costs, which increase the Company has attempted to, but has not always been able to pass through to its customers. In addition, employees who have had two consecutive fixed-term contracts must be given an “open-ended employment contract” that, in effect, constitutes a lifetime, permanent contract, which is terminable only in the event the employee materially breaches the Company’s rules and regulations or is in serious dereliction of his duty. Such non-cancelable employment contracts will substantially increase its employment related risks and may limit the Company’s ability to further downsize its workforce. In addition, if an employee with such a contract is terminated, the Company is required to pay the terminated employee a substantial severance payment. The Company currently has some employees who are entitled to these lifetime employees, and others will become lifetime employees as they continue their service with the Company. These contingent employment liabilities will increase over time. The Company also is obligated to make future payments under pension and housing plans upon the termination of certain employees. These contingent employee liabilities could become a material financial obligation of the Company if a larger number of employees are terminated by the Company all at once (such as upon a plant closure). While the Company has to date absorbed and gradually reduced these employee termination liabilities, a sudden simultaneous termination of a large number of employees would require the Company to make significant payments to the terminated employees, which payments could materially and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition.

 

Since the Reorganization was completed in 2015, all of its operations in the PRC are now conducted through a wholly-owned subsidiary that is registered in China as a limited liability company. As a result, the Company’s operations in China are now subject to all of the rules and regulations that previously did not apply to its operations in the PRC. Although the Company’s subsidiary is a Chinese registered company, the Company believes that, because its subsidiary is a foreign owned entity, it has recently been subject to numerous governmental inspections that other Chinese owned companies have not experienced. Accordingly, the operating environment for WFOEs in China is becoming increasingly burdensome.

 

The Chinese government continues to increase the enforcement of certain environment protection laws, which are restricting some common practices and/or increasing the Company’s cost of operations. In addition to enhanced governmental environmental regulations, the Company also has to comply with environmental laws applicable to its customers, such as recently adopted regulations of the European Union and Japan known as the Restriction on Hazardous Substances (known as “RoHS”) and the European Union’s Regulation for Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals (known as “REACH”). The RoHS and REACH rules and regulations prohibit the importation products and parts that contain certain levels of toxic materials (such as lead, cadmium and mercury) and chemicals that may pose health and environmental risks. The Company believes that its operations are RoHS and REACH compliant.

 

The Company sells its products to customers in Hong Kong/China, Europe, and the United States/Mexico. As a result, its operations are subject to significant regulations related to its activities in these regions, including changes in international and domestic customs regulations, changes in tariffs, trade restrictions, and trade agreements and taxation.

 

31

 

 

Research and Development

 

As a manufacturer of parts and components for use in other products, the Company conducts no material research or development. The Company does, however, invest minor amounts for certain research and development activities it conducts in connection with (i) developing potential proprietary products, (ii) automated machines that the Company uses in its manufacturing process, and (iii) an understanding of the technologies of its customers. The Company also is currently designing and developing several small electric motors that, the Company believes, will fill the needs of some of its current customers and that may also fill a need in the market in general.

 

Organizational Structure/Offices and Manufacturing Facilities

 

Highway Holdings Limited is a holding company that operates through its subsidiaries. As of July 31, 2020, Highway Holdings Limited had four wholly-owned active subsidiaries (excluding some are dormant or deactivated subsidiaries), and one majority-owned active subsidiary. The Company currently conducts its business primarily through four wholly-owned subsidiaries and its 84% owned Myanmar subsidiary. Details of the Company’s four principal wholly-owned operating subsidiaries and their principal activities are as follows:

 

Place of incorporation

  Name of entity   Date of incorporation   Principal activities
Hong Kong   Kayser Limited   August 24, 1995   Trading of OEM products and procurement
             
Hong Kong   Nissin Precision Metal Manufacturing Limited   November 21, 1980   Trading and procurement
             
Hong Kong   Golden Bright Plastic Manufacturing Company Limited   May 19, 1992   Trading company, involved in trading plastic injection products
             
China   Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Company Limited   May 18, 2011   Manufacturing and assembling metal, plastics, mould and electronic products, and automation equipment

 

The Company also owns 84% of the equity of Kayser Myanmar, a foreign company registered under Myanmar law that is authorized to operate in Myanmar. Kayser Myanmar’s principal activities consist of manufacturing and assembling metal and plastic products. A Myanmar citizen owns 16% of the Kayser Myanmar and is the general manager of the entity. Kayser Myanmar currently manufactures and assembles products for the Company’s OEM clients, and assembles products manufactured by the Company in its China facilities.

 

British Virgin Islands/Corporate Administrative Office

 

The office of the registered agent of the Company is located at Craigmuir Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110 British Virgin Islands. Only corporate administrative matters are conducted at these offices, through the Company’s registered agent, Harneys Corporate Services Limited. The Company does not own or lease any property in the British Virgin Islands.

 

32

 

 

Hong Kong/Operating Administrative Offices

 

The Company leases Suite 1801, and Suites 1823-1823A, Level 18, Landmark North, 39 Lung Sum Avenue, Sheung Shui, New Territories, Hong Kong as its administrative and engineering offices. The Company’s offices at the Suite 1801 location (consisting of approximately 2,000 sq. ft.) are leased by Nissin Precision Metal Manufacturing Limited and are utilized primarily for engineering, import/export and marketing, while the offices located at Suite 1823-1823A (consisting of approximately 2,100 sq. ft.) are leased by Kayser Limited and are used for finance, purchasing and marketing. In January 2020, the Company entered into two new, three-year leases that expire in March 2023 for these offices. The new leases have substantially the same terms as the prior leases (the aggregate monthly rental cost of these offices will remain at approximately $11,000 per month, based on the exchange rate in affect as of the date of this report).

 

Shenzhen, China/Manufacturing Facility

 

During the past few years, the Company has leased a total of approximately 24,400 square meters of space at a factory complex located at Long Hua, Shenzhen, China from the Shenzhen Long & Cheng Industry & Trade Industrial Co., Ltd. pursuant to various related leases. The leased space included both manufacturing space and dormitories for the Company’s factory workers. The leased space was used predominately for the Company’s metal and electrical manufacturing, OEM product assembly, plastic injection, tooling workshop and warehouse operations. There also are offices for production management, production engineering, and production support administration on the premises.

 

In December 2019, the Company entered into a new three-year lease for a portion of the existing Shenzhen facilities. Under the new lease, which became effective on March 1, 2020 and will continue until February 28, 2023, the Company now leases a total of approximately 15,700 square meters of space. Because the Company has relocated most of its labor-intensive manufacturing and assembly operations to its facility in Yangon, Myanmar, the Company will no longer need the same amount of space in Shenzhen as it has in the past. Under the new lease, the Company is required to pay approximately $68,000 per month for rent (at the current RMB to U.S. dollar exchange rate), which rent will increase by 5% per year in the second and third year of the lease. As a condition to its lease renewal, the Company has obtained a license from the local governmental agencies to operate as a designated high technology company and to use the facilities primarily as a technology center and for component manufacturing of metal and plastic parts to be sold to customers with manufacturing plants in China.

 

Yangon, Myanmar/Manufacturing Facility

 

On March 29, 2019 Kayser Myanmar entered into a 50-year lease for a new manufacturing complex in Yangon, Myanmar (the “New Facility”), which lease has since been officially approved and recorded. Accordingly, Kayser Myanmar is now the legal tenant at the New Facility. Prior to moving to the New Facility, Kayser Myanmar conducted its operations at another leased facility in Yangon, Myanmar. Kayser Myanmar now conducts all of its operations at the New Facility. The New Facility is an approximately 6,900 square meter (1.67 acres) factory estate that is located in Hlaing Tharyar Township in Yangon. The New Facility is owned by Konig Company Limited (“Konig Company”), a Myanmar company. Konig Company is owned by two Myanmar citizens who are related to Kayser Myanmar. One of the principals of Konig Company currently is a manager and a shareholder of Kayser Myanmar (he owns a 16% interest in Kayser Myanmar), and the other currently is a manager of Kayser Myanmar. Konig Company only recently acquired the New Facility.

 

33

 

 

The lease for the New Facility has a term of 50 years. Kayser Myanmar has the option to extend the lease term for two consecutive 10-year terms on the same terms and conditions as in effect for the initial 50-year period. Kayser Myanmar, the tenant, is obligated under the lease to make monthly lease payments equal to 10 million Myanmar Kyat (approximately U.S. $7,200 per month, based on the currency conversion rate in effect on the date of this report). Kayser Myanmar has paid Konig Company $950,000 as a prepayment of rent under the lease (the prepayment represents approximately 12 years of rental payments). Under the lease, Kayser Myanmar must also pay all utilities (water, electricity, gas and sanitation), property taxes, and insurance on the premises. Kayser Myanmar has the right to alter and improve the premises at its own cost. As permitted by this provision in the lease, Kayser Myanmar has already upgraded the existing two factories at the New Facility, and has constructed a third factory and a new office building on the site. Kayser Myanmar has the right to sublet some or all of the New Facility.

 

Under the new lease, Kayser Myanmar has the option to purchase the factory from Konig Company if and when, Myanmar law is changed to permit ownership of real estate in Myanmar by foreign-owned companies. Because Kayser Myanmar is an indirect subsidiary of the Company, under the Myanmar Transfer of Property Act 1882 and the Myanmar Transfer of Immovable Property Restriction Law 1987, Kayser Myanmar is deemed to be a foreign-owned company and, therefore, is currently not permitted to own the New Facility. If Myanmar law is changed to allow foreign-owned companies to own Myanmar real estate, Kayser Myanmar will have the option to purchase the New Facility at a price equal to the then fair market value of the New Facility. The fair market value will be determined by an independent appraiser. The valuation of the New Facility will, however, exclude the increased value of the site attributable to any improvements, alterations, and additions made to the New Facility by Kayser Myanmar. Konig cannot sell, transfer or mortgage the New Facilities without the consent of Kayser Myanmar.

 

Other Operations

 

In addition to its historical manufacturing operations, the Company continues to explore other possible means of leveraging its manufacturing capabilities in China and to develop proprietary products that the Company can manufacture and sell as its own products. As part of its goal to develop a line of proprietary products, in November 2013 the Company formed a jointly owned company a German company to develop and manufacture a series of lower cost, proprietary CO2 snow-jet and dry ice cleaning systems for industrial and commercial cleaning applications. In 2018, the Company completed its development of the CO2 cleaning system and started to market his cleaning system to manufacturers as an alternative method of cleaning machinery. However, to date, the Company has only manufactured nine of these cleaning systems, and has only sold three in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 and two in fiscal 2020; two of the cleaning systems are currently being used by the Company in its own manufacturing operations.

 

Item 4.A. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not applicable.

 

34

 

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

Overview

 

The Company’s net sales during the past three years were derived primarily from the manufacture and sale of metal, plastic and electronic parts and components for its international clients. For accounting purposes, the Company it treats its (i) metal stamping and mechanical OEM manufacturing operations, and its (ii) electronic OEM manufacturing operations, as two separate business segments.

 

As described in this Annual Report, the Company has taken various actions to reduce its operating costs, including in particular steps to reduce its labor costs and its rental expenses. During the past several years, increased wages, high employee turn-over rates, sign-up bonuses, retention bonuses, overtime payments, and contributions to the new housing fund and other benefit payments have resulted in high labor and staffing costs. In addition, since 2011 all of the Company’s operations in China have been conducted through Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Company Limited (herein referred to as “Nissin PRC”), a WFOE. As a PRC registered WFOE, Nissin PRC now has to obtain and maintain its own permits and licenses, is subject to China’s income and business taxes, and is subject to the rules and regulations applicable to other PRC registered companies. These new rules, regulations and taxes have made the operations of Nissin PRC more cumbersome and expensive. In addition, since Nissin is a WFOE, the Company believes that it is targeted with additional burdensome inspections and governmental actions that Chinese owned companies do not experience. These inspections and additional compliance procedures interfere with the operations of Nissin PRC and result in significant additional costs and expenses. The combination of the high labor costs and the additional costs and administrative burdens of operating in Shenzhen, China, have, to a large extent, eroded one of the principal benefits of manufacturing in China, and have a negative impact on the Company’s competitiveness. As a result of the labor costs and the other burdens imposed on the Company’s PRC operations, the Company is attempting to shift its labor-intensive operations and most of its manual manufacturing operations from Shenzhen, China, to Myanmar, a lower cost neighboring country.

 

The Company is not taxed in the British Virgin Islands, the state of its incorporation.

 

The location of the Company’s administrative offices for its operating subsidiaries in Hong Kong enables the Company to pay low rates of income tax due to Hong Kong’s tax structure. The Company’s income arising from its Hong Kong operations or derived from its operations within Hong Kong is subject to Hong Kong Profits Tax. The statutory tax rate in Hong Kong currently is 16.5%, and there are no taxes on dividends or capital gains.

 

Kayser Myanmar, the Company’s majority-owned Myanmar subsidiary, is subject to the tax provisions applicable companies operating in Myanmar (prior to December 20, 2017, Kayser Myanmar was exempt from Myanmar income taxes under Myanmar’s Foreign Investment Law). Since this exemption has expired, Kayser Myanmar has been paying income tax at a rate of 25%. Kayser Myanmar is able to import many of raw materials and parts that it uses then to manufacture its export products free of taxes and duties under an import/export license that requires Kayser Myanmar to uses a bonded warehouse.

 

35

 

 

The Company is not subject to U.S. taxes.

 

The Company owns 84% of Kayser Myanmar. Accordingly, the operations of Kayser Myanmar are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements (and in the below discussion of the Results of Operations) for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

 

Net sales to customers by geographic area are generally determined by the physical locations of the customers. For example, if the products are delivered to a customer in China or Hong Kong, the sales are recorded as generated in Hong Kong and China; if the customer directs the Company to ship its products to Europe, the sales are recorded as sold in Europe.

 

Results of Operations

 

General

 

During the past three years discussed below, the Company’s revenues were derived primarily from the manufacture and sale of OEM manufacture of metal, plastic and electronic products, parts and components. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, net sales decreased by 12.0% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019. Notwithstanding the decrease in net sales, the Company had net income of $686,000 compared to a net loss of $630,000 for the year ended March 31, 2019. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, the Company declared one dividend of $0.08 per share (which dividend was paid after the end of the fiscal year, on April 6, 2020), compared to $0.25 per share in the prior fiscal year.

 

The Company’s financial results for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020 were negatively affected by COVID-19. The Company’s Shenzhen, China offices closed in mid-January 2020 for the annual Chinese New Year holiday and then remained closed until late February 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, production at the Shenzhen facilities was reduced due to on-going restrictions on factory operations related to COVID-19 shutdown. During this period, the Company’s Myanmar factory remained open and continued to operate. However, the Company’s Myanmar factory was closed for most of April 2020 and opened again since May 2020. These closures affected the Company’s operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 and will impact the Company’s operations in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2021.

 

36

 

 

The following table sets forth the percentages of net sales of certain income and expense items of the Company for each of the three most recent fiscal years.

 

   Year Ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
             
Net Sales   100%   100%   100%
Cost of sales   64.8    74.9    66.9 
Gross profit   35.2    25.1    33.1 
Operating income/(loss)   10.1    (5.3)   5.9 
Income/(loss) before income taxes   10.8    (4.9)   7.1 
Income taxes   (2.7)   0.2    (1.7)
Net Income/(loss)   8.1    (4.7)   5.5 
Net (profit) loss attributable to non-controlling interest   (0.0)   0.3    (0.0)
Net income/(loss) attributable to Highway Holdings Limited’s Shareholders   8.1    (4.4)   5.5 

 

Year Ended March 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2019

 

Net sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020 (“fiscal 2020”) decreased by $1,719,000, or 12.0% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 (“fiscal 2019”) due to lower sales to certain of the Company’s principal European customers and, to a lesser extent, due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s Shenzhen, China, operations. One of the Company’s principal customers experienced a substantial decrease in the sale of its products, which resulted in a decrease in orders for the Company. The Company’s Shenzhen, China offices were closed from the middle of January 2020 until late February for the annual Chinese New Year holiday and then the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Shenzhen operations, net sales during the fourth fiscal quarter of fiscal 2020 were 23% below the amount of net sales in the same quarter of fiscal 2019, which also reduced the Company’s annual net sales. The Company’s net sales were lower in fiscal 2020 when compared to fiscal 2019 because of lower sales to existing customers, and the Company’s inability to attract significant new customers in fiscal 2020, despite the lower cost of manufacturing in Myanmar. The Company continues to believe that the new, modernized Yangon manufacturing facility and its demonstrated ability to manufacture in Myanmar at a cost lower than in China, but with the same quality as in China, will assist it in attracting more orders from existing customers and possibly attract orders from new customers. Overall, net sales by region in fiscal 2020 changed slightly, with net sales to European customers increasing to 78.0% in fiscal 2020 compared to 76.4% of the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2019. Net sales to Hong Kong/China decreased slightly by $608,000 while net sales to North America increased slightly by $128,000 in fiscal 2020 when compared to fiscal 2019.

 

The Company operates in two segments that it refers to as (i) the “metal stamping and mechanical OEM” segment and (ii) the “electric OEM” segment. The metal stamping and mechanical OEM segment focuses on the manufacture and sale of metal parts and components, whereas the electric OEM segment focuses on the manufacture and sale of plastic and electronic parts, components and motors. For fiscal 2020, net sales of the metal stamping and mechanical segment increased to 55.2% of the Company’s net sales, from 54.1% in fiscal 2019, due to changes in the product mix. Net sales of the electric OEM segment correspondingly decreased to 44.8% of net sales in fiscal 2020 from 45.9% in fiscal 2019.

 

37

 

 

Gross profits as a percentage of net sales increased to 33.1% in fiscal 2020 from 25.1% in fiscal 2019. This increase in the gross profit margin is, however, largely due to the following: (i)As the Company’s Shenzhen, China, factory was shut down for approximately two weeks in early calendar year 2020 due to COVID-19 pandemic, the local Shenzhen government granted the Company’s Shenzhen factory a rental subsidy of $148,000, which approximated the factory’s two months’ rental, and a rebate of $7,000, which approximated the factory’s electricity bill for one month, (ii) Sublease income of $141,000 received from the temporary sublease of factory space at its Shenzhen facility was offset in cost of sales, (iii) utilization of inventories which were previously impaired in fiscal 2019. As a result, the Company’s costs of sales were reduced in fiscal 2020, and thereby improved the Company’s gross margin. Excluding these one-time events, the Company’s gross margins increased as manufacturing and assembly operations transitioned from the Company’s China facilities to its Myanmar facilities with relatively lower operating costs. Due to the increase in gross margin, the Company’s gross profit increased by 16% to $4,153,000 in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019, despite lower sales in fiscal 2020.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $929,000, or 21.4%, in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 as a result of cost cutting measures implemented as net sales decreased. Selling, general and administrative expenses were lower in fiscal 2020 in part because of reduced headcount and lower bonus payment, and salary reduction among Company’s management personnel. The foregoing reductions were partially offset by increases in non-cash share-based compensation expenses related to the restricted stock and stock options granted to the Company’s directors, senior executives and managers. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 27.1% of net sales in fiscal 2020, compared to 30.4% of net sales in fiscal 2019.

  

As a result of the $573,000 increase in gross profits in fiscal 2020 and the decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses by $929,000, the Company had operating income of $747,000 in fiscal 2020 compared to an operating loss of $755,000 in fiscal 2019.

 

The Company had a currency exchange gain of $7,000 in fiscal 2020 compared to a currency exchange loss of $8,000 in fiscal 2019. The currency gain/loss reflects the changing values of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro, the RMB and the Myanmar kyat. The Company will continue to be exposed to currency fluctuations because the Company does not intend to undertake any currency hedging transactions.

 

The Company incurred income taxes of $209,000 in fiscal 2020 on its $896,000 of income before taxes. In fiscal 2019, the Company had an income tax benefit of $26,000 because of its net loss before taxes. The Hong Kong statutory profits tax remained at 16.5% in fiscal 2020. However, the Company’s effective tax rate was approximately 23.3 % in fiscal 2020 because of certain non-deductible items, partially offset by the utilization of tax losses previously not recognized.

 

As a result of the foregoing, the Company had net income attributable to its shareholders of $686,000 in fiscal 2020 as compared to a net loss of $630,000 in fiscal 2019.

 

38

 

 

Year Ended March 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2018

 

Net sales for fiscal 2019 decreased by $4,889,000, or 25.5% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 (“fiscal 2018”) due to lower sales to certain of the Company’s principal European customers, fewer tooling orders, adjustments to inventories, and a decreased sales of higher margin products. The decrease in net sales is attributable in part to decreased sales by the Company’s customers of their products and due to year-end inventory adjustments by those clients. Lower sales to certain European customers also are the result of increasing cost of manufacturing in China, which have caused some clients to shift their manufacturing from China to other Asian countries, or to Eastern Europe. The Company also was not been able to attract new customers in fiscal 2019 to replace the loss of sales to existing customers because of the high cost of manufacturing in China, and the concerns of some potential customers about manufacturing in Myanmar. Overall, net sales by region in fiscal 2019 changed slightly, with net sales to European customers increasing to 76.4% in fiscal 2019 compared to 75.4% of the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2018.

 

The Company operates in two segments (the “metal stamping and mechanical OEM” segment and the “electric OEM” segment). For fiscal 2019, net sales in the metal stamping and mechanical segment increased to 54.1% of the Company’s net sales from 50.3% in fiscal 2018 due to changes in the product mix. Net sales of the electric OEM segment (that also includes plastic parts) correspondingly decreased to 45.9% of net sales in fiscal 2019 from 49.7% in fiscal 2018.

 

Gross profits as a percentage of net sales decreased to 25.1% in fiscal 2019 from 35.2% in fiscal 2018 due to decreased sales that increased the per unit overhead allocation, a decrease in tooling orders, and additional provisions for aged closing inventories and write down of plant and machine’s value. Due to lower sales and lower gross margins, gross profits decreased by $3,162,000 in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $469,000, or 9.8%, in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 as a result of cost cutting measures implemented as net sales decreased. Selling, general and administrative expenses would have been even lower in fiscal 2019 had the Company not incurred significant transportation costs and additional administrative expenses related to the relocation of equipment and machinery from Shenzhen, China, to the new factory complex in Yangon, Myanmar. Because selling, general and administrative expenses decreased less than net sales, the percentage of these expenses compared to net sales increased to 30.4% in fiscal 2019, compared to 25.1% in fiscal 2018.

 

As a result of the $3,162,000 decrease in gross profits in fiscal 2019, the Company had an operating loss of $755,000 in fiscal 2019 compared to operating income of $1,938,000 in fiscal 2018.

 

The Company had a currency exchange rate loss of $8,000 in fiscal 2019 compared to a currency exchange gain of $63,000 in fiscal 2018. The loss in 2019 was due to the decrease in the value of the RMB compared to the U.S. dollar. The Company will continue to be exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rate of the RMB and the Euro. The Company does not undertake any currency hedging transactions, and therefore its financial results will continue to be affected by the future fluctuations of currencies.

 

39

 

 

The Company recognized one-time gains of $28,000 and $50,000 in fiscal years 2019 and 2018, respectively, from the sale of equipment that the Company no longer needed.

 

The Company had an income tax benefit of $26,000 in fiscal 2019 because of its net loss before taxes, and income taxes of $512,000 in fiscal 2018 because of its $2,072,000 of income before taxes. The Hong Kong statutory profits tax was 16.5% in fiscal 2019. However, the Company’s effective tax rate was 3.7% in fiscal 2019 because of variances in certain non-deductible items and utilization of tax losses previously not recognized.

 

The Company had a net loss attributable to its shareholders of $630,000 in fiscal 2019 because of a decrease in both net sales and gross margins. In fiscal 2018 the Company had net income of $1,550,000 because of higher net sales and significantly higher gross margins (and, therefore, gross profits).

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

   Year Ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   (In thousands of U.S. dollars) 
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities   $2,388   $(437)  $442 
Net cash used in investing activities    (142)   (736)   (64)
Net cash used in financing activities    (1,031)   (1,244)   (297)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents    1,215    (2,417)   81 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year    10,028    11,267    8,827 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents    24    (23)   (81)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $11,267   $8,827   $8,827 

  

As of March 31, 2020, the Company had working capital of $8,235,000, compared to working capital of $8,271,000 as of March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2020, the Company had a working capital ratio of 2.65 to 1.

 

40

 

 

The amount of cash and cash equivalents held by the Company on March 31, 2020 remained unchanged at $8,827,000 on both March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2018, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $11,267,000. The Company incurred substantial cash outlays in fiscal 2019 to establish its new Yangon, Myanmar, factory complex (the “New Yangon Facility”). These outlays included (i) up-front payments (including $950,000 of pre-paid rent), (ii) costs to transfer equipment and operations from the prior Yangon factory to the New Yangon Facility, (iii) moving equipment from the Shenzhen, China, facility to the New Yangon Facility, and (iv) upgrading the existing two factories at the New Yangon Facility and building the third factory and the new office building. Collectively, excluding the prepaid rent, these costs were approximately $600,000 in fiscal 2019. Because the Company has prepaid rent for the New Yangon Facility, it will not incur rental payments costs at the New Yangon Facility for approximately eleven more years. The decrease in the amount of cash and cash equivalents held by the Company on March 31, 2019 was partially offset by cash inflows from a decrease in inventories and an increase in unpaid accounts payable.

 

The Company has historically generated sufficient funds from its operating activities to finance its operations and there has been little need for external financing other than capital leases which are used to finance equipment acquisitions and letter of credit facilities for secured purchases of materials and components from overseas vendors. For fiscal 2020, the Company generated $442,000 of net cash provided by its operating activities because of a net profit of $687,000 for the year, non-cash charges of $145,000 of depreciation and amortization, a $39,000 write down of inventories, share-based compensation of $181,000 and deferred tax of $209,000 partially offset by a $559,000 increase in inventories, and a decrease in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $570,000. In fiscal 2019, the Company used $437,000 of net cash in its operating activities and in fiscal 2018, the Company generated $2,388,000 from operating activities.

 

The Company used $142,000, $736,000 and $64,000 in fiscal 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, of cash in its investing activities. The significant increase in fiscal 2019 is the result of the purchase of property, plant and equipment for the New Yangon Facility.

 

Net cash used in financing activities mostly represents cash dividends paid by the Company during each of fiscal 2018, 2019 and 2020. Dividends of $1,244,000 and $297,000 was paid in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, respectively. Dividend of $319,000 was declared in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020. Dividends are declared at the discretion of the Board of Directors, subject to applicable laws, and depend on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, plans for future expenditures, general business conditions and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors. Even though the Company was profitable in fiscal 2020, no assurance can be given that the Company will pay cash dividends in the future or, if dividends are paid, that the amounts will be consistent with amounts paid in prior years.

 

As of the date of this Annual Report the Company has no outstanding bank loans. However, the Company also does not have any bank credit facilities under which it can borrow funds should the Company need additional capital to fund unanticipated expenses (such as funding unbudgeted expenses related to the New Yangon Facility, posting additional deposits/bonds with governmental agencies, or funding certain operating expenses as a result of an unexpected slowdown of customer orders). Accordingly, the Company will be dependent on its current financial resources should unanticipated expenses arise. No assurance can be given that its current reserves will be sufficient.

 

The Company believes that its currently available working capital and funds generated from its operations are adequate to support its operations for at least the next 12 months.

 

41

 

 

Impact of Inflation

 

The average annual inflation rate in China was reported at approximately 2.9% in calendar year 2019 and 8.63% in Myanmar. In the past, the increase in the Company’s actual cost of operations significantly exceeded the overall inflation rate in China. Despite the overall slowing of the growth of China’s economy, rising prices in the past few years in Shenzhen, China, have significantly increased the Company’s operating costs, including energy prices and labor costs. These increased costs have adversely affected the Company’s cost of operations in China, have caused the Company to increase its prices, and have resulted in the loss of some customers. On the other hand, the impact of the reported inflation rate in Myanmar has been partially offset by the depreciation in the value of the Myanmar Kyat currency over the past few years, resulting in no significant negative financial impact on the Company’s operations in Myanmar to date.

 

In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, the Company generated approximately 55% of its revenues from sales of products that it manufactured at its facilities in Shenzhen, China; the balance of the Company’s net sales were generated from its Yangon, Myanmar, operations. The economy in China has grown significantly over the past 25 years, which has resulted in increased inflation and a significant increase in the average cost of labor, especially in the coastal cities such as Shenzhen. China’s consumer price index, the broadest measure of inflation, officially rose on average approximately 2.9% in 2019. However, wages in Shenzhen, China currently are significantly higher than they were a few years ago. According to China’s National Bureau of Statistics, the average workers’ wages throughout China rose by an estimated 9.8% in calendar year 2019, 8.8% in 2018, 6.8% in 2017, and 8.0% in 2016. Despite the slowing economy in China, because of the growing shortage of workers, the overall average wage in Shenzhen is expected to continue to grow. Continuing increases in China’s inflation and material increases in wages for its administrative and technical staff will diminish the Company’s competitive advantage against OEM companies in lower cost developing countries and, unless the Company is able to either shift these higher wage jobs to the Company’s lower cost operations in Myanmar, or pass some of these increased costs on to its customers by increasing prices for its products and services, the Company’s profitability and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Myanmar has experienced inflation during each of the past three years. Inflation in Myanmar was 5.1%, 3.48% and 8.63%, in calendar year 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The government of Myanmar has also recently introduced significant increases in the minimum wage in Myanmar. In May 2018, the minimum wage in Myanmar was raised by approximately 33%.

 

Exchange Rates

 

The Company transacts its business from its Hong Kong sales and purchasing offices with its vendors and customers primarily in U.S. dollars and, to a lesser extent, in Hong Kong dollars and Euros. As a result of the assembly/manufacturing operations that the Company conducts in Myanmar, the Company now also transacts an increasing amount of business in the Myanmar Kyat. While the Company faces a variety of risks associated with changes among the relative value of these currencies, because the Company pays all of its Shenzhen factory expenses in RMB, the changes in the value of the RMB compared to the U.S. dollar was the most significant in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020. During the period from March 31, 2019 to March 31, 2020, the value of the RMB compared to the U.S. dollar decreased by approximately 7%.

 

42

 

 

The Company makes its payments for its manufacturing facilities and factory workers in Shenzhen, China, in RMB. The value of the RMB compared to the U.S. dollar was lower on March 31, 2020 compared to a year earlier. A decrease in the value of the RMB compared to the U.S. dollar decreases the Company’s operating costs (expressed in U.S. dollars). Likewise, the Company makes its payments for its manufacturing facilities and factory workers in Yangon, Myanmar, in MMK. The value of the Kyat compared to the U.S. dollar was higher on March 31, 2020 compared to a year earlier. An increase in the value of the Kyat compared to the U.S. dollar increases the Company’s operating costs (expressed in U.S. dollars) in Myanmar. The weakening of the RMB compared to the U.S. dollar in fiscal 2020 decreased the Company’s costs in China in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020, while the increase in the value of the Kyat increased the Company’s operating costs in Myanmar. Currency fluctuations in the future may have material impact on the results of the Company’s operations.

 

Currency exchange rate fluctuations affect the Company’s operating costs, and also affect the price the Company receives for the products that it sells. Most of the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2020 were to Europe. In order to mitigate the currency exchange rate risks related to changes in the value of the dollar relative to the Euro, the Company has requested its European customers to pay in U.S. dollars, and in fiscal 2020, substantially all of the Company’s European customers did so. In addition, the Company has entered into agreements with certain of its larger European customers that permit the Company’s prices to be adjusted every three months to account for currency fluctuations.

 

The fluctuation of the RMB/U.S. dollar and the Euro/U.S. dollar exchange rates have, for the past three years, resulted in currency exchange gains and losses. In fiscal 2020, the Company realized a currency exchange gain of $7,000, compared to a currency exchange loss of $8,000 in fiscal 2019 and an exchange gain of $63,000 in fiscal 2018.

 

The Company does not utilize any form of financial hedging or option instruments to limit its exposure to exchange rate or material price fluctuations and has no current intentions to engage in such activities in the future. Accordingly, material fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies could have a material impact on the Company’s future results. As a result of the Company’s expansion into Myanmar, it will also be increasingly subject to the currency risks associated with the Myanmar Kyat (MMK), the official currency of that country.

 

43

 

 

Trend Information

 

The primary trend in fiscal 2020 is expected to be the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the operations of the Company and on the demand for products produced by the Company and the Company’s customers. Although the Company’s factories in both China and Myanmar have now reopened after being closed because of the COVID-19 outbreak, a recurrence of COVID-19 in either Shenzhen, China, or Yangon, Myanmar, could result in full or partial factory closures in the future. Any government actions taken to help mitigate the spread of the coronavirus, such as travel restrictions, quarantines and self-isolation, and forced closures of public area and businesses, could also negatively impact the operations of Company’s customer and suppliers, as well as the financial resources available to them. The decreases in overall business and financing activities resulting from COVID-19 are expected to have a negative effect on the Company’s businesses for an uncertain period of time. For further information, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The Company Faces On-Going Risks Related To The COVID-19 Outbreak.

 

The other trend that is expected to continue in the current fiscal year is the increase in operating costs, particularly the cost of labor, in both China and Myanmar. Due in part to the decreased birth rate and the increased affluence of Chinese workers, lower wage factory workers are more difficult to find in China. As a result, in order to offset increases in the operating costs (particularly the high cost of labor) and to address the shortage of workers in China, the Company has shifted most of its manual assembly and manufacturing activities to Myanmar. To date, the Myanmar subsidiary has been able to lower the overall cost of some of the products that the Company manufactures for its clients. The Myanmar subsidiary will also commence manufacturing components, thereby shifting a portion of the Company’s component business from Shenzhen to Yangon, which will also result in a reduction of costs transporting components to Myanmar. However, the Company believes that material increases in the cost of labor in Myanmar are possible in the near future. Worker strikes in 2018 in Myanmar and government imposed wage increases in Yangon have increased costs in Myanmar. Although these increased costs to date have mostly been offset by the depreciation in the value of the Kyat over the past few years, a continuation of increased wages and the recent appreciation in the value of the Kyat could make the future profitability of the Myanmar subsidiary uncertain.

 

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, the Company is not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events for the period from April 1, 2020 to March 31, 2021 that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our net revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that caused the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial conditions.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

The Company is not a party to off-balance sheet arrangements and does not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts. In addition, the Company has no financial guarantees, debt or lease agreements or other arrangements that could trigger a requirement for an early payment or that could change the value of the Company’s assets.

 

44

 

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations as of March 31, 2019:

 

   Payment due by Year Ending March 31, 
Contractual Obligations  Total   2021   2022   2023   2024   2025 and thereafter 
    $’000    $’000    $’000    $’000    $’000    $’000 
Leases   6,004    888    933    908    -    3,275 
Purchase obligations   930    930    -    -    -    - 
Total   6,934    1,818    933    908    -    3,275 

 

Recent issued accounting standards not yet adopted

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other organizations. The ASU requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. Organizations will continue to use judgment to determine which loss estimation method is appropriate for their circumstances. The ASU requires enhanced disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s portfolio. These disclosures include qualitative and quantitative requirements that provide additional information about the amounts recorded in the financial statements. In November 2018, this was further updated with the issuance of ASU 2018-19, which excludes operating leases from the scope. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. For public business entities that are U.S. SEC filers, the ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”. The update simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The update also eliminates the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The update should be applied on a prospective basis. The nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle should be disclosed upon transition. The update is effective for any annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company expects the adoption of the new guidance will not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

45

 

  

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” which is part of the FASB disclosure framework project to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to the financial statements. The amendments in the new guidance remove, modify and add certain disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements covered in Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement.” The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for either the entire standard or only the requirements that modify or eliminate the disclosure requirements, with certain requirements applied prospectively, and all other requirements applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

 

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-17, Consolidation: Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities, which modifies the guidance related to indirect interests held through related parties under common control for determining whether fees paid to decision makers and service providers are variable interest. ASU 2018-17 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions within ASC 740, Income Taxes, and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistent application among reporting entities. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the Company must apply certain aspects of this standard retrospectively for all periods presented while other aspects are applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Company is evaluating the impact this update will have on our financial statements.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to bad and doubtful debts. The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that the Company believes are reasonable. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

46

 

 

The following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. For further discussion of our significant accounting policies, refer to Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of our consolidated financial statements in Item 18.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Effective with the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” and the associated ASUs (collectively, “Topic 606”) on April 1, 2018, we recognize revenue when our customer obtains control of promised goods in an amount that reflects the consideration which we expects to receive in exchange for those goods. To determine revenue recognition for the arrangements that we determine are within the scope of Topic 606, we perform the following five steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. we adopted the ASU on April 1, 2018 for all revenue contracts with customers using the modified retrospective approach, while prior periods’ amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historical accounting under ASC 605.

 

Product revenue recognition. The revenue from contracts with customers is derived from product revenue principally from the sales of metal stamping and mechanical OEM and electric OEM products directly to other consumer electronics product manufacturers. The Company sells goods to its customers under sales contracts or by purchase orders. The Company has determined there to is one performance obligation for each of the sales contracts and purchase orders. The performance obligations are considered to be met and revenue is recognized when the customer obtains control of the goods. The Company has two major goods delivery channels:

 

(1) Delivering goods to customers’ predetermined location; the Company has satisfied the contracts’ performance obligations when the goods have been delivered and relevant shipping documents have been collected by us; and

 

(2) Picking up goods by customers in our warehouse; the Company has satisfied the contracts’ performance obligations when the goods have been picked up and the acceptance document has been signed by the customers.

 

The Company did not recognize any revenue from contracts with customers for performance obligations satisfied overtime during the year ended March 31, 2019. Accordingly, the timing of revenue recognition is not impacted by the new standard.

 

The transaction price is generally in the form of a fixed price which is agreed with the customer at contract inception. The transaction price is recorded net of sales return, surcharges and value-added tax of gross sales. We have allocated the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the sales contracts and purchase orders.

 

47

 

 

The Company would request a deposit from customers upon receiving the purchase order and issue bills to customers upon transfer control of goods and relevant acceptance documents have been collected. Customers’ deposits would be settled part of the outstanding bill upon receiving an acknowledgement from customers. For the remaining balance of outstanding bills, Customers are required to pay over an agreed upon credit period, usually between 30 to 75 days.

 

Return Rights. The Company does not provide its customers with the right of return (except for product quality issue) or production protection. Customer is required to perform product quality check before acceptance of goods delivery. We did not recognize for any refund liability according to the product return on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Value-added taxes and surcharges. The Company presents revenue net of VAT and surcharges incurred. The surcharge is sales related taxes representing the City Maintenance and Construction Tax and Education Surtax. The Company incurs expenses or pays fees to external delivery service providers, respectively, and records such expenses and fees like shipping and handling expenses. Total VAT and surcharges paid by us during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 amounted to $57,000, $77,000 and $90,000 respectively.

 

Principals vs. agent accounting. The Company records all product revenue on a gross basis. To determine whether we are agent or principal in the sale of products, we consider the following indicators: we are primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified goods or services, is subject to inventory risks before the specified goods have been transferred to a customer or after transfer of control to the customers, and has discretion in establishing the price of the specified goods.

 

Disaggregation of revenue. The Company disaggregates its revenue from different types of contracts with customers by principal product categories, as it believes it best depicts the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows. The Company did not recognize any revenue in the reporting period from performance obligation satisfied (or partially satisfied) during the year ended March 31, 2017 and 2018. See note 19 for product revenues by segment.

 

Contract balances. The Company did not recognize any contract asset as of March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020. The timing between the recognition of revenue and receipt of payment is not significant.

 

The Company’s contract liabilities consist of deposits received from customers. As of March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, the balances of the contract liabilities are $25,000 and $39,000, including deposits received from customers. All contract liabilities at the beginning of the year ended March 31, 2020 were recognized as revenue during the year ended March 31, 2020 and all contract liabilities as of year ended March 31, 2020 are expected to be realized in the following year.

 

In periods prior to the adoption of Topic 606, our accounting policy was to recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, products are delivered, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

48

 

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

Goodwill is the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but rather tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests goodwill for impairment in March of each fiscal year. Goodwill is also tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would be more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Specifically, goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. Step 1 compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and step 2 will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, step 2 compares the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in step 1 to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized in for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill. Estimating fair value is performed by utilizing various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow. Impairment testing for goodwill is done at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (also known as a component).

 

The gross amount of goodwill and accumulated impairment losses as of March 31, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   Kayser Myanmar
($)
 
Gross as of April 1, 2018, March 31, 2019 and 2020   77,000 
      
Accumulated impairment loss as of April 1, 2018   -- 
      
Impairment losses during the year ended March 31, 2019   (77,000)
      
Accumulated impairment loss as at March 31, 2019 and 2020   (77,000)
      
Net as of March 31, 2019 and 2020   -- 

 

The balance represented the carrying value of Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. (“Kayser Myanmar”) and had an aggregate carrying amount of $77,000 as of year ended March 31, 2017 and 2018. During the year ended March 31, 2019, we have tested goodwill for impairment and estimated the fair value of Kayser Myanmar by using the income approach in step 1 of the impairment test. Based on the quantitative test, it was determined the fair value was more likely than not below its carrying amount. Management has identified several determinative events and factors, which has led to the above conclusion, included: (1) the financial result of Kayser Myanmar was below management’s expectations due to higher than expected supply chain cost and increased competition, (2) the fiscal year 2020 annual budget operating plan in March 31, 2019, which provided additional insights into expectations and priorities for the coming years, such as lower growth and margin expectations and (3) increased and prolonged economic and regulatory uncertainty in the global economics as of March 31, 2019. Management has compared the implied fair value of Kayser Myanmar’s goodwill to the carrying value of the goodwill which is step 2 of the two-step impairment test. An impairment loss was recognized for the excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill.

 

49

 

 

As a result of the two-step impairment test, we have recognized a $77,000 impairment loss of Kayser Myanmar goodwill in selling, general and administrative expenses during the year ended March 31, 2019, due to margin and revenue from contracts from customers declines as well as the lower growth and margin expectation. No impairment expenses were recognized during the year ended March 31, 2020 and 2018.

 

Provision for doubtful receivables

 

Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts due from customers, that are typically non-interest bearing and are initially recorded at the invoiced amount. We review its accounts receivable on a periodic basis and records allowances when there is a doubt as to the collectability of the balance. In evaluating the collectability of the accounts receivable balances, the Company considers various factors, including the age of the balances, customer specific facts and economic conditions. Accounts receivable balances are write-down against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

 

Provision for uncollectible loan receivable

 

Loan receivables mainly represent the loans to a non-controlling interest and a director of a subsidiary in Myanmar. The loan periods granted by us to the staff amounts to 36 months and carries fixed interest rate of 8% per annum. The loan receivables, both principal and interest, is expected to be repaid by the agreed to settlement date. The loan receivables are stated at the historical carrying amount net of allowance for uncollectible loan receivables. The Company established an allowance for uncollectible loan receivable based on estimates, historical experience and other factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers. Uncollectible loan receivables are written off when the Company has determined that the balance will not be collected. The loan receivables expected to be settled more than one year as of balance sheet date are classified into other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheets. No impairment was made on the loan receivables for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

 

Inventories written-down

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost determined by the first-in-first-out method, or market value. Work-in-progress and finished goods consist of raw materials, direct labor and overheads associated with the manufacturing process. Write-down of potential obsolete or slow-moving inventories is recorded based on management’s assumptions about future demands and market conditions.

 

50

 

 

Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets (other than goodwill)

 

We reviewed our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, we measure impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows and the eventual disposition. Management would estimate the future cash flow used to test the recoverability of the asset included the budgeted cash inflows less associated cash outflows, which are directly associated with the result of use. The estimation should exclude the interest charges which will be recognized as an expense when incurred. Management would consider all available evidence during the estimation process, to ensure the estimated budget would be the most possible outcomes. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cashflow were to be less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Company would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally measured based on either quoted market prices, if available, or discounted cash flow analyses.

 

During the years ended 2020, 2019 and 2018, we have reviewed the long-lived assets for impairment, since there are serval indicative events and factors identified, including (1) significant adverse changes in the business climate, (2) current-period operating and cash flow losses, and (3) changes in production plan by shifting certain production lines from Shenzhen to Myanmar. Management has compared the carrying value of the long-lived asset to the estimated undiscounted operating cash flow based on the above factors.

 

As a result of the comparison, management has identified the sum of expected undiscounted cashflow of multiple types of machinery and equipment are more likely than not below their fair value. We have recognized an impairment of long-lived assets amounted to $113,000, $233,000 and $nil during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. The impairment has been recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, based on the nature of the impaired long-lived assets.

 

Leases

 

On April 1, 2019, we adopted Topic 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach by applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. Results and disclosure requirements for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2019 are presented under Topic 842, while prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with its historical accounting under Topic 840.

 

We elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allowed it to carry forward its historical lease classification, its assessment on whether a contract was or contains a lease, and its initial direct costs for any leases that existed prior to January 1, 2019. We also elected to combine its lease and non-lease components and to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated lease payments in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

51

 

 

Upon adoption, we recognized total ROU assets of $2,184,000 with corresponding liabilities of $1,275,000 on the consolidated balance sheets. All leases are classified as operating leases. For the 50-year lease for a manufacturing complex in Yangon, Myanmar, the Company has prepaid $950,000 under the lease, or approximately 12 years of rental payments. The ROU assets include adjustments for prepayments and accrued lease payments. The adoption of the new lease standard does not have significant impact on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and cash flows and there was no adjustment to the beginning retained earnings on April 1, 2019.

 

Under Topic 842, we determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the lease term. For this purpose, we consider only payments that are fixed and determinable at the time of commencement. As most of its leases do not provide an implicit rate, it uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Our incremental borrowing rate is a hypothetical rate based on its understanding of what its credit rating would be. The ROU asset also includes any lease payments made prior to commencement and is recorded net of any lease incentives received. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise such options.

 

Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, operating lease liabilities, current and non-current operating lease liabilities, on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The Directors and executive officers of the Company as of July 31, 2020 are listed below.

 

Name   Age   Positions
Roland W. Kohl   71   Chief Executive Officer, Director, Chairman of the Board
Ringo Tsang   54   Chief Operating Officer
Alan Chan   56   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary
Tiko Aharonov (1) (2)   73   Director
Uri Bernhard Oppenheimer (1) (2)   84   Director
Kevin Yang Kuang Yu   63   Director
Irene Wong Ping Yim (1)   54   Director
Heiko Sonnekalb   49   Director
George Leung Wing Chan (1)   67   Director
Dirk Hermann, Ph.D.   56   Director

 

 

(1)Current member of Audit Committee.
(2)Member of Compensation Committee

 

52

 

 

The Directors hold office until their term has expired and they are re-elected at an annual meeting of shareholders. The Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that the Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors with staggered terms of office. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the members of one class of directors will be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders after their election, and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. The next annual meeting of shareholders is currently scheduled to be held on October 8, 2020. At that meeting, the terms of one class of directors (consisting of Uri Bernhard Oppenheimer and Dirk Hermann) will expire, and nominees for that class will be nominated elected to hold office for a three-year term expiring at the 2023 annual meeting.

 

As a foreign private issuer organized under the law of the British Virgin Islands, the Company may follow its home company practice in lieu of NASDAQ’s Marketplace Rule 5605(b)(1) requiring the independence of a majority of our directors. During the year ended March 31, 2020 and continuing to date, the composition of the Board of Director has consisted of a majority of directors deemed “independent” under that Rule.

 

Roland W. Kohl. Mr. Kohl was the founder of the Company and has been its Chief Executive Officer since its inception in 1990. He has been a Director of the Company since March 1, 1995. He has overall responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the Company and its subsidiaries. Prior to forming the Company, Mr. Kohl was the Managing Director of Dialbright Company Limited, a camera manufacturer located in China. Mr. Kohl received a degree in mechanical engineering and has over twenty years’ experience in managing factories and manufacturing operations in China. Mr. Kohl is a German national and resides in Hong Kong.

 

Ringo Tsang. Mr. Tsang was appointed as the Chief Operating Officer in November 2017. Mr. Tsang joined the Company in March 2009 as a Production Engineer and was promoted to Chief Technology Officer in 2010. Since becoming Chief Technology Officer, Mr. Tsang has been in charge of the Company’s engineering department, its tool shop, its Computer Numerical Control (CNC) tooling system, and its automation and information technologies. Mr. Tsang has a Bachelor of Science degree in mechanical engineering, and a Master’s Degree in each of Business Administration, Information Systems, and Professional Accounting.

 

Alan Chan. Mr. Chan was appointed as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Secretary in September 2010. From June 2009 until he joined the Company, Mr. Chan served as chief financial officer for a joint venture in China with Laureate Education Group. He previously served as vice president and chief financial officer for DeCoro, an Italian sofa manufacturer with two facilities in Shenzhen, and as financial controller for San Miguel Shunde Brewery Co. Ltd., a foreign joint venture engaged in the manufacturing and sale of beer products for China and overseas markets. He also served as financial controller for Hua Yang Printing Holdings Co. Ltd., a manufacturer of children’s paper products. Mr. Chan began his professional career as an accountant with Nelson Wheeler, an Australian CPA firm, and subsequently with PricewaterhouseCoopers -- formerly Coopers and Lybrand. Mr. Chan earned a Master of Arts degree in accounting from Curtin University in Australia and a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Lancaster in the United Kingdom.

 

Tiko Aharonov. Mr. Aharonov has been a Director of the Company since its inception in 1990 and was a General Manager of the Company’s camera operations from 1998 to 2004. Until the closing of the Company’s Bulgarian facility in 2004, Mr. Aharonov acted as the General Manager of the Bulgarian operations. He was a bank manager for a leading Israeli commercial and retail bank from 1969 to 1989 and has operated his own real estate and investment company for high net worth individuals desiring to invest in real estate in Israel. Mr. Aharonov also represents investors in real estate in Bulgaria.

 

53

 

 

Uri Bernhard Oppenheimer. Mr. Oppenheimer was elected to the Board of Directors in July 2005. Mr. Oppenheimer is founder, managing director and the majority owner of U.B. Oppenheimer GmbH in Germany and MIG Germany GmbH in Germany.

 

Kevin Yang Kuang Yu. Mr. Yang was elected to the Board of Directors in July 2005. From 2004 until his retirement in 2013, Mr. Yang was the China-USA Director of Holt Asia LLC (now owned by Chesta Co., Inc.) in the U.S. Prior thereto, from 2000 to May 2003, Mr. Yang set up and managed a factory in Shanghai for CHT Co., Limited ( now owned by Chesta Co., Inc.) and controlled and managed other manufacturing facilities in China. Mr. Yang has also been involved with the trading companies that were engaged in exporting products to the US.

 

Irene Wong Ping Yim. Ms. Wong was elected to the Board of Directors in July 2005. For over ten years, Ms Wong was the Chief Accountant of CNIM Hong Kong Ltd. From 1994 to 2001, she was the Accounting Manager of Highway Holdings. Ms. Wong graduated from Deakin University with a Master’s Degree in Business Administration. She is currently a fellow member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountant and a member of Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

 

George Leung Wing Chan. Mr. Leung was appointed to the Board of Directors in December 2005. Since 2004, Mr. Leung has been a management consultant. Prior thereto, from 1995 to 2004, he was the Managing Director/Vice President of Lucky Metal & Plastic Mfg. Co., Ltd.

 

Heiko Sonnekalb. Mr. Sonnekalb was appointed to the Board of Directors on April 1, 2020. Mr. Sonnekalb currently serves as the chief executive officer of Dr. Arnold Schaefer GmbH, a German holding company, Lakal GmbH, a German manufacturer of shutter blinds, and Bartz Werke GmbH, a German casting foundry and heat and pipe technology company. In addition, he serves as a director of Germany-based Herwick AG and Stadtwerke Voelklingen Vertrieb GmbH. Mr. Sonnekalb also is a committee member of both the IHK Saarland Industrial Research and Foreign Trade Committee and the DIHK Berlin Industrial Research and Foreign Trade Committee. He also serves as a judge on the labor court in Saarbruecken, Germany. Mr. Sonnekalb received a degree in Business Administration from the University of Fulda, Germany, in 1997.

 

Dirk Hermann, Ph.D. Dr. Hermann was appointed to the Board of Directors on April 1, 2020. Dr. Hermann previously served as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors from January 2003 until August 2010. Dr. Hermann currently serves as chief executive officer of Saarland Feuerversicherung AG and Saarland Lebensversicherung AG, two German insurance companies. He joined Bayerische Versicherungskammer in 2012, parent company of Saarland Insurance Group. Prior thereto, he held a variety of positions with Allianz Versicherungen AG, including a tenure as a member of the management board. Mr. Hermann currently also serves on the board of two German banks, Landesbank Saar and Sparkassenverband, and on the board the Consul Investment company. Dr. Hermann graduated from the University of Konstanz in Germany with a bachelor’s degree in business administration. He also holds a master’s degree in business administration from the University of St. Gallen in Switzerland. He earned a Ph.D. degree in business administration from the University of Leipzig, in Germany.

 

54

 

 

Dr. Hermann is the brother-in-law of Roland Kohl, the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Other than Mr. Hermann’s relationship with Mr. Kohl, there are no other family relationships between any of the above-named officers, directors or employees. To the Company’s knowledge, no arrangement or understanding exists between any such director and executive officer and any major shareholder, customer, supplier or other party pursuant to which any director or executive officer was elected as a director or executive officer of the Company.

 

Compensation of Directors and Officers

 

The aggregate amount of compensation (including non-cash benefits, but excluding equity compensation) paid by the Company and its subsidiaries during the year ended on March 31, 2020 to directors on the Company’s Board of Directors and officers, as a group (ten people), for services rendered to the Company and its subsidiaries in all capacities was approximately $730,000, excluding amounts paid by the Company as dividends to directors and executive officers in their capacity as shareholders of the Company. In addition to the foregoing compensation, on August 8, 2019 non-qualified stock options for the purchase of 250,000 shares were granted to the seven directors on the Company’s Board of Directors under the Company’s 2010 Stock Option And Restricted Stock Plan. Roland Kohl, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, received an option to purchase 60,000 of these option shares. The options are fully vested, have a five-year term, and an exercise price of $1.97 (the closing price of the Company’s common stock on August 7, 2019).

 

Mr. Kohl’s prior employment agreement expired in March 2019. Mr. Kohl has entered into a new employment agreement on substantially the same terms as the prior agreement, except that under his new agreement, his compensation will be reduced by one-half from his initial base salary following any fiscal quarter in which the Company has a net quarterly loss, which salary reduction will remain in effect until the Company has net income in any subsequent quarter. Accordingly, in the event that the Company has a quarterly loss, Mr. Kohl’s annual base salary for the following quarter will be reduced by one-half. The forfeited salary will not be recouped if/when the Company has a profitable fiscal quarter. Two of the Company’s other senior managers have also agreed to voluntarily reduce their base salaries by 50% in the same manner as Mr. Kohl. In response to the impact of the COVID-19 on the Company’s operations, Mr. Kohl and these two other managers have recently voluntarily reduced their salaries for three months, and all of the Company’s Hong Kong-based engineers and managers have likewise agreed to a three-month 20% salary reduction.

 

Mr. Kohl, and the four other senior managers of the Company, are entitled to receive cash payments equal to three times their annual salary in the event of a change of control of the Company without the approval of the Board of Directors.

 

55

 

 

During the past fiscal year, the Company paid each of the following non-executive director an annual director’s fee of $12,000, and reimbursed them for their reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their services as directors: Tiko Aharonov, Uri Bernhard Oppenheimer, Kevin Yang Kuang Yu, Irene Wong Ping Yim, and George Leung Wing Chan. Brian Geary did not attend all meetings in 2019 and thereafter resigned in December 2019 and, accordingly, was not compensated in fiscal 2020. Heiko Sonnekalb and Dirk Hermann did not become directors until April 1, 2020 and, therefore, did not receive any compensation in fiscal 2020. In addition, the Chairman of any committee is paid an additional fee of $2,000 per year, and the members of a committee are paid an additional fee of $2,000 per year for each committee on which they serve.

 

Options For Directors and Senior Management

 

On June 26, 2010, the Company adopted the “2010 Stock Option And Restricted Stock Plan” (the “2010 Option Plan”) under which the Company was authorized to grant options, and to issue restricted shares, for a total of 600,000 shares. The 2010 Option Plan expired on June 26, 2020. As of July 31, 2020, awards for all 600,000 shares available for grant under the 2010 Stock Option Plan have been granted. The awards outstanding as of July 31, 2020 consisted of the following:

 

1.175,000 restricted shares have been granted to 12 managers and key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The restricted shares will vest in five years, on August 8, 2024. In the event that any recipient’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries is terminated before August 8, 2024, the Company will have the right to repurchase the restricted shares at a price of $0.01 per share.
2.Non-qualified stock options for the purchase of 160,000 shares have been granted to 20 key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The options are fully vested, have a five-year term. None of these 160,000 options were granted to the three executive officers of the Company.
3.Non-qualified stock options for the purchase of 265,000 shares have been granted to the eight current directors on the Company’s Board of Directors. Roland Kohl, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, has an option to purchase 60,000 of these option shares. The options are fully vested and have a five-year term.

 

None of the shares underlying the options issued to the 20 employees and the eight directors have been registered. Accordingly, none of the shares can be sold for at least six months after the applicable option has been exercised by the employee or director.

 

The recipients of the 175,000 restricted shares and the 160,000 stock options entered into voting agreements pursuant to which the holders agreed to vote their Company shares in favor of management’s proposals.

 

For additional information regarding the share ownership in the Company by the Company’s directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders is set forth in Item 7, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions,” below.

 

56

 

 

Board Practices

 

Directors of the Company are elected at the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders and serve until their successors take office, or until their death, resignation or removal. The Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provide for the classification of our Board of Directors into three classes of directors with staggered terms of office. At each annual meeting, one class of directors (consisting of either two or three directors) will be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders after their election and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified (i.e. directors will be elected for three year terms).

 

The Company generally holds its annual meeting of shareholders within 90 days after the filing of its Annual Report on Form 20-F with the Commission. Executive officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company. As of the date of this Annual Report, there are no agreements with any of the Directors that would provide the Directors with any benefits upon termination of employment. However, in the event of a change of control without the approval of the Board of Directors, Mr. Kohl, and the four other senior managers of the Company, are entitled to receive cash payments equal to three times their annual salary.

 

Audit Committee. During fiscal 2020, the members of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors were Irene Wong Ping Yim, Uri Bernhard Oppenheimer, George Leung Wing Chan, and Tiko Aharonov. The Audit Committee reviews, acts on and reports to the Board of Directors on various auditing and accounting matters, including the selection of the Company’s auditors, the scope of the annual audits, fees to be paid to the auditors, the performance of the independent auditors, any additional services to be provided by the auditors, and the Company’s accounting practices. Each of these individuals is a non-employee director and is independent as defined under the Nasdaq Stock Market’s listing standards, and each has significant knowledge of financial matters (one of the members has an advanced degree in business administration). Ms. Wong has been designated by the Board as the “audit committee financial expert” as defined under Item 401(h)(2) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Audit Committee met twice during fiscal 2020. The Audit Committee operates under a formal charter that governs its duties and conduct.

 

Compensation Committee. During the past fiscal year, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors consisted of Uri Bernhard Oppenheimer, Brian Geary and Tiko Aharonov (Brian Geary served on the Compensation Committee until his resignation on December 31, 2019). The Compensation Committee administers the Company’s 2010 Stock Option And Restricted Stock Plan and establishes the salaries and incentive compensation of the executive officers of the Company.

 

All of the Company’s directors (there currently are eight directors, six of whom are independent) participate in the selection of director nominees. Accordingly, the Board of Directors has not yet found it necessary to have a separate Nominating Committee. The Board of Directors has not established any specific minimum qualifications for director candidates or any specific qualities or skills that a candidate must possess in order to be considered qualified to be nominated as a director. Qualifications for consideration as a director nominee may vary according to the particular areas of expertise being sought as a complement to the existing board composition. In making its nominations, the Board of Directors generally will consider, among other things, an individual’s business experience, industry experience, financial background, breadth of knowledge about issues affecting our company, time available for meetings and consultation regarding company matters and other particular skills and experience possessed by the individual.

 

57

 

 

Option and Restricted Stock Plans

 

On June 26, 2019, the Company has adopted the 2010 Stock Option And Restricted Stock Plan (the “2010 Option Plan”) that covered 600,000 shares of the Common Shares. The Option Plan provided for the grant of options to purchase Common Shares to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company and for the grant of shares of restricted stock. The 2010 Option Plan expired on June 26, 2020. On the date that the 2010 Option Plan expired on June 26, 2020, awards for all 600,000 shares available for grant under the 2010 Stock Option Plan have been granted, and no additional shares were available for grant under the 2020 Option Plan.

 

Because the 2010 Option Plan was about to expire, on June 20, 2020, the Company adopted the 2020 Stock Option And Restricted Stock Plan (the “2020 Option Plan”). Under the new option and restricted stock plan, the Company is authorized to grant options, and to issue restricted shares, for a total of 500,000 shares. To date, no options have been granted under the 2020 Option Plan. The adoption of the 2020 Stock Option Plan is subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders and will not become effective unless approved by the shareholders. Accordingly, the Company intends to submit the 2020 Option Plan to the shareholders for their approval at the 2020 annual meeting of shareholders to be held later in 2020.

 

Employees

 

As of the end of July 2020, the Company had a total of 206 persons who were working on a full-time basis for the Company. All of the Company’s employees are employed by the Company’s various subsidiaries. Of the foregoing workers and employees, 89 were engaged in the administration of the Company (including marketing, purchasing, personal, book keeping, import/export, material control, shipping, security), engineering, design and development, tool and fixture production, and teaching at the Company’s technical training school, and the balance, 109 employees, were engaged in manufacturing, quality assurance, warehousing and other supporting functions.

 

In addition to the employees hired by the Company (directly or through its wholly-owned subsidiaries), Kayser Myanmar, the Myanmar based company in which the Company currently owns an 84% stake, employed a total of 99 employees as of July 31, 2020.

 

The number of workers employed by the Company fluctuates largely due to the availability of workers and the time of year, and the Company occasionally experiences temporary shortages of workers. From time to time, the availability of workers has been adversely affected because of the high demand for such workers in Shenzhen due to transportation difficulties in bringing workers to Shenzhen, and due to seasonal demands on labor such as harvesting when the mainly rural-based laborers are required to return to their village. In addition, most workers are unavailable during the traditional Chinese holidays, including the Chinese New Year’s holiday. Due to these factors, the Company experiences high turnover of employees annually.

 

58

 

 

Since January 1, 2008, Chinese workers are allowed to join an official trade union. However, to the Company’s knowledge, none of the Company’s employees have joined labor unions or become a party to a collective bargaining agreement. In employers in China are required to conclude an “open-ended employment contract” with any employee who either has worked for the employer for 10 years or more or has had two consecutive fixed-term contracts. An “open-ended employment contract” is in effect a lifetime, permanent contract, which is terminable only in specified circumstances, such as a material breach of the employer’s rules and regulations, or for a serious dereliction of duty. Under the new law, reducing the Company’s workforce by 20% or more may occur only under specified circumstances. All of these new labor provisions have significantly increased the Company’s cost of labor and have restricted certain of the Company’s operating procedures. Partly in response to this labor law, the Company has been gradually reducing its workforce in China by moving some of the manual labor jobs to its Myanmar facility and by increasing the amount of automation used in its manufacturing processes.

 

The Company believes that its relations with its administrative employees in Hong Kong and with its managers and technicians in China are good. However, many employees engaged in manufacturing, packaging and shipping at the Company’s Shenzhen, China, factory are seasonal workers who frequently change jobs. Accordingly, the Company’s relationship with these transient workers is short-term and superficial and depends on the labor market in Shenzhen in general. During any operating year, because of the transient nature of many of its workers (many of whom resign during the year), the Company will normally have a high turnover rate. As a result, the Company cannot guarantee that its workers will not strike in the future or otherwise leave and accept employment elsewhere.

 

Myanmar has adopted comprehensive labor laws that now allow employees to unionize. However, none of the employees currently employed at the Myanmar facility belong to a union. As in China, many of the workers at the Company’s Myanmar facility are seasonal workers who frequently change jobs. As a result, Kayser Myanmar typically only has a short-term relationship with these employees.

 

Share Ownership

 

The share ownership of the Company’s officers and directors is listed under Item 7 of this Annual Report.

 

59

 

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

Major Shareholders. The Company is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any other corporation or any foreign government. The following table sets forth, as of August 17, 2020, certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Company’s Common Shares by each person (i) who is an executive officer or director of the Company, (ii) known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares outstanding as of such date, and (iii) the officers and directors of the Company as a group.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner or Identify of Group(1)  Number of
Common
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Percent
Beneficial
Owned(**)
 
Roland W. Kohl   674,067(2)   16.7%
Tiko Aharonov   285,000(3)   7.1%
Heiko Sonnekalb   25,000(4)   * 
George Leung Wing Chan   28,000(5)   * 
Dirk Hermann   51,286(4)   1.3%
Irene Wong Ping Yim   43,000(6)   1.1%
Kevin Yang Kuang Yu   36,224(5)   * 
Uri Bernhard Oppenheimer   52,000(5)   1.3%
Alan Chan   50,000    1.2%
Ringo Tsang   50,000    1.2%
All Directors and Officers as a Group (10 Persons)   1,294,577(7)   31.1%

 

 

*Less than 1%.
**Under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, shares of Common Shares that an individual or group has a right to acquire within 60 days pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such individual or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person shown in the table.
(1)The address of each of the named holders is c/o Highway Holdings Limited, Suite 1801, Level 18, Landmark North, 39 Lung Sum Avenue, Sheung Shui, New Territories, Hong Kong.
(2)Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 60,000 shares.
(3)Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 50,000 shares.
(4)Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 20,000 shares.
(5)Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 25,000 shares.
(6)Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 40,000 shares.
(7)Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 195,000 shares.

 

As of July 31, 2020, the Company had 52 record holders, of whom 26 were residents of the United States. To the Company’s knowledge, foreign record holders own 553,347 Common Shares, although a number of the Company’s officers, directors and other foreign shareholders also own shares in streetname. Based on the Company’s records of shares owned by its officers, by its record holders, and by other foreign holders who hold their shares in street name, the Company estimates that at least 20% of the Company’s outstanding shares are owned by foreign shareholders. David Tamir, one of the co-founders of the Company and the owner or 359,830 shares died in 2018. The Company believes that all, or a substantial portion of his shares have been sold by Mr. Tamir’s estate. Other than the foregoing sale of Mr. Tamir’s shares, to the Company’s knowledge there have been no significant changes in the percentage ownership held by any major shareholders during the past three years, and there are no arrangements known to the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company. All holders of the Common Shares have the same voting rights.

 

Related Party Transactions.

 

The Company did not engage in any related party transactions during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020. However, as described elsewhere in this Annual Report, on March 29, 2019 Kayser Myanmar, the Company’s 84% owned Myanmar subsidiary, entered into a 50-year lease with Konig Company Limited (“Konig Company”), a Myanmar company. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries owns an equity interest in Konig Company, and Konig Company owns no shares of the Company. Furthermore, none of Konig Company’s principals is an officer or director of the Company, nor are any of the Company’s officers or directors affiliated with Konig Company. Accordingly, the Company does not believe that Konig Company is a related party. However, Konig Company is owned by two Myanmar citizens who are related to Kayser Myanmar. One of the principals of Konig Company currently is a manager and a shareholder of Kayser Myanmar (he owns a 16% interest in Kayser Myanmar), and the other currently is a manager of Kayser Myanmar. These two principals of Konig Company also collectively own 15,000 shares of the Company’s restricted stock. All discussions regarding the lease and the other arrangements between the Company and Kayser Myanmar were conducted on behalf of the Company and Kayser Myanmar by officers of the Company, and the two principals of Konig Company represented Konig Myanmar in those interactions.

 

60

 

 

Item 8. Financial Information.

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

The Company has included consolidated financial statements as part of this annual report.

 

B. Significant Changes

 

The Company has not experienced any significant changes since the date of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

 

C. Dividend Policy.

 

The Company attempts to pay a cash dividend annually to all holders of its Common Shares, subject to its profitability and cash position. The Company made one dividend payment for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020 (the Company’s Board declared a dividend of $0.08 per share in February 2020, which dividend was paid on April 6, 2020).

 

Dividends are declared and paid at the discretion of the Board of Directors and depend upon, among other things, the Company’s net profit after taxes, the anticipated future earnings of the Company, the success of the Company’s business activities, the Company’s capital requirements, and the general financial conditions of the Company. Furthermore, since the payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Board, no assurance can be given that the Company will pay any dividends in the future even if the Company has a profitable year or is otherwise capable of doing so.

 

D. Legal Proceedings.

 

The Company may occasionally become subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business. However, the Company is not currently subject to any pending legal proceedings that involve amounts that are material to the Company’s financial condition.

 

61

 

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

 

A. Offer and Listing Details

 

The Company’s Common Shares are currently traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HIHO” and are not listed for trading in any trading market outside the United States. On July 31, 2020, the last reported sale price of our Common Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market was $2.63 per share. As of July 31, 2020, there were 52 holders of record of the Company’s Common Shares. However, the Company believes that there are a significantly greater number of “street name” shareholders of the Common Shares.

 

B. Plan of Distribution

 

No disclosure is required in response to this Item.

 

C. Markets

 

Our Common Shares have been listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market during the past five years, under the symbol “HIHO.”

 

D. Selling Shareholders

 

No disclosure is required in response to this Item.

 

E. Dilution

 

No disclosure is required in response to this Item.

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

 

No disclosure is required in response to this Item.

 

Item 10. Additional Information

 

Share Capital

 

The Company’s authorized capital consists of 20,020,000 shares, of which 20,000,000 are Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share, and 20,000 are shares of Series A Preferred Shares, $0.01 par value per share. As of both March 31, 2020 and July 31, 2020, there were 3,971,825 Common Shares outstanding; no shares of the Series A Preferred Shares were outstanding. As of March 31, 2020 and July 31, 2020, options to purchase 385,000 and 425,000 Common Shares were outstanding, respectively.

 

On May 11, 2018, the Company filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company setting forth, among other things, the rights and preferences of the Series A Preferred Shares. A description of the rights and preferences of the Series A Preferred Shares is set forth below in “Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.”

 

There have been no other events in the last three years that have changed the amount, the number of classes, or voting rights, of the Company’s issued capital.

 

62

 

 

Amended and Restated Memorandum And Articles Of Association

 

The following represents a summary of certain key provisions of the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The summary does not purport to be a summary of all of the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association and of all relevant provisions of BVI law governing the management and regulation of BVI companies.

 

Highway Holdings Limited is registered at Harneys Corporate Services Limited, Craigmuir Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, VG 1110, British Virgin Islands and has been assigned company number 32576. The objectives or purposes of the Company are to engage in any act or activity that is not prohibited under British Virgin Islands law as set forth in Clause 4 of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company (the “Memorandum and Articles”). The Company’s Memorandum and Articles are the instruments governing the Company. These documents are comparable in purpose and effect to certificates or articles of incorporation and bylaws of corporations organized in a state of the United States. The Company does not believe that there are any restrictions in its charter or under British Virgin Island law that materially limit the Company’s current or proposed operations.

 

Common Shares: The Company has authorized 20,000,000 Common Shares with par value of $0.01 each. Holders of our Common Shares are entitled to one vote for each whole share on all matters to be voted upon by members, including the election of directors. Holders of our Common Shares do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. All of our Common Shares are equal to each other with respect to liquidation and dividend rights. Holders of our Common Shares are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared by our Board of Directors out of surplus in accordance with British Virgin Islands law. In the event of our liquidation, all assets available for distribution to the holders of our Common Shares are distributable among them according to their respective holdings. Holders of our Common Shares have no preemptive rights to purchase any additional, unissued Common Shares.

 

Series A Preferred Shares: Each Series A Preferred Share will be entitled, when, as and if declared, to a minimum preferential quarterly dividend payment of the greater of (a) $10.00 per share, and (b) an amount (subject to certain adjustments) equal to 1,000 times the dividend declared per Common Share. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series A Preferred Shares will be entitled to a minimum preferential payment of the greater of (a) $10.00 per share (plus any accrued but unpaid dividends), and (b) an amount equal to 1,000 times the payment made per Common Share. Each Series A Preferred Share will (subject to certain adjustments) have 1,000 votes, voting together with the Common Shares. Finally, in the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which outstanding Common Shares are converted or exchanged, each Series A Preferred Share will be entitled to receive 1,000 times the amount received per Common Shares. These rights are protected by customary anti-dilution provisions.

 

63

 

 

Rights Agreement: On April 28, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a “Right”) for each outstanding Common Share. The Rights will also attach to Common Shares issued in the future. Each Right initially entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a Series A Preferred Share, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company at a price of $10.00 per one one-thousandth of a Series A Preferred Share (the “Purchase Price”), subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement dated as of May 8, 2018, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Rights Agreement”), between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (the “Rights Agent”).

 

Until the earlier to occur of (i) 10 business days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons has become an Acquiring Person (as defined below) or (ii) 10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors of the Company prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person) following the commencement of, or public announcement of an intention to make, a tender or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becoming an Acquiring Person (the earlier of such dates being called the “Distribution Date”), the Rights will be evidenced, with respect to certificates representing Common Shares (or book entry Common Shares) outstanding as of the Record Date, by such certificates (or such book entry shares) together with a copy of a Summary of the Rights (the “Summary of Rights”). Except in certain situations, a person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an “Acquiring Person” upon acquiring beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding Common Shares. No such person or group having beneficial ownership of 15% or more of such outstanding shares at the time of the first announcement of adoption of the rights plan reflected in the Rights Agreement will be deemed an Acquiring Person until such time as such person or group becomes the beneficial owner of additional Common Shares (other than by reason of a stock dividend, stock split or other corporate action effected by the Company in which all holders of Common Shares are treated equally).

 

The Rights Agreement provides that, until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the Rights will be transferred with, and only with, the Common Shares. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), new Common Share certificates issued after the Record Date upon transfer or new issuances of Common Shares will contain a notation incorporating the Rights Agreement by reference. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the surrender for transfer of any certificates for Common Shares (or book entry Common Shares) outstanding as of the Record Date, even without such notation or a copy of the Summary of Rights, will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights (“Right Certificates”) will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Shares as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and such separate Right Certificates alone will evidence the Rights.

 

The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. The Rights will expire on May 8, 2028 (the “Final Expiration Date”), unless the Final Expiration Date is extended or the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company as described below.

 

64

 

 

The Purchase Price payable, and the number of Series A Preferred Shares or other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the Rights is subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the Series A Preferred Shares, (ii) upon the grant to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Series A Preferred Shares at a price, or securities convertible into Series A Preferred Shares with a conversion price, less than the then-current market price of the Series A Preferred Shares or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular periodic cash dividends or dividends payable in Series A Preferred Shares) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).

 

Because of the nature of the Series A Preferred Shares’ dividend, liquidation and voting rights, the value of the one one-thousandth interest in a Series A Preferred Share purchasable upon exercise of each Right should approximate the value of one Common Share.

 

In the event that any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right, other than Rights beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereupon become void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise of a Right that number of Common Shares having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

 

In the event that, after a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold, proper provisions will be made so that each holder of a Right (other than Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person which will have become void) will thereafter have the right to receive upon the exercise of a Right that number of shares of common stock of the person with whom the Company has engaged in the foregoing transaction (or its parent) that at the time of such transaction have a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

 

At any time after any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to the earlier of one of the events described in the previous paragraph or the acquisition by such Acquiring Person of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, the Board of Directors of the Company may exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such Acquiring Person which will have become void), in whole or in part, for Common Shares or Series A Preferred Shares (or a series of the Company’s preferred stock having equivalent rights, preferences and privileges), at an exchange ratio of one Common Share, or a fractional Series A Preferred Share (or other preferred stock) equivalent in value thereto, per Right.

 

With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in such Purchase Price. No fractional Series A Preferred Shares or Common Shares will be issued (other than fractions of Series A Preferred Shares which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Shares, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), and in lieu thereof an adjustment in cash will be made based on the current market price of the Series A Preferred Shares or the Common Shares.

 

65

 

 

At any time prior to the time an Acquiring Person becomes such, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.01 per Right (the “Redemption Price”) payable, at the option of the Company, in cash, Common Shares or such other form of consideration as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine. The redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion may establish. Immediately upon any redemption of the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

 

For so long as the Rights are then redeemable, the Company may, except with respect to the Redemption Price, amend the Rights Agreement in any manner. After the Rights are no longer redeemable, the Company may, except with respect to the Redemption Price, amend the Rights Agreement in any manner that does not adversely affect the interests of holders of the Rights.

 

Until a Right is exercised or exchanged, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.

 

The Rights Agreement, which includes the form of Rights Certificate as Exhibit A and the Summary of Preferred Share Purchase Rights as Exhibit B, and the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association setting forth the terms of the Series A Preferred Shares are attached hereto as Exhibit 1.1 and 2.1, respectively, and incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing descriptions of the Rights and the material terms of the Rights Agreement and the Series A Preferred Shares do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such Exhibits.

 

Other: The Memorandum and Articles also contain the following other provisions affecting the management of the Company and the rights of the shareholders.

 

The Company’s Board of Directors is divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as is possible, of one-third of the number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at that meeting will be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders after their election and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified (i.e. directors will be elected for three year terms).

 

Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shareholders at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the shareholders. As a result, candidates receiving the highest number of affirmative votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called meeting of the shareholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by the shareholders.

 

66

 

 

The directors may convene meetings of the members of the Company at such times and in such manner and places as the directors consider necessary or desirable, and they shall convene such a meeting upon the written request of members holding 25 percent or more of the outstanding voting shares in the Company. Shareholders may nominate directors for election at an annual meeting of shareholders. To nominate a director, the shareholder must provide the information required by the Memorandum and Articles (such as the nominee’s name and qualifications for membership on the Board of Directors) and must give timely notice to our Secretary in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles. An annual meeting of members is held for the election of directors of the Company and in the manner provided in the Memorandum and Articles. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. If the annual meeting for election of directors is not held on the date designated therefore, the directors shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. If the Company fails to hold the annual meeting for a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after the Company’s last annual meeting, a court of competent jurisdiction of the British Virgin Islands may summarily order a meeting to be held upon the application of any member or director.

 

A meeting of the shareholders can be called only by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Shareholders may not convene a meeting of the shareholders. Any meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the Company’s chief executive officer (as applicable) considers necessary or desirable.

 

A director may be removed from office only with cause (i) by the Board of Directors, or (ii) by a resolution of the shareholders holding at least 66.66% of the votes of the shares entitled to vote passed at a meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of removing the director.

 

The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class may only be varied, whether or not the Company is in liquidation in the case of Series A Preferred Shares, with the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, voting together as a single series, and otherwise with the consent of the holders of a majority of the issued shares of that class or by a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the shares of that class by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the shares of that class which were present at the meeting and were voted.

 

The Company’s Board of Directors without shareholder approval may amend the Memorandum and Articles. This includes amendments to increase or reduce our authorized capital stock. The Company’s ability to amend its Memorandum and Articles without shareholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of the Company, including a tender offer to purchase our Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price.

 

BVI law does not make a specific reference to cumulative voting, and Memorandum and Articles have no provision authorizing cumulative voting.

 

The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own shares, provided that no purchase, redemption or other acquisition shall be made unless, immediately after the purchase, redemption or other acquisition the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

67

 

 

The directors are entitled to vote compensation to themselves in respect of services rendered to the Company.

 

There is no provision in the Memorandum and Articles for the mandatory retirement of directors. Directors are not required to own shares of the Company in order to serve as directors.

 

Under BVI law and the Memorandum and Articles, the Company may indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the Company or is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted honestly and in good faith and in what he believes to be the best interest of the Company, and they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. Furthermore, such a person must be indemnified by the Company if he has been successful in the defense of any proceedings.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Material Contracts

 

Other than the leases described in the Property, Plant and Equipment section of Item 4 “Information on the Company” and filed as exhibits to the Company’s Securities and Exchange Commission filings, all other material contracts to which the Company or any member of the group is a party that were entered into during the two years immediately preceding the filing of this Annual Report were entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

Exchange Controls

 

There are no exchange control restrictions on payment of dividends on the Company’s Common Shares or on the conduct of the Company’s operations either in Hong Kong, where the Company’s administrative offices are located, or the British Virgin Islands, where the Company is incorporated. Other jurisdictions in which the Company conducts operations may have various exchange controls. With respect to the Company’s subsidiaries in China, there are no material restrictions on the payment of dividends and the removal of dividends from China once all taxes are paid and assessed and losses, if any, from previous years have been made good. To date, these controls have not had and are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial results. There are no material British Virgin Islands laws which impose foreign exchange controls on the Company or that affect the payment of dividends, interest or other payments to nonresident holders of the Company’s securities.

 

68

 

 

Taxation

 

No reciprocal tax treaty regarding withholding tax exists between the U.S. and the British Virgin Islands. Under current British Virgin Islands law, dividends, interest or royalties paid by the Company to individuals and gains realized on the sale or disposition of shares are not subject to tax as long as the recipient is not a resident of the British Virgin Islands. The Company is not obligated to withhold any tax for payments of dividends and shareholders receive gross dividends irrespective of their residential or national status.

 

Under current Hong Kong tax law, dividends, interest or royalties paid by the Company to individuals and gains realized on the sale or disposition of shares are not subject to tax.

 

Under the U.S. federal income tax law, cash dividends paid to an individual United States citizen or resident alien of the United States (as specifically defined for United States federal income tax purposes) with respect to our Common Shares generally will be taxed as dividend income to the extent such distribution does not exceed the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Cash dividends made with respect of the Company’s Common Shares that are made in the United States or by a United States related financial intermediary will be subject to United States information reporting rules. In addition, such payments may be subject to United States federal backup withholding tax. U.S. shareholders will not be subject to backup withholding provided that the shareholder provides his/her correct United States federal taxpayer identification number and certifies, under penalties of perjury, that he/she is not subject to backup withholding. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the U.S. shareholder’s United States federal income tax, and such shareholder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner.

 

Dividends and Paying Agents

 

The Company has, during the past few years, periodically made dividend payments to its shareholders. Dividends are declared and paid at the discretion of the Board of Directors and depend upon, among other things, the Company’s net profit after taxes, the anticipated future earnings of the Company, the success of the Company’s business activities, the Company’s capital requirements, and the general financial conditions of the Company. The Company has not set a date on which annual, or other, dividends are paid. To date, the Company has used its transfer agent, Computershare, at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 U.S.A., as its dividend paying agent.

 

Statement by Experts

 

No disclosure is required in response to this Item.

 

69

 

 

Documents On Display

 

The documents concerning the Company that are referred to in this Annual Report may be inspected by shareholders of this Company at the offices of this Company in Hong Kong.

 

The Company is subject to the information requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and, in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company files annual reports on Form 20-F and submit other reports and information under cover of Form 6-K with the SEC. Recent filings and reports are also available free of charge though the EDGAR electronic filing system at www.sec.gov. As a foreign private issuer, the Company is exempt from the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders.

 

Subsidiary Information

 

No disclosure is required in response to this Item.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

The Company sells most of its products in Hong Kong dollars, U.S. dollars, and in Euros. The exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and Hong Kong dollar has remained stable. However, the exchange rate between the Euro and the U.S. and Hong Kong dollars has fluctuated, resulting in currency exchange gains and losses.

 

The Company conducts all of its manufacturing and assembly operations through its PRC operating subsidiary and through its majority-owned Myanmar subsidiary. The financial performance and position of the PRC subsidiary are measured in terms of Renminbi, and all of the operations of the Myanmar subsidiary are denominated in Kyat. All of the Company’s costs of manufacturing in the PRC, including its labor costs, are incurred, and paid, in Renminbi, and all costs in Myanmar are paid in Kyat. Any appreciation in the value of the renminbi or Kyat against the U.S. dollar would consequently have an adverse effect on the Company’s operating costs and on its financial performance when measured in terms of U.S. dollars.

 

The Company has not engaged in currency hedging transactions to offset the risks associated with variations in currency exchange rates. Consequently, significant foreign currency fluctuations and other foreign exchange risks may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company does not currently own any market risk sensitive instruments. The Company does not hedge its currency exchange risks and, therefore, will continue to experience certain gains or losses due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company has, however, attempted to limit its currency exchange rate exposure by (i) requesting that more of the payments made by its clients be paid in U.S. dollars, and (ii) including in certain of its OEM contracts a contractual provision that adjusts the payments the Company receives if the currency exchange rate changes significantly.

 

The Company’s exposure to interest-rate risk primarily relates to the interest rates on its outstanding debt compared to the interest income it generates on its excess cash. The Company maintains its excess cash in short-term interest-bearing borrowings (that are subject to interest rate fluctuations). The Company had no long-term borrowings that are subject to interest rate changes as of March 31, 2020. Because the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $8,827,000 available as of March 31, 2020 and no interest bearing indebtedness, the Company believes that its interest rate risk is acceptable.

 

Inflation in the PRC, particularly the increase in wages and salaries, has impacted the Company’s cost of operations at its manufacturing facility in the PRC. Continued increase in inflation could have an adverse affect the Company’s costs and margins in the PRC.

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

 

Not applicable.

70

 

 

PART II 

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 14. Material Modification to the Rights of Securities Holders and Use of Proceeds.

 

The Company is a British Virgin Islands company. In the British Virgin Islands, a company’s charter documents that are comparable to a U.S.-domestic corporation’s articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws are called Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association. On May 11, 2018, the Company filed its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association with the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs. A copy of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association as filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands is attached hereto as Exhibit 1.5. The principal changes that the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association made to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended, include the following:

 

A. The Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association amended and restated certain provisions of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. For a description of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, see “Item 10. Additional Information--Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association,” above. The Amended and Restated Memorandum did not change the terms of the Common Shares as in effect as of the date of the amendment.

 

B. The Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association authorized a new class of securities titled “Series A Preferred Shares.” No Series A Preferred Shares have been issued, and none are outstanding. In connection with the authorization of the Series A Preferred Shares, on April 28, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (the “Rights”) for each outstanding share of Common Share. The Rights entitle the registered holders of the Common Shares to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a Series A Preferred share, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company at a price of $10.00 per one one-thousandth of a Series A Preferred Share if, and when, a person or group announces an acquisition of 15% or more of the Company’s outstanding Common Shares, or announces commencement of a tender offer for 15% or more of the Common Shares. In that event, the Rights permit shareholders, other than the acquiring person, to purchase the Series A Preferred Shares. For a description of the Series A Preferred Shares and the Rights, see “Item 10. Additional Information--Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association,” above.

 

71

 

 

A detailed description of the Rights and the Series A Preferred Shares is included in the report on Form 6-K that we filed with the SEC on May 11, 2018, which information is hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

 

On December 2, 2019, the Company amended Regulation 8.1 of its Amended and Restated Articles of Association to require Directors to be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shareholders at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the shareholders. Prior to the amendment, the Company used a modified majority voting system. As a result of the amendment, in future elections, candidates receiving the highest number of affirmative votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be elected.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures.

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures within the meaning of Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our management has concluded that, as of March 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective because of the material weaknesses described below under “Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” We intend to undertake the additional remedial steps to address the material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures as set forth below under “Management’s Plan for Remediation of Material Weaknesses.”

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined under Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Management, under the supervision and with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) by the Committee on Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), as supplemented by the related guidance provided in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting – Guidance for Smaller Public Companies, also issued by COSO. Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of March 31, 2020.

 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

72

 

 

As a result of our management’s evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, the following three material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting were identified as of March 31, 2020: (i) We have not maintained sufficient internal controls over cash related controls in our Myanmar operations, which pertain to the maintenance of records in reasonable detail to accurately and fairy reflect and record cash transactions. Although many of financial transactions in Myanmar are conducted with cash, the effects of poor cash controls were mitigated by the fact that we only maintained a small balance of cash in Myanmar; (ii) We do not have sufficient and skilled accounting personnel, particularly in Myanmar, with an appropriate level of technical accounting knowledge and experience in the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States commensurate with the Company’s financial reporting requirements; (iii) We do not have appropriate and adequate policies and procedures in place in Myanmar to evaluate the proper accounting and disclosures of key transactions and documents.

 

The material weaknesses described above may result in a material misstatement of the Company’s consolidated financial statements that may not be prevented or detected. As a result, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was ineffective as of March 31, 2020, based on the above criteria.

 

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

 

Management’s Plan for Remediation of Material Weaknesses

 

The Company has been engaged in, and continues to be engaged in, making necessary changes and improvements to its internal control system to address the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting described above. These actions include:

 

(a) The Company intends to strengthen our monitoring of cash transactions and to increase the use of cheques and direct debit;

 

(b) The Company intends to continue to upgrade our Myanmar finance department staff through additional training and through more frequent in-person reviews from, and more comprehensive monitoring by our Hong Kong employees who are knowledgeable about U.S. GAAP.

 

(c) The Company intends to hire additional staff and/or outside consultants experienced in U.S. GAAP financial reporting as well as in SEC reporting requirements if necessary.

 

(d) The Company plans to design and implement more robust financial reporting and management controls over its accounting and financial reporting functions among all its facilities.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The Company initiated its remediation of material weaknesses identified above, which steps were being implemented during the period covered by this Annual Report.

 

73

 

 

Item 16. Not applicable.

 

16A.Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

The Company’s Board of Directors has determined that Ms. Irene Wong Ping Yim of the Audit Committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K, adopted pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Ms. Wong is an “independent” director, as defined under the Nasdaq Stock Market’s listing standards. For more than ten years, Ms. Wong was the Chief Accountant of CNIM HK Ltd. in Hong Kong. Ms. Wong holds a Master of Business Administration from Deakin University. From 1994 to 2001 was the Accounting Manager of Highway Holdings. She is currently a fellow member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountant and a member of Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants. In addition, each of the other members of the audit committee has extensive financial and business experience as presidents, chief operating officers, and directors of various public and private enterprises.

 

All of the members of the audit committee are independent non-executive directors.

 

16B.Code of Ethics

 

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, which applies to the Company’s principal executive officer and to its principal financial and accounting officers. A copy of the Code of Ethics is attached as Exhibit 11.1. Shareholders can also obtain a copy of the Code of Ethics from:

 

Highway Holdings Limited
Suite 1801, Level 18, Landmark North
39 Lung Sum Avenue
Sheung Shui
New Territories, Hong Kong

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

16C.Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

74

 

  

The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional services and other services rendered by Deloitte, Gumbiner and Centurion for the periods indicated:

 

   2019   2020 
Audit Fees (1) - Deloitte  $251,000   $50,000 
Audit Fees (1) - Gumbiner  $-   $100,000 
Audit Fees (1) - Centurion  $-   $270,000 
Tax Fees (2)   -    - 
Total  $251,000   $420,000 

  

 

(1)Audit fees represent fees for professional services provided in connection with the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and audit services provided in connection with other statutory or regulatory filings.
(2)Tax Fees include fees for the preparation of tax returns.

 

As part of its policies and procedures, all audit related services, tax services and other services, if any, rendered by our independent registered public accounting firms were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

 

16D.Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

Not applicable

 

16E.Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

Not applicable

 

16F.Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

On January 21, 2020 the auditor-client relationship between the Company and Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP (“Deloitte”) was ended after careful consideration and evaluation by the Company’s Audit Committee and with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Deloitte’s audit reports on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the Company’s fiscal years ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018 and through the subsequent interim period on or prior to January 21, 2020, there were no disagreements between the Company and Deloitte on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Deloitte, would have caused Deloitte to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its report.

 

The Company provided Deloitte with a copy of the disclosures under this Item 16F and requested that Deloitte provide the Company with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether it agrees with the above statements. A copy of Deloitte’s letter, dated August 17, 2020, is furnished as Exhibit 4.12 to this Form 20-F.

 

75

 

 

On January 21, 2020 the Company appointed Gumbiner Savett Inc. (“Gumbiner”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020. Gumbiner is an assurance, tax, and business advisory firm based in Santa Monica, California, U.S.A. During the Company’s fiscal years ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 and through the subsequent interim period on or prior to January 21, 2020, neither the Company nor anyone on its behalf has consulted with Gumbiner on either (a) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, or (b) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement, as that term is defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(iv) of Form 20-F (and the related instructions thereto) or a reportable event as set forth in Item 16F(a)(1)(v)(A) through (D) of Form 20-F.

 

In July 2020 the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors was informed that Gumbiner would not be able to complete its audit of the Company’s financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020 by the July 31, 2020 deadline for filing this Annual Report on Form 20-F with the SEC. Furthermore, because of the on-going travel restrictions resulting from the worldwide COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting lack of access to the Company’s records and facilities in Hong Kong, Shenzhen, China, or Yangon, Myanmar, it also was uncertain when Gumbiner would be able to complete the audit. Accordingly, on July 20, 2020 the Company’s Audit Committee dismissed Gumbiner, and on July 24, 2020 the Audit Committee appointed Centurion ZD CPA & Co. (“Centurion”), an accounting firm based in Hong Kong, as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year ended March 31, 2020. The Audit Committee has authorized both Deloitte and Gumbiner to respond fully to all inquiries from Centurion.

 

Gumbiner performed substantive work with respect to the audit work for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020 but did not complete its work or issue an audit report. During the course of its work, Gumbiner informed the Company that it believed that there were material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2020. There were no disagreements with Gumbiner on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreement(s) or reportable event(s), if not resolved to the satisfaction of Gumbiner would have caused Gumbiner to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement(s) or reportable event(s) in connection with its report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the March 31, 2020 fiscal year.

 

The dismissal of Gumbiner was reported by the Company in a report on Form 6-K that was filed with the SEC on July 30, 2020. In accordance with Item 304(a)(3) of Regulation S-K, the Company provided Gumbiner with a copy of the statements set forth in the July 30, 2020 Form 6-K filing with the SEC. The Company requested that Gumbiner furnish the Company with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether such accounting firm agrees with the statements in this Form 6-K as required by SEC rules, and Gumbiner has furnished the requested letter, which letter is attached as Exhibit 99.1 to the July 30, 2020 Form 6-K.

 

Centurion was appointed as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020 on July 24, 2020. During the Company’s fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and through the subsequent interim period on or prior to July 24, 2020, neither the Company nor anyone on its behalf has consulted with Centurion on either (a) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, or (b) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement, as that term is defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(iv) of Form 20-F (and the related instructions thereto) or a reportable event as set forth in Item 16F(a)(1)(v)(A) through (D) of Form 20-F.

 

16G.Corporate Governance

 

The rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market provide that foreign private issuers may follow home country practices in lieu of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, subject to certain exceptions and requirements and except to the extent that such exemptions would be contrary to U.S. federal securities laws and regulations. The Company has chosen to comply with the Nasdaq corporate governance rules as though it was a U.S. company. Accordingly, the Company does not believe there are any significant differences between the Company’s corporate governance practices and those followed by U.S. companies under the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

16H.Mine Safety Disclosure

 

Not applicable.

76

 

 

PART III 

 

Item 17. Financial statements.

 

The Company has elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18.

 

Item 18. Financial statements.

 

See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements accompanying this report beginning page F-1.

 

Item 19. Exhibits.

 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this annual report:

 

1.1   Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Highway Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of registrant’s Form 6-K filed on May 11, 2018).
     
1.2   Amendment to Highway Holdings Limited’s Amended and Restated Articles of Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of registrant's Form 6-K filed on December 4, 2019).
     
2.1   Rights Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2018, between Highway Holdings Limited and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of registrant’s Form 6-K filed on May 11, 2018).
     
4.1   2010 Stock Option And Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010)
     
4.2   Long Cheung Industrial Zone General Estate Rental Agreement between Shenzhen Long Cheng Industry Trade industrial Limited and Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Limited dated 18 July 2016 (incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017).
     
4.3   Tenancy agreement for the Myanmar factory in Yangon between Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Limited and U Khin Hla dated 17th August 2016 (incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017).
     
4.4   Tenancy Agreement Office No. 1823-1823A on level 18 of Landmark North, Hong Kong dated 21st March 2017 between Kayser Limited and SHK Sheung Shui Landmark Investment Limited dated 21st March 2017 (incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017).
     
4.5   Tenancy Agreement Office No. 1801 on Level 18 of Landmark North, Hong Kong, dated 21st March 2017 between Nissin Precision Metal Manufacturing Limited and SHK Sheung Shui Landmark investment Limited dated 21st March 2017 (incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017).
     
4.6   Lease Agreement, dated March 29, 2019, between Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. and Konig Company Limited (incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 6-K filed on May 24, 2019).
     
4.7   Long Cheng Industrial Zone General Estate Rental Supplementary Agreement between Shenzhen Long Cheng Industry & Trade Industrial Ltd. and Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Limited, effective January 1, 2019 (incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019)#
     
4.8   Rental Contract between Shenzhen Long Cheng Industrial Ltd. and Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Limited, effective March 1, 2020*#
     
4.9   Rental Contract Supplementary Agreement between Shenzhen Long Cheng Industrial Ltd. and Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Limited, effective March 1, 2020*#
     
4.10   Tenancy Agreement Office No. 1823-1823A on level 18 of Landmark North, Hong Kong dated 21st March 2017 between Kayser Limited and SHK Sheung Shui Landmark Investment Limited dated 8th April 2020*

  

77

 

 

4.11   Tenancy Agreement Office No. 1801 on Level 18 of Landmark North, Hong Kong, dated 21st March 2017 between Nissin Precision Metal Manufacturing Limited and SHK Sheung Shui Landmark investment Limited dated 8th April 2020*
     
4.12   Letter dated August 17, 2020 from Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP regarding Item 16F of this Annual Report.
     
4.13   Letter dated July 30, 2020 from Gumbiner Savett, Inc. regarding Item 16F of this Annual Report (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of registrant’s Form 6-K filed on July 30, 2020).
     
8.1   List of all of registrant’s subsidiaries, their jurisdictions of incorporation, and the names under which they do business.*
     
11.1   Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005).
     
12.1   Certifications pursuant to Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
     
12.2   Certifications pursuant to Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
     
13.1   Certifications pursuant to Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
     
13.2   Certification pursuant to Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 *
     
15.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu*
     
15.2   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Centurion ZD CPA & Co.*
     
101   Financial information from registrant for the year ended March 31, 2015 formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL):

 

(i)Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2019 and 2020; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020; (v) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements; and (vi) Additional Information - Financial Statement Schedule I

 

 

*Filed herewith
#The agreement is written in Chinese and an English Translation is provided in accordance with Form 20-F Instructions to Exhibits and Rule 12b-12(d) under the Exchange Act).

 

78

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf.

 

  HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED
     
  By /s/ ALAN CHAN
    Alan Chan
    Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
     
    Date: August 17, 2020

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED
   
  Consolidated Financial Statements
  For the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020
  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
   
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms F - 2
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 F - 4
   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 F - 5
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2019 and 2020 F - 6
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 F - 7
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 F - 8
   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements F - 9

 

F-1

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Highway Holdings Limited:

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Highway Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of March 31, 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of March 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Centurion ZD CPA & Co.

 

Centurion ZD CPA & Co.

 

We have served as the Group’s auditor since 2020.

Hong Kong, China

 

August 17, 2020

 

F-2

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Highway Holdings Limited:

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Highway Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of March 31, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of March 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2019, in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Hong Kong

July 2, 2019

 

We have served as the Group’s auditor since 2011. In 2019 we become the predecessor auditor.

 

F-3

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
Revenue from contracts with customers   19,166    14,277    12,558 
Cost of sales   (12,424)   (10,697)   (8,405)
                
Gross profit   6,742    3,580    4,153 
Selling, general and administrative expenses   (4,804)   (4,335)   (3,406)
                
Operating income (loss)   1,938    (755)   747 
                
Non-operating income (expense):               
Exchange gain (loss), net   63    (8)   7 
Interest income   16    33    65 
Other income   5    8    61 
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment   50    28    16 
                
Total non-operating income   134    61    149 
                
Income (loss) before income taxes   2,072    (694)   896 
Income taxes (note 3)   (512)   26    (209)
                
Net income (loss)   1,560    (668)   687 
Net (profit) loss attributable to non-controlling interests   (10)   38    (1)
                
Net income (loss) attributable to Highway Holdings Limited’s shareholders   1,550    (630)   686 
                
Net income (loss) per share:               
- basic   0.41    (0.17)   0.18 
- diluted   0.41    (0.17)   0.18 
                
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:               
- basic   3,801,874    3,801,874    3,909,976 
- diluted   3,801,874    3,801,874    3,909,976 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
Net income (loss)   1,560    (668)   687 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:               
Change in cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment   136    (35)   231 
                
Comprehensive income (loss)   1,696    (703)   918 
Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interest   (10)   38    (1)
                
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Highway Holdings Limited’s shareholders   1,686    (665)   917 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
ASSETS        
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents (note 4)   8,827    8,827 
Accounts receivable, net (note 5)   2,264    2,008 
Inventories, net (note 6)   1,539    2,000 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (note 7)   722    388 
           
Total current assets   13,352    13,223 
Goodwill, net   -    - 
Property, plant and equipment, net (note 8)   886    878 
Operating lease right-of-use assets (note 12)   -    3,710 
Long-term deposits   66    263 
Long-term loan receivable   75    95 
Long-term rental prepayment (note 9)   871    - 
Investments in equity method investees (note 10)   -    - 
           
TOTAL ASSETS   15,250    18,169 
           
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
Current liabilities:          
Accounts payable   1,161    997 
Operating lease liabilities, current (note 12)   -    782 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (note 11)   2,989    2,294 
Income tax payable   602    564 
Dividend payable   329    351 
           
Total current liabilities   5,081    4,988 
Operating lease liabilities, non-current (note 12)   -    2,034 
Deferred income taxes (note 3)   32    229 
           
Total liabilities   5,113    7,251 
           
Commitments and contingencies (note 13)          
           
Shareholders’ equity:          
Preferred shares, $0.01 par value (Authorized: 20,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2019 and 2020)   -    - 
Common shares, $0.01 par value (Authorized: 20,000,000 shares; 3,801,874 shares as of March 31, 2019 and 3,971,825 shares as of March 31, 2020 issued and outstanding)   38    40 
Additional paid-in capital   11,370    11,537 
Accumulated deficit   (1,233)   (865)
Treasury shares, at cost - 5,049 shares as of March 31, 2019 and nil shares as of March 31, 2020 (note 14)   (14)   - 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income   (35)   196 
           
Total Highway Holdings shareholder’s equity   10,126    10,908 
           
Non-controlling interests   11    10 
           
Total Equity   10,137    10,918 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY   15,250    18,169 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

   Highway Holdings Limited’s Shareholders’ Equity         
                           Total         
                           Highway         
   Common shares,       Retained   Accumulated       Holdings         
   issued and   Additional   profits   other   Treasury   Limited’s   Non-     
   outstanding   paid-in   (Accumulated   comprehensive   shares,   Shareholders’   controlling   Total 
   Shares   Amount   capital   deficit)   income (loss)   at cost   equity   interests   equity 
   Number   $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $ 
   (in thousands)                                 
                                     
As of March 31, 2017   3,802    38    11,370    13    (136)   (14)   11,271    39    11,310 
Net income   -    -    -    1,550    -    -    1,550    10    1,560 
Cash dividends ($0.32 per share)   -    -    -    (1,216)   -    -    (1,216)   -    (1,216)
Translation adjustments   -    -    -    -    136    -    136    -    136 
                                              
As of March 31, 2018   3,802    38    11,370    347    -    (14)   11,741    49    11,790 
Net loss   -    -    -    (630)   -    -    (630)   (38)   (668)
Cash dividends ($0.25 per share)   -    -    -    (950)   -    -    (950)   -    (950)
Translation adjustments   -    -    -    -    (35)   -    (35)   -    (35)
                                              
As of March 31, 2019   3,802    38    11,370    (1,233)   (35)   (14)   10,126    11    10,137 
Shares issued   175    2    -    -    -    -    2    -    2 
Shares cancelled   (5)   -    (14)   -    -    14    -    -    - 
Share-based compensation   -    -    181    -    -    -    181    -    181 
Net income   -    -    -    687    -    -    687    (1)   686 
Cash dividends ($0.08 per share)   -    -    -    (319)   -    -    (319)   -    (319)
Translation adjustments   -    -    -    -    231    -    231    -    231 
                                              
As of March 31, 2020   3,972    40    11,537    (865)   196    -    10,908    10    10,918 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net income (loss)   1,560    (668)   687 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:               
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   319    261    145 
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets   -    -    1,074 
Deferred tax benefit   -    -    209 
Impairment of goodwill   -    77    - 
Reverse of write down for doubtful receivables   (66)   -    - 
Write-down of inventories   45    419    39 
Write-down of property, plant and equipment   113    233    - 
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment   (50)   (28)   (16)
Share-based compensation expenses   -    -    181 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:               
Accounts receivable   1,246    (41)   232 
Inventories   (580)   878    (559)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets   17    8    58 
Accounts payable   (1,507)   270    (121)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities   852    (850)   (570)
Operating lease liabilities   -    -    (909)
Income tax payable   439    (170)   1 
Long-term rental prepayment   -    (871)   - 
Long-term deposits   -    45    (9)
                
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   2,388    (437)   442 
                
Cash flows from investing activities:               
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   (271)   (695)   (91)
Payment of long-term loan receivable   -    (75)   - 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment   129    34    27 
                
Net cash used in investing activities   (142)   (736)   (64)
                
Cash flows from financing activities:               
Cash dividends paid   (1,031)   (1,244)   (297)
                
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   1,215    (2,417)   81 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year   10,028    11,267    8,827 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   24    (23)   (81)
                
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year   11,267    8,827    8,827 
                
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:               
Income taxes   35    144    10 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

1.ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Highway Holdings Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on July 20, 1990. It operates through its subsidiaries operating in Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”), Shenzhen (comprising Long Hua) of the People’s Republic of China (“China”) and Yangon of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar (“Myanmar”).

 

The Company and its subsidiaries (collectively referred as the “Group”) are engaged in manufacturing and sale of metal, plastic and electronic parts and components. The Group’s manufacturing activities are principally conducted in Shenzhen of China and Yangon of Myanmar, while its selling activities are principally conducted in Hong Kong.

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a) Principles of consolidation - The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated on consolidation. The results of subsidiaries acquired have been consolidated from the date of acquisition.

 

(b) Use of estimates - The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management of the Group to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s management based on their estimates on historical experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgements about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Group’s consolidated financial statements included revenue recognition, valuation of goodwill, allowance for doubtful receivables, loan receivables valuation assessment, inventories impairment assessment, property, plant and equipment impairment assessment, the valuation of stock-based compensation, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and the valuation of non-controlling interests of the subsidiaries at acquisition dates. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

(c) Investments under equity method - The investments for which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the equity method. Under the equity method, original investments are recorded at cost and adjusted by the Group’s share of undistributed earnings or losses of these entities, the amortization of intangible assets recognized upon purchase price allocation and dividend distributions or subsequent investments. All unrecognized inter-company profits and losses have been eliminated under the equity method.

 

F-9

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(c) Investments under equity method - continued - When the estimated amount to be realized from the investments falls below its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when the decline in value is considered other than temporary.

 

(d) Cash and cash equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, bank deposits and short term, highly liquid investments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use, and which have maturities of three months or less when purchased, and are readily convertible to known amount of cash.

 

Cash equivalents are placed with financial institutions with high credit ratings and quality.

 

(e) Accounts receivable - Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts due from customers, that are typically non-interest bearing and are initially recorded at the invoiced amount. The Group reviews its accounts receivable on a periodic basis and records allowances when there is a doubt as to the collectability of the balance. In evaluating the collectability of the accounts receivable balances, the Group considers various factors, including the age of the balances, customer specific facts and economic conditions. Accounts receivable balances are write-down against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Group does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

 

(f) Loan receivables - Loan receivables mainly represent the loans to a non-controlling interest and a director of a subsidiary in Myanmar. The loan periods granted by the Group to the staff amounts to 36 months and carries fixed interest rate of 8% per annum. The loan receivables principle and interest are expected to be repaid on the expected settlement date. The loan receivables are stated at the historical carrying amount net of allowance for uncollectible loan receivables. The Group establishes an allowance for uncollectible loan receivable based on estimates, historical experience and other factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers. Uncollectible loan receivables are written off when the Group has determined the balance will not be collected. The loan receivables expected to be settled more than one year as of balance sheet date are classified into other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheets. No impairment was made on the loan receivables for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

 

(g) Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost determined by the first-in-first-out method. Work-in-progress and finished goods consist of raw materials, direct labor and overheads associated with the manufacturing process. Write-down of potential obsolete or slow-moving inventories is recorded based on management’s assumptions about future demands and market conditions.

 

F-10

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(h) Goodwill - Goodwill is the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but rather tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests goodwill for impairment in March of each fiscal year. Goodwill is also tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would be more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Specifically, goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. Step 1 compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and step 2 will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, step 2 compares the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in step 1 to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized in for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill. Estimating fair value is performed by utilizing various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow. Impairment testing for goodwill is done at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (also known as a component).

 

The gross amount of goodwill and accumulated impairment losses as of March 31, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   Kayser
Myanmar
 
   $ 
     
Gross as of April 1, 2018, March 31, 2019 and 2020   77 
Accumulated impairment loss as of April 1, 2018   - 
Impairment losses during the year ended March 31, 2019   (77)
Accumulated impairment loss as at March 31, 2019 and 2020   (77)
Net as of March 31, 2019 and 2020   - 

 

F-11

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(h) Goodwill - continued - The balance represented the carrying value of Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. (“Kayser Myanmar”) and had an aggregate carrying amount of $77 as of year ended March 31, 2018. During the year ended March 31, 2019, the Group has tested goodwill for impairment and estimated the fair value of Kayser Myanmar by using the income approach in step 1 of the impairment test. Based on the quantitative test, it was determined the fair value was more likely than not below its carrying amount. Management has identified several determinative events and factors, which has led to the above conclusion, included: (1) the financial result of Kayser Myanmar was below management’s expectations due to higher than expected supply chain cost and increased competition, (2) the fiscal year 2020 annual budget operating plan in March 31, 2019, which provided additional insights into expectations and priorities for the coming years, such as lower growth and margin expectations and (3) increased and prolonged economic and regulatory uncertainty in the global economics as of March 31, 2019. Management has compared the implied fair value of Kayser Myanmar’s goodwill to the carrying value of the goodwill which is step 2 of the two-step impairment test. An impairment loss was recognized for the excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill.

 

As a result of the two-step impairment test, the Group has recognized a $77 impairment loss of Kayser Myanmar goodwill in selling, general and administrative expenses during the year ended March 31, 2019, due to margin and revenue from contracts from customers declines as well as the lower growth and margin expectation. No impairment expenses were recognized during the years ended March 31, 2018 and 2020.

 

(i) Property, plant and equipment - Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis with no salvage value over the estimated useful lives of 5 to 10 years for machinery and equipment, shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life for leasehold improvements and 2 to 5 years for other property, plant and equipment.

 

(j) Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets (other than goodwill) - The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows and the eventual disposition. Management would estimate the future cash flow used to test the recoverability of the asset included the budgeted cash inflows less associated cash outflows, which are directly associated with the result of use. The estimation should exclude the interest charges which will be recognized as an expense when incurred. Management would consider all available evidence during the estimation process, to ensure the estimated budget would be the most possible outcomes. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cashflow were to be less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally measured based on either quoted market prices, if available, or discounted cash flow analyses.

 

F-12

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(j) Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets (other than goodwill) - continued - During the year ended 2020 and 2019, the Group has reviewed the long-lived assets for impairment, since there are serval indicative events and factors identified, including (1) significant adverse changes in the business climate, (2) operating and cash flow losses in prior year, and (3) changes in production plan by shifting certain production lines from Shenzhen to Myanmar. Management has compared the carrying value of the long-lived asset to the estimated undiscounted operating cash flow based on the above factors.

 

As a result of the comparison, management has identified the sum of expected undiscounted cashflow of multiple types of machinery and equipment are more likely than not below their fair value. The Group has recognized an impairment of long-lived assets amounted to $113, $233 and $nil during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. The impairment has been recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, based on the nature of the impaired long-lived assets.

 

(k) Concentration of credit risk - Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to the concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, loan receivable, and other receivables and prepayments. The Group places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions with high credit ratings and quality.

 

The risks with respect to accounts receivables are mitigated by credit evaluations performed on the customers or debtors and ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances. The Group establishes an allowance for doubtful receivables based upon estimates, factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers and other information. Accounts receivable are charged against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

 

(l) Revenue recognition - Effective with the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” and the associated ASUs (collectively, “Topic 606”) on April 1, 2018, the Group recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Group expects to receive in exchange for those goods. To determine revenue recognition for the arrangements that the Group determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the Group performs the following five steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Group adopted the ASU on April 1, 2018 for all revenue contracts with customers using the modified retrospective approach, while prior periods’ amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historical accounting under ASC 605.

 

F-13

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(l) Revenue recognition - continued

 

Product revenue recognition

 

The Group’s revenue from contracts with customers is derived from product revenue principally from the sales of metal stamping and mechanical OEM and electric OEM products directly to other consumer electronics product manufacturers. The Group sell goods to the customer under sales contracts or by purchase orders. The Group has determined there to be one performance obligation for each of the sales contracts and purchase orders. The performance obligations are considered to be met and revenue is recognized when the customer obtains control of the goods. The Group has two major goods delivery channels, included:

 

(1)Delivering goods to customers’ predetermined location, the Group has satisfied the contracts’ performance obligations when the goods have been delivered and relevant shipping documents have been collected by the Group; and

 

(2)Picking up goods by customers in the Group’s warehouse, the Group has satisfied the contracts’ performance obligations when the goods have been picked up and the acceptance document has been signed by the customers.

 

The Group did not recognize any revenue from contracts with customers for performance obligations satisfied overtime during the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2020. Accordingly, the timing of revenue recognition is not impacted by the new standard.

 

The transaction price is generally in the form of a fixed price which is agreed with the customer at contract inception. The transaction price is recorded net of sales return, surcharges and value-added tax of gross sales. The Group has allocated the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the sales contracts and purchase orders.

 

The Group would request a deposit from customers upon receiving the purchase order and issue bills to customers upon transfer control of goods and relevant acceptance documents have been collected. Customers’ deposits would be settled part of the outstanding bill upon receiving an acknowledgement from customers. For the remaining balance of outstanding bills, Customers are required to pay over an agreed upon credit period, usually between 30 to 75 days.

 

Return Rights

 

The Group does not provide its customers with the right of return (except for product quality issue) or production protection. Customer is required to perform product quality check before acceptance of goods delivery. The Group did not recognize for any refund liability according to the product return on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-14

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(l) Revenue recognition - continued

 

Value-added taxes and surcharges

 

The Group presents revenue net of VAT and surcharges incurred. The surcharge is sales related taxes representing the City Maintenance and Construction Tax and Education Surtax. The Group incurs expenses or pays fees to external delivery service providers, respectively, and records such expenses and fees like shipping and handling expenses. Total VAT and surcharges paid by the Group during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 amounted to $57, $77 and $90 respectively.

 

Principals vs. agent accounting

 

The Group records all product revenue on a gross basis. To determine whether the Group is an agent or principal in the sale of products, the Group considers the following indicators: the Group is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified goods or services, is subject to inventory risks before the specified goods have been transferred to a customer or after transfer of control to the customers, and has discretion in establishing the price of the specified goods.

 

Disaggregation of revenue

 

The Group disaggregates its revenue from different types of contracts with customers by principal product categories, as the Group believes it best depicts the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows. See note 19 for product revenues by segment.

 

Contract balances

 

The Group did not recognize any contract asset as of March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020. The timing between the recognition of revenue and receipt of payment is not significant.

 

The Group’s contract liabilities consist of deposits received from customers. As of March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, the balances of the contract liabilities are $25 and $39, including deposits received from customers. All contract liabilities at the beginning of the year ended March 31, 2020 were recognized as revenue during the year ended March 31, 2020 and all contract liabilities as of year ended March 31, 2020 are expected to be realized in the following year.

 

In periods prior to the adoption of Topic 606, the Group’s accounting policy was to recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, products are delivered, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

F-15

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(m) Staff retirement plan costs - The Group’s costs related to the staff retirement plans (see note 17) are charged to the consolidated statement of operations as incurred.

 

(n) Foreign currency translations and transactions - The functional and reporting currency of the Company is the United States Dollars (“U.S. dollars”). All transactions in currencies other than functional currencies of the Company during the year are remeasured at the exchange rates prevailing on the respective transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities existing at the balance sheet date denominated in currencies other than functional currencies are remeasured at the exchange rates on that date. Exchange differences are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The books and records of the Company’s major subsidiaries are maintained in their respective local currencies, the Hong Kong dollars, Myanmar kyat and Renminbi, which are also their respective functional currencies. The financial statements of the Group’s entities of which the functional currency is not U.S. dollars are translated from their respective functional currency into U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. Equity accounts other than earnings generated in current period are translated into U.S. dollars at the appropriate historical rates. Income and expense items are translated into U.S. dollars at the average rates of exchange over the year. All exchange differences arising from the translation of subsidiaries’ financial statements are recorded as a component of comprehensive income (loss).

 

(o) Income taxes - Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates that will be in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Group records a valuation allowance against the amount of deferred tax assets that it determines is not more likely than not of being realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

The Group recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Group records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties, if any, within income tax expenses.

 

(p) Net income (loss) per share - Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to the Company by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.

 

Diluted net income (loss) attributable to the Company per share gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the year. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding is adjusted to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued.

 

F-16

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(p) Net income (loss) per share - continued - Anti-dilutive potential ordinary shares are not considered in the calculation of the diluted earnings per share. Potential ordinary shares are antidilutive when the conversion of ordinary shares increases the earnings per share or decreases the net loss per share.

 

(q) Comprehensive income (loss) - Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss) and foreign currency translation adjustments and is presented net of tax.

 

The Group presents the components of net income (loss), the components of other comprehensive income (loss) and total comprehensive income (loss) in two separate but consecutive statements.

 

(r) Fair value measurement and financial instruments - The Group applies a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Under this hierarchy, there are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical asset or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

 

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

Determining which category an asset or liability falls within the hierarchy requires significant judgment.

 

The carrying amounts of financial instruments, which consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable and other liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short term nature of these instruments.

 

(s) Non-controlling interest - Non-controlling interests have been reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of changes of equity and comprehensive income for all periods presented.

 

F-17

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(t) Stock-based compensation – The Group adopted the provisions of ASC Topic 718 which requires the Group to measure and recognize compensation expenses for an award of an equity instrument based on the grant-date fair value. The cost is recognized over the vesting period (or the requisite service period). Further, ASC Topic 718 requires the Group to estimate forfeitures in calculating the expense related to stock-based compensation.

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Valuation Model, and recognized as expenses (a) immediately at the grant date if no vesting conditions are required; and (b) for share options or restricted shares granted with only service conditions, using the straight-line vesting method, over the vesting period. The expected volatility was based on the historical volatilities of the Company’s listed common stocks in the United States and other relevant market information. The Company uses historical data to estimate share option exercises and employee departure behavior used in the valuation model. The expected terms of share options granted is derived from the output of the option pricing model and represents the period of time that share options granted are expected to be outstanding. Since the share options once exercised will primarily trade in the U.S. capital market, the risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the share option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

There were no grants to non-employee consultants after the effectiveness of ASU 2018-07—Compensation—stock compensation (Topic 718)—Improvements to nonemployee share-based payment accounting.

 

(u) Recently Adopted Accounting Standards – On April 1, 2019, the Group adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (ASU 2016-02), as amended, which supersedes the lease accounting guidance under Topic 840, and generally requires lessees to recognize operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use (ROU) assets on the balance sheet and to provide enhanced disclosures surrounding the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leasing arrangements. The Group adopted the new guidance using the modified retrospective transition approach by applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application and not restating comparative periods. The most significant impact was the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases.

 

On April 1, 2019, the Group adopted Topic 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach by applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. Results and disclosure requirements for reporting periods beginning after April 1, 2019 are presented under Topic 842, while prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with its historical accounting under Topic 840.

 

The Group elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allowed it to carry forward its historical lease classification, its assessment on whether a contract was or contains a lease, and its initial direct costs for any leases that existed prior to April 1, 2019. The Group also elected to combine its lease and non-lease components and to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated lease payments in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

F-18

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(u) Recently Adopted Accounting Standards – continued - Upon adoption, the Group recognized total ROU assets of $2,184, with corresponding liabilities of $1,275 on the consolidated balance sheets. The ROU assets include adjustments for prepayments and accrued lease payments. The adoption of the new lease standard does not have significant impact on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and cash flows and there was no adjustment to the beginning retained earnings on April 1, 2019.

 

Under Topic 842, the Group determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the lease term. For this purpose, the Group considers only payments that are fixed and determinable at the time of commencement. As most of its leases do not provide an implicit rate, it uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Group’s incremental borrowing rate is a hypothetical rate based on its understanding of what its credit rating would be. The ROU asset also includes any lease payments made prior to commencement and is recorded net of any lease incentives received. The Group’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise such options.

 

Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, operating lease liabilities, current and non-current operating lease liabilities, on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

(v) Accounting standards issued but not adopted as of March 31, 2020 - In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other organizations. The ASU requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. Organizations will continue to use judgment to determine which loss estimation method is appropriate for their circumstances. The ASU requires enhanced disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s portfolio. These disclosures include qualitative and quantitative requirements that provide additional information about the amounts recorded in the financial statements. In November 2018, this was further updated with the issuance of ASU 2018-19, which excludes operating leases from the scope. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. For public business entities that are U.S. SEC filers, the ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-19

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(v) Accounting standards issued but not adopted as of March 31, 2020 - continued - In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”. The update simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The update also eliminates the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The update should be applied on a prospective basis. The nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle should be disclosed upon transition. The update is effective for any annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Group expects the adoption of the new guidance will not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” which is part of the FASB disclosure framework project to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to the financial statements. The amendments in the new guidance remove, modify and add certain disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements covered in Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement.” The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for either the entire standard or only the requirements that modify or eliminate the disclosure requirements, with certain requirements applied prospectively, and all other requirements applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

 

F-20

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

(v) Accounting standards issued but not adopted as of March 31, 2020 - continued - In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-17, Consolidation: Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities, which modifies the guidance related to indirect interests held through related parties under common control for determining whether fees paid to decision makers and service providers are variable interest. ASU 2018-17 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions within ASC 740, Income Taxes, and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistent application among reporting entities. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the Company must apply certain aspects of this standard retrospectively for all periods presented while other aspects are applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Group is evaluating the impact this update will have on its financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

 

3.INCOME TAXES

 

Income is subject to tax in the various countries in which the Group operates.

 

No income tax arose in the United States of America in any of the periods presented.

 

The Company is not taxed in the British Virgin Islands.

 

The Group’s operating subsidiaries, other than Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Company Limited (“Nissin PRC”) and Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. (“Kayser Myanmar”), are all incorporated in Hong Kong and are subject to Hong Kong taxation on income derived from their activities conducted in Hong Kong. Hong Kong Profits Tax has been calculated at 16.5% of the estimated assessable profit for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

 

F-21

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

3.INCOME TAXES - continued

 

As of March 21, 2018, the Hong Kong Legislative Council passed The Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No. 7) Bill 2017 (the “Bill”) which introduces the two-tiered profits tax rates regime. The Bill was signed into law on March 28, 2018 and was gazetted on the following day. Under the two-tiered profits tax rates regime, the first HK$2 million (equivalent to $257) of profits of the qualifying group entity will be taxed at 8.25%, and profits above HK$2 million will be taxed at 16.5%. The profits of group entities not qualifying for the two-tiered profits tax rates regime will continue to be taxed at a flat rate of 16.5%. The Group has selected Kayser Limited (“Kayser”) as the qualified entity under two-tiered profit tax rates regime and the remaining Hong Kong based subsidiaries are not qualifying under the regime and continue to be taxed at 16.5%.

 

Nissin PRC, which is established and operated in China, is subject to the uniform income tax rate of 25% in China.

 

The Group’s manufacturing operations were conducted mainly in Long Hua, Shenzhen and Yangon of Myanmar during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. However, Kayser Myanmar enjoyed a tax exemption for the period through the end of December 31, 2017 and was subject to an income tax rate of 25% starting from January 1, 2018 onward.

 

The components of income before income (loss) taxes are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
Hong Kong   955    (850)   673 
China   1,060    398    229 
Myanmar   57    (242)   (6)
    2,072    (694)   896 

  

F-22

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

3.INCOME TAXES - continued

 

Income tax expense (credit) consists of the following:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Current tax:            
             
Hong Kong               
Current tax   156    4    11 
Overprovision in prior year   -    (30)   - 
                
China               
Current tax   356    -    - 
                
Deferred tax:               
Current tax   -    -    198 
Total   512    (26)   209 

 

A reconciliation between income taxes computed by applying the Hong Kong profits tax rate to profit/loss before income taxes, the income taxes are as follows:

  

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   %   %   % 
             
Profits tax rate in Hong Kong   16.5    16.5    16.5 
Non-deductible items/non-taxable income   2.1    3.3    26.9 
Changes in valuation allowances   (1.4)   (0.4)   1.1 
Overprovision of profits tax in prior year   (2.1)   4.3    - 
Effect of different tax rate of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions   4.3    (1.9)   1.8 
Tax effect of tax losses not recognized   0.0    (30.0)   0.1 
Utilization of tax losses previously not recognized   (1.0)   12.7    (11.6)
Others   6.2    (0.8)   (11.5)
Effective tax rate   24.6    3.7    23.3 

  

F-23

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

3.INCOME TAXES - continued

  

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Property, plant and equipment   32    5 
ROU assets   -    829 
Total deferred tax liabilities   32    834 
           
Deferred tax assets:          
Lease liabilities   -    (605)
Tax loss carryforwards   (594)   (478)
Deferred deductible expenses   (74)   (74)
Valuation allowance   668    552 
Total deferred tax assets   -    (605)
Net deferred tax liabilities   32    229 

 

Movement of valuation allowances are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
At the beginning of the year   567    548    668 
Current year (reduction) addition   (19)   120    (116)
At the end of the year   548    668    552 

 

A valuation allowance has been provided on the deferred tax asset because the Group believes it is not more than likely that the asset will be realized. As of March 31, 2019 and 2020, a valuation allowance was provided for the deferred tax asset relating to the future benefit of net operating loss carryforward and deferred deductible expenses, as the management determined that the net operating loss carryforward and deferred deductible expenses were not more likely than not to be utilized. If events occur in the future that allows the Group to realize more of its deferred tax assets than the presently recorded amount, an adjustment to the valuation allowance will be made when those events occur.

 

As of March 31, 2019 and 2020, tax losses amounting to approximately $3,424 and $2,723. As of March 31, 2020, the tax losses carried forward of $242 and $99, respectively, are to expire during the year ending March 31, 2023 and 2025, respectively. As of March 31, 2019 and 2020, the other tax losses carried forward of $3,083 and $2,382, respectively may be carried forward indefinitely.

 

F-24

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

3.INCOME TAXES - continued

 

Uncertainties exist with respect to how China’s current income tax law applies to the Group’s overall operations, and more specifically, with regard to tax residency status. China’s Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) Law includes a provision specifying that legal entities organized outside of China will be considered residents for China income tax purposes if their place of effective management or control is within China. The Implementation Rules to the EIT Law provides that non-resident legal entities will be considered as China residents if substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting, properties, etc. occur within China. The Company does not believe that its legal entities organized outside of China should be treated as residents for the EIT Law’s purposes. Substantially, the Company’s overall management and business operation are located outside China. The Company does not expect any significant adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations.

 

The Group has made its assessment of the level of the tax authority for each tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits and has measured the unrecognized tax benefits associated with the tax positions. Based on the evaluation by the Group, it was concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Group classifies interest and/or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax provisions; however, as of March 31, 2019 and 2020, there is no interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, and the Group has no material unrecognized tax benefit which would favourably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. The Group does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases to its liability for unrecognized tax benefit within the next twelve months. The fiscal years 2008 to 2020 remain subject to examination by the Hong Kong tax authority.

  

4.CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Cash on hand   1    12 
Bank deposits   6,874    7,748 
Short term investments   1,952    1,067 
    8,827    8,827 

 

Short term investments are highly liquid investments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use, and which have maturities of three months or less.

 

F-25

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

5.ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

Accounts receivable, net is analyzed as follows:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Accounts receivable   2,264    2,008 
Allowances for doubtful receivables   -    - 
    2,264    2,008 

 

Details of the movements of the allowances for doubtful receivables are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
At beginning of year   66    -    - 
Reversal for the year   (66)   -    - 
At end of year   -    -    - 

 

6.INVENTORIES, NET

 

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Raw materials   1,200    1,346 
Work in progress   40    234 
Finished goods   299    420 
    1,539    2,000 

 

Slow moving inventories amounting to $45, $419 and $39 were written off during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

  

F-26

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

7.PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $  
         
Prepaid expenses   137    129 
Short-term rental prepayment   79    - 
Payment in advance   110    140 
Deposits   373    108 
Other   23    11 
    722    388 

 

8.PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
At cost:        
Machinery and equipment   12,284    12,135 
Furniture and fixtures   464    90 
Leasehold improvements   1,044    1,120 
Motor vehicles   153    162 
Total   13,945    13,507 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and impairment   (13,059)   (12,629)
Property, plant and equipment, net   886    878 

 

Depreciation expense incurred for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 were $319, $261 and $145, respectively.

 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment amounting to $113, $233 and $nil incurred during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

  

F-27

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

9.LONG-TERM RENTAL PREPAYMENT

 

The amount represented prepaid rental to Konig Company Limited (“Konig Company”), a Myanmar Company, which is owned by a non-controlling interest of Kayser Myanmar (owns a 16% interest in Kayser Myanmar). On March 29, 2019, Kayser Myanmar and Konig Company have entered into a 50-year rental agreement for a manufacturing complex in Yangon, Myanmar (the “New Facility”). Kayser Myanmar’s operations will be conducted at this new factory after the agreement commencing from April 1, 2019.

 

The lease for the New Facility has a term of 50 years, Kayser Myanmar has the option to extend the lease term for two consecutive 10-year terms on the same terms and conditions as in effect for the initial 50-year period. Kayer Myanmar is obligated under the lease to make monthly lease payment equal to 10 million Myanmar Kyat (equivalent to $7.2 per month as of March 31, 2020).

 

Kayser Myanmar has paid Konig Company $950 as prepaid rent under the lease, approximately 12 years of rental payments. Upon application of Topic 842, the current and non-current portion of rental prepayment as of April 1, 2019 for $79 and $871 respectively were reclassified to ROU assets.

  

10.INVESTMENTS IN EQUITY METHOD INVESTEES

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the investments in equity method investees in the Group’s consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2019 and 2020 and the amount of underlying equity in net assets of the equity investees:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
The Group’s proportionate share of equity in the net assets of equity investees   5    5 
Less: Accumulated impairment losses recognized   (5)   (5)
Investments in equity investees reported in the consolidated balance sheets   -    - 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, investment in equity method investees represented the 50% equity interest in Kayser Technik (Overseas) Inc. (K.T.I) (“Kayser Technik (Overseas)”), a company incorporated in Republic of Panama, which was formerly engaged in the trading of camera batteries, films, and disposable cameras. Kayser Technik (Overseas) was inactive, and the investment was fully impaired as of March 31, 2019 and 2020.

  

F-28

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

11.Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Accrued payroll   822    134 
Accrued housing allowance   294    214 
Accrued other social benefits   1,087    1,167 
Deposits received from customers   25    39 
Unbilled purchases from suppliers   35    - 
Accrued audit fee   251    430 
Others   475    310 
    2,989    2,294 

 

Accrued other social benefits represented the provision of employment termination payments based on management approved restructuring plan for relocating its manufacturing facilities based on China’s Labor laws. The restructuring plan is currently in process and expected to be completed within twelve months from March 31, 2020. The provision amount is reasonably estimated based on China’s Labor laws and management estimation of acceptance rate.

 

12.LEASES

 

On March 21, 2020 , the Group entered into two lease agreements for executive and administrative offices in Hong Kong, under three-year leases that expire in March 2023.

 

On March 1, 2020 , the Group entered into two lease agreements for factory space and dormitories located in Shenzhen, China that expire in February 2023.

 

On March 29, 2019, Kayser Myanmar entered into a 50-year lease of a manufacturing facility in Yangon, Myanmar. Kayser Myanmar is obligated under the lease to make monthly lease payment equal to 10 million Myanmar Kyat (equivalent to $7.2 per month as of March 31, 2020). At inception, Kayser Myanmar has paid $950 as prepaid rent under the lease, approximately 12 years of rental payments.

 

   2020 
   $ 
     
Operating lease cost   991*
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term - Operating leases   7.51 years 
Weighted Average Discount Rate - Operating leases   7.63%

 

*Included unconditional government subsidy and sublease income with total amount $289 for factory space and dormitories located in Shenzhen.

  

F-29

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

12.LEASES - continued

 

The following is a schedule, by years, of maturities of lease liabilities as of March 31, 2020:

 

   Operating
leases
 
   $ 
Year ending March 31,    
2021   888 
2022   933 
2023   908 
2024   - 
2025   - 
Thereafter   3,275 
Total undiscounted cash flows   6,004 
Less: imputed interest   (3,188)
Present value of lease liabilities   2,816 

 

13.CAPITAL COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

As of March 31, 2019 and 2020, the Group had no commitments for capital expenditure contracted for but not provided in the consolidated financial statements in respect of the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.

 

14.TREASURY STOCK

 

as of March 31, 2019 and 2020, 5,049 and nil shares were held in treasury and were not eligible to vote, respectively.

 

F-30

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

15.CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS

 

The Group’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of its cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables.

 

The Group’s cash and cash equivalents are high-quality deposits placed with banking institutions with high credit ratings. This investment policy limits the Group’s exposure to concentrations of credit risk.

 

The trade receivable balances largely represent amounts due from the Group’s principal customers who are generally international organizations with high credit ratings. Letters of credit are the principal security obtained to support lines of credit or negotiated contracts from a customer. As a consequence, related credit risk is limited.

 

Accounts receivable from the three customers with the largest receivable balances as of March 31, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   Percentage of 
   accounts receivable 
   2019   2020 
   %   % 
         
Customer A   61.1    47.4 
Customer B   10.2    ** 
Customer C   6.9    18.4 
Customer D   **    6.7 
Three largest receivable balances   78.2    72.5 

 

**not among the top three receivable balances as of respective year end.

 

F-31

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

15.CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS - continued

 

A substantial percentage of the Group’s sales are made to three customers and are typically on an open account basis. Customers accounting for 10% or more of total revenue from contracts with customers in any of the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   %   %   % 
             
Customer A (note a)   51.4    47.7    48.2 
Customer B (note a)   15.8    18.0    20.8 
Customer C (note b)   10.8    11.2    N/A 
    78.0    76.9    69.0 

 

Notes:

 

(a)Sales to this customer were reported in both of the Metal Stamping and Mechanical OEM and Electric OEM operating segments.
(b)Sales to this customer were reported in the Electric OEM operating segment.

 

16.NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for years indicated:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Net income (loss) attributable to Highway Holdings Limited’s shareholders, basic and diluted   1,550    (630)   686 
                
Shares:               
Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net income per share   3,801,874    3,801,874    3,909,976 
                
Net income (loss) per share, basic   0.41    (0.17)   0.18 

 

There were no dilutive securities for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

 

F-32

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

17.STAFF RETIREMENT PLANS

 

The Group operates a Mandatory Provident Fund (“MPF”) scheme for all qualifying employees in Hong Kong. The MPF is a defined contribution scheme and the assets of the scheme are managed by a trustee independent of the Group.

 

The MPF is available to all employees aged 18 to 64 with at least 60 days of service under the employment of the Group in Hong Kong. Contributions are made by the Group to the MPF at a rate of 5% based on the staff’s relevant compensation.

 

The Group’s full-time employees in China participate in a government-mandated multiemployer defined contribution plan pursuant to which certain medical care unemployment insurance, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. The China labor regulations require the Group to accrue for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. No forfeited contributions may be used by the employer to reduce the existing level of contributions.

 

Under the Social Security Schemes in Myanmar, the Group was required registration of its employees with the Social Security Board. Contributions are made by the Group to the social security plan at a rate of 3% based on the staff’s relevant compensation.

 

There is no gratuity/end of service/pension entitlements stipulated under Myanmar law for private sector employees. Presently there is no pension plan required by Myanmar law compelling private sector employees or employers to make pension contributions. The Group does not provide additional private pension plans to its employees in Myanmar.

 

The cost of the Group’s contribution to the staff retirement plans in Hong Kong and China amounted to $242, $114 and $223 for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-33

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

18.STOCK OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED SHARES

 

The Group has adopted the “2010 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan” (the “2010 Option Plan”). The 2010 Option Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee appointed by the Board of Directors, which determines the terms of the options granted, including the exercise price, the number of common shares subject to the option and the option’s exercisability. Unless otherwise specified by the Compensation Committee, the maximum term of options granted under the 2010 Option Plan is five years.

 

Under the 2010 Option Plan, the Group is authorized to grant options, and to issue restricted shares, for a total of 600,000 shares. On August 8, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Company granted awards for a total of 585,000 shares of stock options and restricted shares under the Company’s 2010 Option Plan. The awards consisted of 160,000 non-qualified share options to 20 key employees, 250,000 non-qualified share options to 7 directors of the Company, including 60,000 options to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, and 175,000 restricted shares to 12 managers and key employees.

 

The stock options are fully vested, have a five-year term, and an exercise price of $1.97 (the closing price of the Company’s common stock on August 7, 2019). The restricted shares granted will vest in five years, on August 8, 2024. In the event that any recipient’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries is terminated before August 8, 2024, the Company will have the right to repurchase the restricted shares at a price of $0.01 per share.

 

Stock Options Issued to Directors and Key Employees

 

For the year ended March 31, 2020, 410,000 stock options were granted by the Company. The fair value of options granted to employees and directors in fiscal year 2020 was $0.33 per stock option. It was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Valuation Model:

 

   2020 
     
Stock price  $1.97 
Risk-free interest rate   1.66%
Expected life   2.5 years 
Expected volatility   41.83%
Expected dividend yield   8%

 

F-34

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

18.STOCK OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED SHARES - continued

 

The expected volatility was based on the volatilities of the Company’s listed common stocks in the United States and other relevant market information. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Group’s history and expectation of dividend payouts. The expected life of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding.

 

As of March 31, 2020, compensation expense of $135 is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

There was no unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the 2010 Option Plan, nor non-vested stock options as at March 31, 2020.

 

A summary of stock option activity during the year ended March 31, 2020 is as follows:

 

           Weighted 
       Weighted   average 
   Number of   average   remaining 
   stock   exercise   contractual 
   options   price   life (years) 
       $     
Outstanding as of April 1, 2019   -    -    - 
Granted   410,000    1.97    - 
Exercised   -    -    - 
Cancelled   (25,000)   -    - 
                
Outstanding as of March 31, 2020   385,000    1.97    4.36 
                
Exercisable as of March 31, 2020   385,000    1.97    4.36 

 

The aggregate intrinsic values of the stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2020 were $23.

 

F-35

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

18.STOCK OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED SHARES - continued

 

Restricted Shares Issued to Key Employees

 

For the year ended March 31, 2020, 175,000 restricted shares were granted to key employees under the 2010 Option Plan. The restricted shares will vest in five years. In the event that any recipient’s employment with the Group is terminated before August 8, 2024, the Company will have the right to repurchase the restricted shares at a price of $0.01 per share.

 

The restricted shares granted under the 2010 Option Plan resulted in a compensation expense of $46 for the year ended March 31, 2020, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

As of March 31, 2020, there was $299 unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted shares granted under the 2010 Option Plan. The cost was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.36 years.

 

As of March 31, 2020, the Company has the right to repurchase 152,370 restricted shares, with weighted average grant date fair value at a price of $1.97 per share, at a price of $0.01 per share.

 

F-36

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

19.SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Group’s chief operating decision maker, who has been identified as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, evaluates segment performance and allocates resources based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is operating income.

 

The Group operates in two segments, Metal stamping and mechanical OEM segment and Electric OEM segment. The Metal stamping and mechanical OEM segment focus on manufacturing and sale of metal parts and components. The Electric OEM segment focuses on manufacturing and sale of plastic and electronic parts and components.

 

Corporate represented expenses that are not allocated to reportable segments and other corporate items.

 

A summary of the revenue from contracts with customers, profitability information and asset information by segment and geographical areas is shown below:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Revenue from contracts with customers:            
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   9,638    7,717    6,929 
Electric OEM   9,528    6,560    5,629 
Total revenue from contracts with customers   19,166    14,277    12,558 
                
Operating income (loss):               
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   955    (405)   458 
Electric OEM   1,123    (250)   355 
Corporate   (140)   (100)   (66)
Total operating income (loss)   1,938    (755)   747 
                
Depreciation expense:               
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   160    133    83 
Electric OEM   159    128    62 
Total depreciation   319    261    145 
                
Capital expenditure:               
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   136    398    53 
Electric OEM   135    297    38 
Total capital expenditure   271    695    91 

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Total assets:        
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   8,084    9,753 
Electric OEM   7,000    8,248 
Corporate   166    168 
Total assets   15,250    18,169 

 

F-37

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

19.SEGMENT INFORMATION - continued

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Property, plant and equipment, net:        
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM  513   520 
Electric OEM   373    358 
Total property, plant and equipment, net   886    878 

 

All of the Group’s sales are coordinated through its head office in Hong Kong. The Group considers revenues to be generated by geographic area based on the physical location of customers. the breakdown by geographic area is as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Revenue from contracts with customers:            
Hong Kong and China  4,086   2,794   2,186 
Europe   14,446    10,901    9,790 
Other Asian countries   46    128    - 
North America   588    454    582 
Total revenue from contracts with customers   19,166    14,277    12,558 

 

All of the Group’s property, plant and equipment are located in Hong Kong, China and Myanmar. The breakdown by geographic area is as follows:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Property, plant and equipment, net:        
Hong Kong and China  147   127 
Myanmar   739    751 
Total property, plant and equipment, net   886    878 

 

F-38

 

 

HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except for shares and per share data)

 

20.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

 

There are no material related party transactions for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

 

21.SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

The Company’s financial results for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020 were negatively affected by COVID-19. The Company’s Shenzhen, China offices were closed in mid-January 2020 for the annual Chinese New Year holiday and remained closed until late February 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, production at the Shenzhen facilities was reduced due to on-going restrictions on factory operations related to COVID-19 shutdown. During this period, the Company’s Myanmar factory remained open and continued to operate until April 2020. It was closed for most of April 2020. These closures affected the Company’s operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 and will impact the Company’s operations in fiscal 2021.

 

The decreases in overall business and financing activities resulting from COVID-19 are expected to have a negative effect on the Company’s businesses for an uncertain period of time.

 

 

* * * * * *

 

 

F-39

 

EXHIBIT 4.8

 

Rental Contract

 

Lessor (Party A): Shenzhen Long Cheng Industrial Ltd

Correspondence address: Shenzhen Long Hua Da Leng Guang Nan Street 440 Long Cheng Industrial park Yue On area no. 1 office 6/F

Postal code: 518109

Contact no.: (0755) 28108099

Social Credit no.: 91440300192470540R

Legal representative: Liuqitai

 

Lessee (Party B): Nissin Metal Plastic (Shenzhen) Ltd.

Correspondence address: Shenzhen Long Hua Da Leng Guang Nan Street 440 Long Cheng Industrial Park 1# 5/F

Postal code: 518109

Contact no.: 13802566280

ID no. / Credit no.: _________________________

Authorized agent: __________________________

Correspondence address: ______________________________________

Postal code: ____________

Contact no.:_________________

Business License no. / ID no.: 91440300574752543F

 

According to <PRC Contract Law>, <PRC City Property Management Law>, <Shenzhen Rental Regulation> and other rule & regulation, <Shenzhen regarding rental safety responsibility decision> requirement, Party A & Party B compromised and setup this contract.

 

Clause 1

Party A lease the property (see attached Property list) located in Shenzhen Long Hua Da Leng Guang Nan Street 440 Long Cheng Industrial park, 1-5/F of Building # 1, 1-5/F of Building # 2, 1/F of Building # 8 at Long Cheng Yue On area, and 1-6/F of dormitory # C and 1-4/F of single dormitory to Party B. Total rental area is 15211 sqm (Annex: Property list).

 

Leased Property Owner: Shenzhen Long Cheng Industrial Ltd.

Property Certificate or other certificate to prove the ownership (right of use) no.: (see attached Property List)

 

1

 

 

Clause 2

Rental fee per construction area sqm is monthly RMB: 29.80 (Twenty Nine yuen and Eighty cents) to calculate, monthly total rental fee is RMB453,287.80 (Four Hundred Fifty Three Thousand Two Hundred Eighty Seven and cents Eighty only)

 

Clause 3

Party B shall pay the first deposit on 10 March 2020, deposit amount is: RMB (Four Hundred Fifty Three Thousand Two Hundred Eighty Seven and cents Eighty only)

 

Clause 4

Party B should pay rental fee to Party A on 10th of every month; Party A should issue the Tax invoice to Party B when receiving the rent.

 

Clause 5

Party B rental period is from 1st of March, 2020 to 28th February, 2023.

The rental period cannot over the period of property right of use, and cannot over 20 years, over period is ineffective.

 

Clause 6

Rental Property usage: Production or Office or Warehouse

Without written approval from Party A, Party B cannot alter the usage of rental property

 

Clause 7

Party A shall handover the rental property to Party B to use on 1st of March, 2020, and complete the handover procedure.

If Party A delays the handover time, Party B can request to extend the contract rental period. Both parties sign to confirm and file the contract.

 

Clause 8

When handover the property, both parties shall confirm the condition of rental building and attached facility and the attached property, and list out in the supplementary list.

 

2

 

 

Clause 9

When handover the property, Party A can collect from Party B three months (not over 3 months) rental fee as guarantee fee, i.e. RMB1,499,249.40 (One million Four hundred Ninety Nine thousand Two hundred Forty Nine and cents Forty Only).

 

Party A should provide receipt to Party B when received the guarantee fee.

 

Party A shall refund the guarantee fee to Party B under below conditions:

1.After Contract expired: Party B pays all rental fee and other expenses.
2.Contract expired: Party B fulfills all the requirement of the contract and the supplementary agreement.
3.Contract terminated: Party B moves out form the property, and returns the property and attached facility in good condition to Party A

 

All conditions need to be fulfilled

 

Refund guarantee fee time and method: 10 days after Party B complete the procedure and return the rental property and attached facility.

 

Party A can refuse to refund the guarantee fee under one of below conditions:

1.Contract terminated caused by breaching of contract by Party B
2.Contract cannot be implemented caused by misconduct of Party B
3.Contract expired or terminated, but Party B cannot return the property and attached facility in good condition in the set time to Party A

 

Clause 10

During the rental period, Party A is responsible for paying the fee for property usage and tax; Party B is responsible for paying water & electricity fee, cleaning fee, management fee etc expenses created by the rental property on time.

 

Clause 11

Party A shall ensure the safety of the hand over property and its attached facility is complied with the related regulation, law and rule.

 

Clause 12

Party B shall reasonably use the rental property and facility and cannot conduct illegal activities; Party A cannot interfere and hinder the normal and reasonable usage.

 

3

 

 

Clause 13

During the rental period, any damage or malfunction of rental property and facility that hinder safety or normal operation and is not caused by Party B mistake, Party B shall inform Party A on time and apply all effort to avoid the damage increase; party A shall repair or appoint third-party to repair once received the notice from Party B; in case that Party B cannot inform Party A, or Party A fails to repair in the set time, Party B can repair on behalf.

 

For any emergency needed to repair immediately, Party B shall repair on behalf and report to Party A the situation.

 

Any repair expenses occurred due to above two situations (included the reasonable expenses paid by Party B on behalf in order to prevent the damage increase) shall be responsible by Party A. If Party B fails the responsibility of above two items, by not inform or implement effective method to cause the loss expand, such (expand) repair fee shall be responsible by Party B.

 

Clause 14

For any damage or malfunction of rental property and facility that hinder safety or normal operation and is caused by Party B mistake or misuse, Party B shall responsible for the repair fee or compensate and inform Party A.

 

Clause 15

During the rental period, Party B cannot sublet all or partial rental property to third-party.

 

Clause 16

During the rental period, if Party A needs to transfer the ownership of whole or partial rental property, Party A shall inform Party B one month in advance. Party B shall reply Party A within 5 days after receiving the notice of transfer, and Party B has the priority right to purchase under the same condition.

 

4

 

 

Clause 17

During the rental period, this contract is allowed to terminate or alter if one of below situation occurs:

(1)Under force majeure situation, this contract cannot be implemented.
(2)Government requisition, retake or dismantle the rental property
(3)Compromise by Party A & Party B

 

Clause 18

Party A can

1.request Party B resume the property original condition;
2.request Party B to compensate the loss
3.refuse to refund the guarantee fee

 

if loss occurs under any one of situation below:

(I)Party B fails to pay the rental fee and overdue for 30 days (1 month) or above;
(II)Party B overdue causes Party A loss and reach the amount of RMB_______ or above
(III)Party B conducts illegal activities which damage the public interest or third-party interest
(IV)Party B alters the building construction or usage by himself.
(V)Party B breaches the Clause 14 of this contract by not bearing the responsible of repairing or paying repair fee, so that the property or facility seriously damage.
(VI)Without the written approval from Party A or related dept., Party B renovates the property by himself.
(VII)Party B sublets the property to third-party.

 

Beside the loss compensation liability and breaching liability, Party A can request Party B to alter or terminate the contract according to the above situation. Once the termination notice served, Party A can apply and file the termination of contract by himself.

 

Clause 19

Party B can

1.request Party A to compensate the loss
2.request Party A to refund the guarantee fee in double amount

 

5

 

 

if loss occurs under any one of situation below:

(I)Party A fails to hand over the rental property by 30 days (1 month) or above;
(II)Party A breaches the Clause 11 of this contract, that the safety of rental property is not complying with the related law, regulation and rule requirement.
(III)Party A breaches the Clause 13 of this contract by not bearing the responsible of repairing or paying repair fee.
(IV)Without the agreement from Party B or related dept., Party A alters, expands or renovates the property by himself.
(V)Party A requests to release (terminate) the contract by himself without any sound reason.

 

Beside the loss compensation liability and breaching liability, Party B can request Party A to alter or terminate the contract according to the above situation. Once the termination notice served, Party B can apply and file the termination of contract by himself.

 

Clause 20

After this contract expired, Party B shall move out and return the rental property within three days, and ensure the property and facility in good condition (except normal wear and tear). At the same time, Party B shall finish his responsibility by paying the fee and complete the handling procedure.

 

Clause 21

If Party B needs to continue lease the property after the contract expired, Party B shall ask for renewal three months before the contract expired; under the same condition, Party B has the first priority to lease the property.

 

Clause 22

Both Parties shall sign <Shenzhen rental property safety management responsibility certificate>. Party A provides the rental property is fulfill the safety standard and condition, and has no safety risk. Rental property construction, fire prevent facility, gasoline facilities, electricity facilities, exit and driveway etc is conform the government requirement in safety production, fire prevention, security, environmental protection, hygiene etc standard. Party B strictly follows government related department regulation safety production, fire prevention, security, environmental protection, hygiene etc standard to use the property and has the responsibility to ensure no safety risk existed when using the property. Both parties shall implement the clauses agreed in this contract voluntarily. If either party breaches the contract, he shall bear the related liability according to the contract.

 

6

 

 

Clause 23

Both parties set the Supplementary Agreement to include any issue not cover in this contract; Supplementary Agreement is part of this contract and has same legal binding with this contract after both parties signed.

 

Both parties would alter the content of the contract during the rental period, both parties shall register in the rental office within 10 days after the content altered.

 

Clause 24

Both parties shall solve by negotiation when any dispute occurs in this contract. If negotiation fails, it can ask the rental office to mediate. If mediation fails, it can:

-Apply arbitration in Shenzhen arbitration committee;
-Apply arbitration in China Economic Trading arbitration committee Shenzhen branch
-Apply sue to the Civil court where the rental property located

 

Clause 25

Both parties agreed below correspondence address as both parties notice and correspondence served address:

Party A address: Shenzhen Long Hua Da Leng Guang Nan Street 440 Long Cheng Industrial park Yue On area no. 1 office 6/F

Party B address: Shenzhen Long Hua Da Leng Guang Nan Street 440 Long Cheng Industrial park 1# Building

 

If there is no agreed address, the correspondence address in this contract is the served address.

 

Served address is kept in effective if no written notice for changing. When one party sent the notice or documents and received in the other party correspondence address, it is served. When the sent document is return to the above mentioned address, the date of return is served date.

 

Clause 26

This contract will be in effect on the date of signature.

 

Both parties shall register or file in the rental office within 10 days of this contract signed.

 

Clause 27

The Chinese version of this contract is the original copy.

 

Clause 28

This contract is in 6 copies, Party A keeps 3 copies, Party B keeps 2 copies, Registered office keeps 1 copy.

 

Party A (signature):

Legal representative:

Contact no.:

Bank Account no.:

Authorized person (signature):                                             Date:

 

Party B (signature):

Legal representative:

Contact no.:

Bank Account no.:

Authorized person (signature):                                             Date:

 

7

 

 

Special Reminder

 

1.Before signing a contract, both parties should read the contract properly and add, delete, select, supplement, filling, and modify the content of the contract terms through mutual agreement. Once contract signed, the content without alternation and content fill-in by the parties (confirm by signing or sealing by both parties) is deemed to be the content of this contract. The hand writing of selection, supplementary, filling, and modification in this contract shall be deemed priority in validity.
2.Before the contract, the lessor must present the real estate rights certificate or other valid documents proving its ownership of the property and the certificate that can prove the identity or legal qualifications of the lessor to the lessee. If the property is entrusted by someone else, a power of attorney must be provided; if the property is leased out, all the co-owner's consent for the lease and power of attorney should be provided;
3.The contract should be signed and carried out in accordance with law, and no violation of relevant legal procedures or violations of legal acts.
4.Once this contract is signed, it is legally binding on both parties. It is necessary to abide by its own obligations as agreed by the two parties, and it is not allowed to change or terminate the contract without authorization.
5.The contents filled in the contract by both parties must use carbon ink or blue-black ink, written with a brush, pen, and signature pen and signed or stamped for confirmation.
6.There is a blank space (marked with an underline) in some of the clauses of this contract text which can be compromised by both parties, some clauses that can be selected by reference (marked by word).
7.After signing this contract, the two parties should jointly register or file with the Housing Lease Management Department in time.
8.The parties to the lease may decide the number of original copies of the contract according to actual needs and carefully check when extending the contract to ensure that the contents of each contract are consistent with each other; in any case, both parties should hold at least one contract each Original.
9.In the event of major changes to the content of this contract, termination of the contract, or loss of the contract text, it shall be dealt with in a timely manner at the original registration authority.
10.The two parties may negotiate on how to dispose of the liens in the rental property after the lease expires, and agree on the attached sheet.
11.Article 6 of this contract "Use of leased property" should be filled in one of the following five categories: commercial, office, plant, warehouse, comprehensive.

 

8

 

 

Annex:

 

Property List

 

Sq No.

  Property Name   Property Certificate   Certificate No.   Rental Area (sqm)  

Rental Fee

(RMB/sqm)

  Monthly Rental Fee  

1

  1# 1/F   Property Certificate   Shenzhen Property No.
5009068903
  1060   38   40280  
  1# 2-5/F   Property Certificate  

Shenzhen Property No.

5009068986

5009068987

5009068988

5009068989

  4240   28   118720  
                         

2

  2# 1/F   Property Certificate  

Shenzhen Property No.

5000068990

  1060   38   40280  
  2# 2-5/F   Property Certificate  

Shenzhen Property No.

5009068991

5009068985

5009068992

5009068984

  4240   28   118720  
                         
3   Yue On #8 1/F  

Non-

movable Property Certificate

  Guangzhou (2018) SZ non-movable property no. 0133054   1713.2   45   77094  
                           
4   C# Dormitory 1-6/F apartments & 1-4/F single room   Property Certificate  

Shenzhen Property No. 5000092599

5000092598

5000092591

5000092592

5000092593

5000092600

  2897.8   20   57956  
                           
    Total           15211       453050  

 

 

9

 

EXHIBIT 4.9

 

Rental Contract – Supplementary Agreement

 

Lessor (Party A): Shenzhen Long Cheng Industrial Ltd

Correspondence address: Shenzhen Long Hua Da Leng Guang Nan Street 440 Long Cheng Industrial park Yue On area no. 1 office 6/F

Postal code: 518109

Fax no.: (0755) 28108618

Social Credit no.: 91440300192470540R

Legal representative: Liuqitai

Handling person: Chenyuensan             Contact No.: 28108099

 

Lessee (Party B): Nissin Metal Plastic (Shenzhen) Ltd.

Correspondence address: Shenzhen Long Hua Da Leng Guang Nan Street 440 Long Cheng Industrial Park 1# 5/F

Postal code: 518109

Fax no.:_________________

ID no. / Credit no.: 91440300574752543F

Authorized agent: Li Hai Hua

Contact no.: 13802566280

 

Party A & Party B signed <Shenzhen Rental Contract> [Contract register (file) no.: _____________] (below refer to <Rental Contract>), Party A & Party B compromised under equally voluntary, mutual benefit rule to setup below supplementary agreement for the <Rental Contract>.

 

Clause 1

<Rental Contract> Clause 1 addition:

The rental construction area sqm is based on the <Rental Contract> agreed area sqm as standard, both parties cannot dispute the area sqm leased.

 

Clause 2

<Rental Contract> Clause 2 addition:

Rental fee increment rate is: Started from 2nd year (i.e. 1st March, 2021), each year increased by 5% based on the rental fee of last year.

 

1

 

 

Clause 3

<Rental Contract> Clause 4 alters to:

1.Party B should pay rental fee to Party A on 10th of every month; Party A should issue the Tax invoice to Party B when receiving the rent.
2.If Party B fails to pay the rental fee and expenses, Party A charges the penalty of 5/1000 of total rental fee and other expenses daily started from the set pay date in <Rental Contract>. If Party B rental fee and expenses overdue for total one month, Party A has the right to stop the water and electricity supply and terminate <Rental Contract> and this Supplementary Agreement.

 

Clause 4

<Rental Contract> Clause 5 addition:

Party A agrees to grant zero month rental free renovation period from the start date of the contract, rental free renovation period is started from xxxx year xx month xx day.

 

Clause 5

<Rental Contract>

Clause 7 Item 1 alters to:

If Party B is the previous tenant and has occupied the rental property on the date of signing this rental contract, that means both parties completed the handover procedure and no need to handle again, otherwise, the handover date is the 1st day after Party A legally obtain the property.

 

Clause 7 Item 2 alters to:

If Party A delays the time to handover the rental property, the actual handover date is the date set in <Rental Property Handover Form> (see annex 1) which agreed by both parties, the rental contract expired date and rental free renovation date will be delayed accordingly, and Party A is not deemed to breaching the law, and Party A will not bear the liability to compensate the delay. Both parties signed to agreed and file the contract. <Rental Property Handover Form> shall state the date of handover and the situation of the rental property.

 

2

 

 

Clause 6

<Rental Contract> Clause 8 addition:

Party A handover the rental property and attached facilities to Party B as is, Party A bears no responsibility to renovate. If Party B needs to expand, reconstruct and renovate the rental property and attached facility, equipment and water, electricity, gas supplies, telephone, television, sewage, environmental, fire prevention etc. facilities., it must negotiate with Party A in written. After Party A written agreed and reported to the government, it is approved to start the construction. All the expenses shall be borne by Party B. If Party B starts the construction without Party A approval or reporting to the government, Party A has the right to ask Party B to resume. If Party B refuse to resume, Party A can resume and the expenses is responsible by Party B. Party A has the right to terminate the contract by himself.

Party B cannot move the facilities, equipment, attached property listed in the <Rental Property Handover Form>. If Party B moves and causes damage or lost, Party B shall compensate.

 

Clause 7

<Rental Contract> Clause 9 Item 1 “rental fee” is refer to the highest monthly rental fee amount in the contract period.

<Rental Contract> Clause 9 Item 1 addition:

When Party A refunds the guarantee fee according to the <Rental Contract> and this Supplementary Agreement to Party B, no interest will be calculated. During the rental period, Party B cannot use this guarantee fee to pay the rent and fee. Rental guarantee fee actual amount is according to the amount stated in the receipt.

 

Clause 8

<Rental Contract> Clause 10 alters to:

During the rental period, Party A is responsible for paying the fee for property usage and tax; Party B is responsible for paying water & electricity fee, cleaning fee, gasoline fee, hygiene fee, property service fee (i.e. management fee), special repairing fee (i.e. property repair fund) etc expenses created by the rental property on time.

Water & electricity fee, cleaning fee, gasoline fee, hygiene fee is paid to the related company directly by Party B.

Party B shall sign the <Property Service Contract> with Property Service company. Rental property’s service fee, special repairing fund etc., Party B shall pay to Property Service company directly according to the <Property Service Contract>.

 

3

 

 

Clause 9

<Rental Contract> Clause 11 alters to:

Party A handover the rental property and attached facilities to Party B to use in “as is” condition. If the safety of the handover property and its attached facility is not complied with the related regulation, law and rule, Party B shall not use it. Party A bears no personal injury or property loss liability of Party B & third-party during the rental and renovation period. All the liability and loss shall be borne by Party B.

 

Clause 10

<Rental Contract> Clause 12 add Item 2:

If Party B conducts illegal activities by using the rental property and facility, all the liability caused shall be borne by Party B, Party A bear no liability and has the right to terminate the contract by himself.

 

Clause 11

<Rental Contract> Clause 13 Item 1 add:

If Party B renovates, reconstructs, expands the rental property and facility, the repair and maintenance of renovated, reconstructed or expanded part shall be responsible by Party B and Party B shall bear the expenses. Party B is responsible to apply the “Repair Fund” to repair the property main construction. If Party A hasn’t received the “Repair Fund”, Party A will not responsible for the repair of the main construction, Party B shall not request Party A to repair the main construction. For those repairs that are responsible by the Property Service company, Party B shall inform the Property Service company in time.

 

Clause 12

<Rental Contract> Clause 15 addition:

If Party B breaches this Clause and sublet the property, Party A can terminate the Rental Contract by himself and the guarantee fee paid by Party B will not be refunded. Party B shall move out and return the property to Party A within 10 days after the contract terminated.

 

4

 

 

Clause 13

<Rental Contract> Clause 16 addition:

When the ownership of rental property transferred, if Party B has overdue rental fee & fee, Party A can use the guarantee fee and water & electricity deposit to pay the overdue rental fee, other fee and penalty. If there is residual guarantee fee, it will pass to the ownership transfer party to be use as guarantee fee, the shortage amount is needed to make up by Party B.

When the ownership of rental property transferred, Party B shall go to Rental office with Party A and the transferee to register within 10 days after receiving Party A notice of transfer. Any consequence occurs due to Party B failure to register shall be the liability of Party B, and not related to Party A.

 

Clause 14

<Rental Contract> Clause 18 addition:

Party B fails to pay the rental fee and overdue for 20 days, Party A has the right to stop the water & electricity supply, block the gate etc. If Party A terminates the <Rental Contact> due to breaching of contract by Party B; or if Party B terminates the <Rental Contract> before expiry, Party A needs not to refund the guarantee fee. Besides, Party A can request compensation from Party B, the compensation amount is the actual loss and the foreseeable income of Party A.

 

Clause 15

<Rental Contract> Clause 19 addition:

During the period Party B occupied and used the rental property, Party B shall pay the rental fee according to the <Rental Contact> and this Supplementary Agreement.

 

5

 

 

Clause 16

<Rental Contract> Clause 20 Item 1 alters to:

After this contract expired and Party B desires not to renew the contract, or after this contract terminated before expiry because of Party B reason, Party B shall move out and return the rental property within three days, and ensure the property and facility is in good condition (except normal wear and tear). At the same time, Party B shall finish his responsibility by paying the fee and complete the handling procedure.

For those additional property due to renovation and improvement of facilities, equipment, water or electricity capacity etc. (included the increase of construction area due to expansion), Party B shall give back to Party A for free, Party A needs not compensate to Party B. Party B cannot dismantle or damage the rental property and facility and attached property. Otherwise, Party B is deemed as breaching of contract, Party A will not refund the guarantee fee and will request Party B to bear the compensation liability.

 

<Rental Contract> Clause 20 Item 2 addition:

Party A has the right to enter the rental property to collect the property, count and separate all the facility and stuff which is not belonging to Party A, Party B confirms and accepts the result of Party A counting and separating.

Party A has the right to continue tracing for the overdue rental fee, fee and loss until it paid.

 

Clause 17

<Rental Contract> Clause 21 Item 1 addition:

If both Parties cannot reach the renewal agreement in written two months before the contract expired, Party A can announce the letting advertisement in public media, Party B cannot dispute.

 

Clause 18

Other Terms and Conditions:

1.During the rental period, Party B ensures the usage of rental property is strictly follow the National and Shenzhen related fire, safety production and rental management law, regulation and rule etc. requirement. If party B breaches the related requirement and causes fire and safety accident, all the liability and economic loss created shall be responsible by Party B.

Both parties shall sign <Safety Production Liability Document> (refer to annex 2)

 

6

 

 

2.During the rental period, if Party B needs to renovate, reconstruct the rental property, it must be nature beauty and consistent with rental property. And it must complete below procedure:

 

(1)Party B shall give the drawing of the renovation, reconstruction, and expansion of the facilities to Party A and Property Service Company to approve. If it needs to get the approval from fire, environment, district planning, construction etc. Government dept., it must get the administrative approval or written approval from the above dept, then, it can start the construction.
(2)Party B shall provide the above dept administrative approval or original written approval, drawing to Party A (for filing). After Party A approves in written, Party B can start renovate, reconstruct the facilities. Otherwise, any economic loss and legal liability shall be responsible by Party B.
(3)During the renovation, Party B must strictly follow Govt approval requirement and National & Shenzhen City related property safety, renovation, alternation, fire prevention, environment, district planning, construction, hygiene, construction energy saving, marketing supervision, city management, property management etc. regulation, standard, requirement. And accept Party A and related dept and Property Service company to inspect and supervise.
(4)After the renovation completed, Party B must pass the inspection from fire prevention, environmental, district planning, construction etc. dept. and obtain the Passing Certificate (or Usage Approval Certificate), then, it can be start using.
(5)Party B shall provide the original of renovation, and inspection information to Party A for filing, which included construction drawing, job completion drawing, construction planning approval, working approval, inspection passing certificate, fire prevention passing certificate, environmental passing certificate, district planning passing certificate etc.

 

3.If the Government requests to pay penalty, land fee difference or land usage fee or land compensation usage fund etc., due to area sqm increase after Party B renovation and reconstruction, Party B shall bear the responsibility.

 

7

 

 

4.Party B cannot block or occupy the pathway, stair, fire prevention door in the rental property. If there is any legal liability or economic loss caused by the blockage or occupation, it shall be borne by Party B.

 

5.If the Government penalize, order to resume, or suspend operation because Party B renovates, reconstructs the rental property or alter the usage of property without the permission from the fire dept, environmental, district planning, construction, market supervision etc dept., all the responsibility and loss shall be borne by Party B. For any loss caused to Party A, Party B shall responsible all the compensation liability.

 

6.If Party B use the rental property to register the new company to operate, Party B shall provide the Business License, commercial registration information to Party A for filing within one month after Business License applied. The new company (Party C) must be the subsidiary company of Party B, Party C must sign the 3-party agreement with Party A & Party B to admit the <Rental Contract> and this Supplementary Agreement, and share the same right and responsibility with Party B.

 

7.Party B must obtain Business License, Tax registration and other related certificate required by the government. If Party B needs to alter the legal representative, restructure the company, remove major asset, reduce the capital and other alternation which will affect the implementation of the rental contract, Party B shall inform Party A by written. Party A has the right to increase the guarantee fee, which will not limit to the 3 months rental fee restriction. Party B shall operate legally, if government suspend the operation because Party B has no licence or illegally operate, all the responsibility shall be borne by Party B. During the period of suspension, Party B still need to pay the rental fee in the agreed time according to <Rental Contract> and this Supplementary Agreement.

 

8.Party B shall properly handle the sewage, air, oil, noise pollution and obtain the approval according to requirement before operation. During the operation, if receiving complaint because of failing to comply the requirement, Party B shall correct in time. If breaching the above requirement, the liability and loss shall be borne by Party B. During the period of operation suspension, Party B still need to pay the rental fee in the agreed time according to <Rental Contract> and this Supplementary Agreement.

 

8

 

 

9.During the rental property period, Party B shall complete all the employment procedure according to the Government, join the social security plan and pay the social insurance fee, and pay the salary on time. If Party B has any economic dispute with employee about salary, social security overdue, public liability etc. during the rental period, Party B shall take all the responsibility and is not related to Party A. If the new registered company of Party B caused Party A liability because of unpaid salary, Party B shall compensate the loss caused to Party A.

 

10.During the rental period, Party B shall follow the law, regulation and rule of National & Shenzhen safety production, property management, city management, rental, safety, energy saving, birth planning, moving population management etc. Follow the requirement of Social working station, Housing authority, Landlord committee and Property management company. Party B cannot invade other tenant right.

 

11.If Party B needs to install the sign for company name, it needs to give the design proposal to Party A to check, and gets the written approval from Party A and Property Service office. Also, it needs to report to the government and gets the approval, then, it can start the installation.

 

12.If Party B opens any shop or project, it must follow the related approval procedure by Commercial, Police, Fire Dept., Environmental Dept. etc. to get the approval to start operation. If Party B didn’t get the approval and start operation, all the responsibility shall be borne by Party B and not related to Party A. Party B cannot delay paying the rental fee for any reason.

 

9

 

 

13.For any loss caused by force majeure reason, both parties have no responsibility. Both parties agreed, if Party B is requested to renovate the rental property or move out due to the government planning, Party A shall inform Party B two months in advance before the termination of contract, Party B shall move out in 2 months after receiving the notice, and return the rental property to Party A. Party B cannot ask Party A for compensation for the loss raised (included but not limited to the liquidated damages). When signing this contract, Party A already specified inform Party B that the rental property might need to renovate, dismantle during the rental period. Party B already confirmed to be informed and is willing to bear the liability.

 

14.Both parties’ correspondence will be served in person by special courier, and acknowledge received by signing, and stating the receiving person and date in the copy. For those which cannot be served in person, it will be served by post. For those served by post, the date for receiving by courier is deemed to be served, if other party refuses to receive, it is also deemed to be served. If either party address is changed, it needs to inform the other party in written. Otherwise, the other party send to the correspondence address stated in this Supplementary Agreement is deemed to be served.

 

15.In this supplementary agreement and annex, Party B promises to renovate the building's exterior wall of Building # 1 (refer to and not lower than the industrial area # 2 factory standard: the exterior wall color is blue and white, and the exterior wall coating is Nippon brand exterior wall coating) and C # dormitory exterior walls, doors and windows, cable (refer to and not lower than the industrial area D # dormitory standards: exterior wall paint is Nippon brand exterior wall paint; wooden doors are replaced with fire doors; iron windows are replaced with aluminum alloy windows, etc). The cost shall be borne by Party B; all factory building and dormitory renovation and renovation projects shall be completed within one year from the date of the lease contract becoming effective, otherwise, the lessor shall have the right to forcibly terminate the lease contract.

 

10

 

 

16.The property license of the 1#, 2# factory and C# dormitory in the lease has expired on July 4, 2018. Party A is in the process of processing the land extension procedure and the property certificate of the above-mentioned leased area. Party B acknowledge to aware and confirm the above said property and dormitory situation and cannot sue and claim any rights to the Party A on the grounds that the property licenses of the above-mentioned rental houses have expired.

 

17.According to Clause 17 of this agreement, in the process of applying the land extension and non-movable property certificate of 1-5/F of 1# factory building, according to the planning requirements of the government department, part of the 1# factory building is overlapped with the planned road, so within the term of the <Rental Contract>, Party A will dismantle some part of 1# factory that conflicts with the planned road (the specific time is subject to the notice of Party A), and during the demolition period, to ensure adequate safety construction distance and construction safety and to protect the personal property of Party B, Party A unavoidably must temporarily occupy part of area of 1-5/F of the 1# factory leased by Party B. At that time, Party B should empty the factory that needs to be demolished. Party B acknowledge to aware of this issue and agreed to unconditionally cooperate with Party A for the demolition work, and promise not to claim any rights to Party A. Party A shall notify Party B at least 30 days in advance before the time of dismantling, and Party B shall have the right to suspend to pay the rental fee of dismantling area and the temporary occupied area until the date Party A finish the dismantling work and handed over partially demolished area of 1# building to Party A.

Party B shall resume to pay the rental fee to the Party A after the demolition of the 1# plant area (the rental fee rate shall restore the rate before demolition of 1#, the rental area shall be subject to the area confirmed by the drawings of the Ministry of Land and Resources). If Party B fails to empty the factory and to hand it over to Party A, or does not cooperate with Party A for the dismantle work, Party A has the right to unilaterally terminate the <Rental Contract> and hold Party B responsible.

 

11

 

 

Clause 19

This Supplementary Agreement is part of <Rental Contract> and has same legal binding with <Rental Contract>. If the content of this Supplementary Agreement is different to <Rental Contract>, it is subject to this Supplementary Agreement.

 

Clause 20

This contract is in 6 copies, Party A keeps 3 copies, Party B keeps 2 copies, Registered office keeps 1 copy.

 

Clause 21

<Rental Contract> Clause 2 rental fee per sqm is rounding to 2 decimal places; monthly rental fee is calculated by rental fee per sqm times sqm area and rounding to 1 decimal places.

 

Clause 22

This Supplementary Agreement will be in effect on the date of signature (stamp).

 

Attachment:

1. <Rental Property Handover Form>

2. <Safety Production Liability Document>

3. Business License of both parties (with company chop)

4. ID of legal representative of both parties

5. Rental Property construction floor plan;

6. Rental Property “as is” photo

 

Party A (signature):

Legal representative:

Authorized person (signature):

 

Party B (signature):

Legal representative:

Authorized person (signature):

 

 

12

 

 

Exhibit 4.10

 

Dated the 8th day of April 2020

 

SHK SHEUNG SHUI LANDMARK INVESTMENT LIMITED

 

AND

 

KAYSER LIMITED

 

 

 

TENANCY AGREEMENT

 

of

 

Offices Nos. 1823-1823A on Level 18 of
Landmark North, Fanling Sheung Shui Town Lot No.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ref: LN/20200202ff A(renew)/kt/bc

 

 

 

INDEX OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION I - AGREEMENT 1
1. Premises, Term and Rent 1
     
SECTION II - RENT AND OTHER CHARGES 2
2.1 Rent and Other Charges 2
2.2 Air-Conditioning and Management Charges 2
2.3 Utility Charges and Deposits 3
2.4 Rates & Taxes 3
2.5 Interest and Legal Costs 4
     
SECTION III - TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS 5
3.1 Compliance with Ordinances 5
3.2 To Fit Out Premises 5
3.3 To Keep the Interior in Good Repair 6
3.4 Replacement of Windows 6
3.5 (a) Installation of Telephone Cables 6
(b) Electrical and Gas Installations 6
  (c) Air-conditioning System 7
  (d) Checking of Condition and Appliances 7
  (e) Security System 7
3.6 Sanitary and Water Apparatus 7
3.7 Cleaning of Drains, Air Filter/Extractor Units 7
3.8 Indemnity against Loss/Damage from Interior Defects 8
3.9 Contents 8
3.10 Protection from Typhoons 8
3.11 Entry by Landlord 8
3.12 To Execute Repairs on Receipt of Notice 9
3.13 Inform Landlord of Damage 9
3.14 Infestation 9
3.15 Damage to Building 9
3.16 To Comply with Government Lease 9
3.17 To Comply with Deed of Mutual Covenant, House Rules, General Rules, Car Park Rules and Club Rules 10
3.18 Viewing and Letting and Selling Notices 10
3.19 Contractors, Servants, Agents, Licensees, Visitors 10
3.20 Load and Unload through Cargo Lift 10
3.21 Refuse and Garbage Removal 10
3.22 Window Cleaning 11
3.23 Yield Up the Said Premises and Handover 11
3.24 Indemnity and Insurance 12
3.25 Keep and Maintain Electricity and Water Supply Accounts 13
3.26 Pipes and Conduits 13

 

i

 

 

SECTION IV - LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS 14
4.1 Quiet Enjoyment 14
4.2 Government Rent 14
    14
SECTION V - RESTRICTIONS AND PROHIBITIONS 14
5.1 Installations and Alterations 14
5.2 Injury to Main Walls 17
5.3 Damage to Walls, Ceilings and Floors 17
5.4 Damage to Common Areas 17
5.5 Nuisance or Annoyance 17
5.6 Noise 17
5.7 Signs 18
5.8 User 18
5.9 Illegal or Immoral Use 18
5.10 Manufacture of Goods 18
5.11 Unlawful or Dangerous Goods 18
5.12 Obstructions 19
5.13 Prevention of Odours 19
5.14 Animals, Pets 19
5.15 Subletting, Assigning 19
5.16 Breach of Government Lease or Deed of Mutual Covenant 20
5.17 Breach of Insurance Policy 20
5.18 Aerials 21
5.19 Air-conditioning 21
5.20 No Touting 21
5.21 Use of Common Areas 21
5.22 Food Restriction 21
5.23 Flat Roof(s) and Window(s) 21
     
SECTION VI - EXCLUSIONS 22
6.1 (a) Common Services and Facilities 22
  (b) Electricity/Gas/Water Supply 22
  (c) Fire and Overflow of Water, Vermin 22
  (d) Non-enforcement 23
  (e) Security 23
  (f) Vehicles 23
6.2 Exemptions Extend to Landlord’s Agent and Manager 23
6.3 No Duty for Landlord to Insure 23
     
SECTION VII - ABATEMENT OF RENT 24
7. Abatement 24
     
SECTION VIII - DEFAULT 25
8.1 Default 25
8.2 Exercise of Rights 26
8.3 Acceptance of Rent 26
8.4 Acts of Contractors, Guests, Servants, Agents, Licensees and Visitors 26
8.5 Distraint 26

 

ii

 

 

SECTION IX - DEPOSIT 26
9.1 Deposit 26
9.2. Increase of Deposit 27
9.3 Repayment of Deposit 27
9.4 Deposit Not Rent 27
9.5 Transfer of Deposit 27
     
SECTION X - INTERPRETATION AND MISCELLANEOUS 28
10.1 Condonation Not a Waiver 28
10.2 Definition of Common Areas and Common Services and Facilities 28
10.3 Name of Development 29
10.4 Introduction of Rules and Regulations 29
10.5 Service of Notices 30
10.6 No Fine 30
10.7 Exclusion of Warranties 30
10.8 Special Conditions 30
10.9 Joint and Several Liability 30
10.10 Genders and Plurals 31
10.11 Marginal Notes, Headings and Index 31
10.12 Stamp Duty and Costs 31
10.13 Each Provision Independent and Severable 32
10.14 Early Termination on Redevelopment Etc. 32
10.15 Time 32
10.16 Governing Law 33
10.17 Rights of Third Party 33

 

THE FIRST SCHEDULE 34
       
Part I - Particulars of the Landlord 34
Part II - Particulars of the Tenant 34
Part III - Particulars of Premises 34
Part IV - Particulars of Term 34
Part V - Particulars of Rent 35
Part VI - Particulars of Air-Conditioning and Management Charges 35
Part VII - Particulars of Deposit 35
Part VIII - Air-Conditioning Operating Hours 35
     
THE SECOND SCHEDULE - Special Conditions 36
   
SIGNATURES 38

 

iii

 

 

THIS TENANCY

AGREEMENT

 

made this 8th day of April

Two thousand and Twenty

     
Parties   BETWEEN the party named and described as Landlord in Part I of the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter referred to as “the Landlord” which expression shall where the context admits include its successor(s) in title and assign(s) and any person(s) or company(ies) for the time being entitled to the immediate reversion expectant upon the term hereby created) of the one part and the party named and described as Tenant in Part II of the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter referred to as “the Tenant”) of the other part.
     
    WHEREBY IT IS AGREED as follows :-
     

SECTION I

AGREEMENT

     

Premises

 

 

 

Term

 

 

 

Rent

 

 

 

  1. In consideration of the rent and the Tenant’s covenants hereinafter reserved and contained, the Landlord hereby lets to the Tenant All Those the premises more particularly described in Part III of the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter referred to as “the said premises”) Together with the use in common with the Landlord and all others having the like right of the common areas and the common services and facilities in the building of which the said premises form part (hereinafter referred to as “the said building”) insofar as the same are necessary for the proper use and enjoyment of the said premises (except insofar as the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building may from time to time restrict such use) for the term specified in Part IV of the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter referred to as “the said term”) EXCEPT AND RESERVED unto the Landlord and the manager of the said building and all persons authorized by the Landlord or the manager of the said building all such rights and privileges as are reserved unto the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building under the Deed of Mutual Covenant and (if any) the Management Agreement of the said building (hereinafter referred to as “the Deed”, which expression shall also mean and include any and all such supplemental deed(s), supplemental agreement(s) and variation(s) and amendment(s) thereto) YIELDING AND PAYING therefor throughout the said term the rent as set out in Part V of the First Schedule hereto and, if payable by the Tenant hereunder and as set out in Part VI of the First Schedule hereto, the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges and other charges (all of which are unless the context otherwise requires hereinafter included under the term “the rent”) which shall be paid together with all other outgoings incurred in respect of the said premises in advance clear of all deductions whatever (whether legal or equitable) by consecutive monthly payments on the first day of each calendar month the first and the last of such payments to be apportioned according to the number of days respectively in the first and the last month of the said term as included in the said term and the first of such payments shall be made upon the signing hereof. If the day on which the rent and other charges and rates fall due for payment under this Agreement is a public holiday, the relevant payment shall be deemed due and be payable on the preceding business day.

 

- 1 -

 

 

SECTION II
RENT AND OTHER CHARGES

     

  2. The Tenant hereby agrees with the Landlord as follows :-
     

Rent and Other Charges

2.1 To pay the rent and other charges promptly on the days and in the manner hereinbefore provided for payment thereof and by bankers’ standing order or by direct debit if so demanded.
     
Air-Conditioning and Management Charges 2.2 (i) If under this Agreement and as more particularly provided and stipulated in Part V of the First Schedule hereto the Tenant shall pay the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges in respect of the said premises, to pay and discharge promptly on the days and in the manner hereinbefore provided for payment therefor and by bankers’ standing order or by direct debit if so demanded a fixed monthly sum as determined by the Landlord or the manager of the said building to be the Tenant’s share of the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges payable in respect of the said premises. Such fixed monthly sum shall initially be in the amount as set out in Part VI of the First Schedule hereto. The Landlord or the manager of the said building shall be entitled to review such charges every year. If the increase exceeds 10%, the Landlord will give a brief memorandum, but in any event the said assessment shall be conclusive.
     
    (ii) If air-conditioning is provided by the Landlord and the Tenant shall require air-conditioning to be provided by the Landlord outside the normal operating hours as specified in Part VIII of the First Schedule hereto, the Landlord shall be entitled to charge for such supply which supply shall be subject to feasibility and prior reasonable notice of such request to the Landlord. The Tenant shall pay the cost of the additional air-conditioning on receipt of the demand note therefor which may be rendered weekly or at such other intervals as the Landlord may decide.
     
    (iii) To pay the Landlord or the manager of the said building forthwith upon demand the cost of affixing repairing or replacing as necessary the Tenant’s name in lettering to the directory board (if any) at the said building.

 

- 2 -

 

 

Utility Charges and Deposits 2.3 To be solely responsible for and pay and discharge promptly all deposits and charges in respect of water, electricity, gas, telephone and any other utility as may be shown by or operated from the Tenant’s own metered supplies or by accounts rendered to the Tenant by the appropriate utility companies in respect of all such utilities consumed on or in or for the benefit of the said premises provided that if the Landlord has already paid for any of such deposits, the same shall be reimbursed by the Tenant to the Landlord upon demand.
     

Rates and Taxes

2.4 (i) If under this Agreement and as more particularly provided and stipulated in Part V of the First Schedule hereto the Tenant shall pay the rates in respect of the said premises, to pay and discharge promptly all rates quarterly in advance within the months of January, April, July and October and to pay all taxes, assessments, duties, charges, impositions and outgoings of an annual or recurring nature now or hereafter to be assessed, imposed, levied or charged by the Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (hereinafter referred to as “the HKSAR”) or other lawful authority(ies) upon the said premises or upon the owner or occupier thereof (Property Tax excepted). Without prejudice to the generality of this sub-clause the Tenant shall pay all rates imposed on the said premises in the first place to the Landlord who shall settle the same with the Government of the HKSAR.
       
    (ii) In the event that an assessment to rates in respect of the said premises shall be raised upon the Landlord direct the Landlord shall during the month immediately preceding any quarter in respect of which such rates may fall due be at liberty to debit the Tenant with and/or notify the Tenant of the amount thereof and the same shall forthwith be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord whereupon the Landlord shall account for the same to the Government of the HKSAR.
       
    (iii) In the event that no valuation or assessment of rates of the said premises shall have been made in accordance with the Rating Ordinance (Cap. 116) or any statutory amendment or modification thereof for the time being in force the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord an amount equivalent to rates payable on the annual rent of the first year on a quarterly basis in advance and any over-payment or under-payment by the Tenant on such interim valuation shall be adjusted when a valuation and assessment of rates of the said premises under the Rating Ordinance shall have been made known.

 

- 3 -

 

 

    (iv) If under this Agreement and as more particularly provided and stipulated in Part V of the First Schedule hereto the Tenant shall pay the Government rent in respect of the said premises, to pay and discharge the Government rent now or hereafter payable imposed levied or assessed in respect of the said premises. The Tenant shall unless the Landlord otherwise directs pay all such Government rent in the first place to the Landlord, who shall settle the same with the Government of the HKSAR and in the event of such rent not having been assessed the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on account of the Tenant’s liability under this Clause a sum equivalent to rates payable on the annual rent of the first rental payable year on quarterly basis in advance, and any overpayment or underpayment by the Tenant shall be adjusted when such rent is assessed.
     
    (v) The Landlord shall be entitled to treat non-payment of any amount debited to the Tenant in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause or any part thereof in all respects as non-payment of rent under this Agreement.
     
    (vi) If under this Agreement the Tenant is not obliged to pay the rates and/or Government rent in respect of the said premises, sub-clauses (i) to (v) of this Clause and all the other part(s) of this Agreement touching on the duty or liability on the part of the Tenant to pay the rates and/or Government rent of the said premises shall save as otherwise agreed and stipulated herein be of no effect whatsoever.
     
Interest and Legal Costs 2.5 Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the Landlord shall have the right to charge by way of additional rent interest at the rate of 1.25% per month in respect of any payment(s) to be made by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Agreement which shall be more than fifteen (15) days in arrears (whether legally or formally demanded or not) and such interest shall be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand calculated from the date upon which such payment(s) in arrears fell due (and not fifteen (15) days thereafter) until the date of actual payment Provided that the demand and/or receipt by the Landlord of interest pursuant to this provision shall be without prejudice to and shall not affect the right of the Landlord to exercise any other right or remedy hereof (including the right of re-entry) exercisable under the terms of this Agreement. The Landlord shall further be entitled to recover from the Tenant as a debt under this Agreement all expenses including fees paid to debt collectors appointed by the Landlord and all solicitors’ and/or counsel’s fees and court fees incurred by the Landlord for the purpose of recovering the rental in arrears and/or other moneys unpaid or any part thereof from the Tenant and fee paid to leasing agent(s) for re-letting of the said premises in the event of earlier termination of this Agreement as resulted from the Tenant’s breach of any term or condition hereof including but not limited to repudiation or anticipatory repudiation of this Agreement by the Tenant on a full indemnity basis together with such sum or sums as shall be determined by the Landlord as being collection charges for the additional work incurred by the Landlord and its staff and/or the manager of the said building (as the case may be) in recovering the said arrears and/or unpaid sums or any part thereof.

 

- 4 -

 

 

SECTION III

TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS

 

  3. The Tenant hereby agrees with the Landlord as follows :-
     
Compliance with Ordinances 3.1 To observe, obey and comply with and to fully indemnify the Landlord against the breach by the Tenant of all ordinances, regulations, bye-laws, rules and requirements of any Governmental or other competent authority of the HKSAR relating to the use and occupation of the said premises by the Tenant or to any other act, deed, matter or thing done, permitted, suffered or omitted therein or thereon by the Tenant or any servant, employee, agent, licensee or visitor of the Tenant or occupier and to notify the Landlord forthwith in writing of any notice received from any statutory or public authority concerning or in respect of the said premises or any services supplied thereto or of a possible breach of this Clause.
     
To Fit Out Premises 3.2 Unless otherwise provided to the contrary herein, to fit out the interior of the said premises in accordance with such plans and specifications as shall have been first submitted to and approved in writing by the Landlord in good and proper workmanlike fashion using good quality materials and in all respects in a style and manner appropriate to a first class office building or complex to the satisfaction of the Landlord and to maintain the same in good repair and condition throughout the said term. All detailed fitting out plans including mechanical and electrical drawings must be submitted to the Landlord or its agent or the manager of the said building for the Landlord’s written approval prior to commencement of fitting out works. 14 working days will be required for the Landlord to give approval or disapproval. The Tenant will not cause or permit to be made any variation to the approved fitting out plans and specifications or to the interior design or layout of the said premises without any previous approval in writing of the Landlord. The Tenant shall comply with the provisions of this Agreement regarding installation and alterations in respect of such fitting out. The Tenant shall not carry out any fitting out work prior to the Landlord’s written approval of the aforesaid plans and specifications and it shall be a condition precedent to the granting of any approval under this Clause that the Tenant shall reimburse to the Landlord any fees and/or costs as may be incurred by the Landlord for the said approval and shall pay debris removal deposit, debris removal fee, temporary electricity charges and other ancillary fee(s)/charge(s) at the amount to be advised by the manager of the said building prior to commencement of the fitting out works for the said premises.

 

- 5 -

 

 

To Keep the Interior in Good Repair 3.3 To keep and maintain at the expense of the Tenant all the interior parts of the said premises including the flooring and interior plaster or other finishing, material or rendering to walls, floors and ceilings and (if any) the Landlord’s fixtures, fittings and furnishings therein and all additions thereto including (without limitation) all doors, windows, window frames, electrical, plumbing and other installations and wiring, piping, conduits, light fittings, suspended ceilings, fire alarm system, fire fighting equipment and apparatus and air-conditioning ducting and all waste, drain, water and other pipes and sanitary apparatus and fittings therein and all painting, papering and decoration thereof in good, clean, tenantable, substantial and proper repair and condition (fair wear and tear excepted) and as may be appropriate from time to time properly painted and decorated and so to maintain the same at the expense of the Tenant and to deliver up the same to the Landlord at the expiration or sooner determination of the said term in like condition.
     
Replacement of Windows 3.4 To reimburse to the Landlord on demand the cost of replacing all broken and damaged windows and glass of the said premises whether or not the same be broken or damaged by the negligence of the Tenant.
     
Installation of Telephone Cables 3.5 (a) To make his own arrangements with such relevant company(ies) with regard to the installation of telephones and other communication systems in the said premises, but the installation of telephone lines and communication lines outside the said premises must be in accordance with the directions given by the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building.
       
Electrical and Gas Installations   (b) To repair or replace if so required by the appropriate utility company, authority or statutory undertaker as the case may be under the terms of the Electricity Supply Ordinance or any other Ordinance or Ordinances or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof or any Orders in Council or Regulations made thereunder or if the same become dangerous or unsafe all the electrical and gas wiring, piping, installations, telephone lines, computer set-up and fittings within the said premises and the wiring and piping from the Tenant’s meter or meters to the said premises and to give notice in writing to the Landlord when any electrical and/or gas wiring, piping, installation, telephone lines, computer set-up or fitting of the said premises shall become dangerous or unsafe and the Tenant shall use only a contractor approved in writing by the Landlord for the purposes of the said repair or replacement. The Tenant shall permit the Landlord or its authorised representatives or servants or agents to test the Tenant’s electrical and/or gas wiring, piping, installations, telephone lines, computer set-up and fittings in the said premises at any time upon request being made. The Tenant shall fully indemnify the Landlord and hold it harmless against any cost, claim, damage or proceedings resulting from or attributable to any malfunctioning or disrepair of the electrical and/or gas wiring, piping, installations or telephone lines, computer set-up or fittings or apparatus in or belonging to the said premises.

 

- 6 -

 

 

Air-conditioning System   (c) To maintain and keep the air-conditioning system (if any) of the said premises including any fan-coil, conduits, air-cooling and circulating units installed within or exclusively for the use of the said premises in all respects in a good clean proper and safe working order and condition and for such purposes the Tenant shall at his own expenses employ only such competent air-conditioning contractors as shall be approved in writing by the Landlord. The Landlord may at its sole and absolute discretion designate such interval of time or times for such maintenance works to be effected.

 

Checking of Condition and Appliances   (d) To permit the Landlord and/or the Landlord’s authorised representatives or servants or agents as shall be specified from time to time by the Landlord at any time during the said term to enter the said premises to check the state of repair and condition of the said premises and the air-conditioning system (if any), the furnishings and the appliances on or within the said premises.
       
Security System   (e) To ensure that its own security system within and at the entrance of the said premises (if any) is at all times compatible with and linked up to the security system for the said building (if any).

 

Sanitary and Water Apparatus 3.6 To maintain at the expenses of the Tenant all toilets and the sanitary and water apparatus in the said premises (if any) or used exclusively by the Tenant its agents servants employees workmen or visitors in a good, clean and tenantable manner and in proper repair and condition at all times during the said term to the satisfaction of the Landlord and in accordance with the regulations or bye-laws of all Public Health and other Government authorities concerned.

 

Cleaning of Drains, Air Filter/Extractor Units 3.7 To pay to the Landlord on demand all costs incurred by the Landlord in cleaning, clearing, repairing or replacing any of the drains, pipes or sanitary or plumbing or air filtering and extracting apparatus in the said building that become choked or stopped up owing to the careless or improper use or neglect by the Tenant or any servant, employee, agent, contractor, invitee, visitor or licensee of the Tenant and to fully indemnify the Landlord against any cost, claim or damage caused thereby or arising therefrom.

 

- 7 -

 

 

Indemnity against Loss/Damage from Interior Defects 3.8 To be wholly responsible for and to fully indemnify the Landlord against any loss, damage or injury caused to any person whomsoever or to any property whatsoever whether directly or indirectly through the defective or damaged condition or operation of any part of the interior of the said premises or any part of the fire fighting equipment or apparatus or any furniture or fixtures or fittings or furnishings or plumbing, electrical, computer or other installations or telephone lines or wiring or piping therein the repair of which the Tenant is responsible for hereunder or through or in any way caused by or owing to the spread of fire or smoke or fumes or the leakage or overflow of water of whatsoever origin including storm or rain water to or from the said premises or any part thereof or through the act, default or neglect of the Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, licensees or contractors and to keep the Landlord fully indemnified against all costs, claims, demands, actions and legal proceedings whatsoever made upon the Landlord by any person in respect of any loss, damage or injury as aforesaid and all costs and expenses incidental thereto.

 

Contents 3.9 To be wholly responsible for and to fully indemnify the Landlord against any loss or damage to property within the said premises including without limitation all the furnishings therein.
     
Protection from Typhoons 3.10 To take all necessary and appropriate precautions to protect the interior of the said premises against damage by storm, rainfall, typhoon or the like threats and in particular to ensure that all exterior doors and windows are securely fastened upon the threat of such adverse weather conditions.

  

Entry by Landlord 3.11 To permit the Landlord and the manager of the said building and all persons authorised by them with or without workmen or appliances at all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to enter and view the state of repair and condition of the said premises, to take inventories of the Landlord’s fixtures and fittings therein and the furnishings, to test the electric wiring, to read the meters and to carry out any works, repairs or maintenance which require to be done to the said premises, the common areas, the common services and facilities or any other part or parts of the said building and to remedy any breach of the Tenant’s covenants in this Agreement and to carry out any work or repair required to be done by the Tenant hereunder, which the Tenant will have failed to do despite notice having first been given to the Tenant by the Landlord causing as little nuisance, annoyance or inconvenience to the Tenant and/or the occupiers of the said premises as possible Provided that in the event of an emergency the Landlord, its authorised representatives or servants or agents may enter without notice and forcibly if need be.

 

- 8 -

 

  

To Execute Repairs on Receipt of Notice 3.12 To make good all defects and wants of repair to the said premises for which the Tenant may be liable within the space of fourteen (14) days from the receipt of written notice from the Landlord or its authorised representatives to repair and make good the same, and if the Tenant shall fail to execute such works or repairs as aforementioned, to permit the Landlord or its authorised representatives or servants or agents to enter upon the said premises and forcibly if need be and execute the same at the sole expense of the Tenant and the costs and expenses thereof shall be a debt due from the Tenant to the Landlord and be recoverable forthwith by action.
     
Inform Landlord of Damage 3.13 To give notice in writing to the Landlord or its representative or agent of any damage that may be caused to the said premises or to persons thereupon and of any defects in the furnishings, the fire fighting equipment and apparatus, the water pipes, gas pipes, plumbing, telephone lines, electrical or other installations or wiring or piping or other fittings, fixtures and fittings or facilities provided by the Landlord within seven days from the Tenant becoming aware of any such damage or defect.

 

Infestation

3.14 At the Tenant’s expense to take all such steps and precautions as shall be required by the Landlord to prevent the said premises or any part thereof from becoming infested by termites, rats, mice, roaches or any other pests or vermin. The Tenant shall employ at the Tenant’s own cost and expense such pest extermination contractors as the Landlord may approve and at such intervals as the Landlord may direct.

 

Damage to Building 3.15 To fully indemnify the Landlord on demand the costs of repairing any part of the said building or the common areas or any of the common services and facilities installed therein that may be damaged by reason of any act, default, neglect or omission on the part of the Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees.
     
To Comply with Government Lease  3.16 To observe, obey and comply with and to keep the Landlord fully indemnified against any breach by the Tenant or any contractor, servant, employee, visitor, agent or licensee of the Tenant of the terms, conditions and covenants of the Government Lease or (as the case may be) Leases or other grant or grants under which the land(s) on which the said building is erected is/are held from the Government (hereinafter referred to as “the said Lot”) and of the provision as regards the user of the said premises as contained in the relevant part(s) of the Occupation Permit issued in respect of the said building.

 

- 9 -

 

 

To Comply with Deed of Mutual Covenant, House Rules, General Rules, Car Park Rules and Club Rules 3.17 To observe, obey and comply with and to keep the Landlord fully indemnified against any breach by the Tenant or any contractor, servant, employee, visitor, agent or licensee of the Tenant of all the terms, conditions, provisions and covenants of the Deed (if any) and such house rules, general rules, car park rules and club rules as may from time to time be made by the manager of the said building, and, if there is the Deed, in accordance with the provisions of the Deed.

 

Viewing and Letting and Selling Notices 3.18 To allow at all reasonable times within six (6) calendar months immediately preceding the expiration or sooner determination of the said term prospective tenants or purchasers or occupiers to inspect and view the said premises and allow the Landlord to maintain affix and exhibit without interference upon any external part or parts of the said premises or where the Landlord shall think fit a notice or notices indicating that the said premises are to become vacant and available for selling or letting and such other information in connection therewith as the Landlord shall reasonably require which notice or notices the Tenant shall not remove or conceal.
     
Contractors, Servants, Agents, Licensees, Visitors 3.19 To be responsible and liable to the Landlord for the acts, neglects, omissions and defaults of all contractors, servants, employees, agents, licensees, visitors and, if the Tenant is an individual, family member(s) of the Tenant or occupier of the said premises as if they were the acts, neglects, omissions and defaults of the Tenant itself and to fully indemnify the Landlord against all costs, claims, demands, expenses or liabilities to any third party in connection therewith and for the purposes of this Agreement “licensee” shall include any person present in, using or visiting the said premises with the consent of the Tenant, express or implied.

 

Load and unload through Cargo Lift 3.20 To load and unload goods and effects only at such times during daylight hours and through such cargo lifts and entrances (if any) and at such areas in the said building as may from time to time be designated by the Landlord or the manager of the said building, and in particular to give to the Landlord and the manager of the said building at least twenty four hours’ advance notice of the movement of furniture or large objects or large quantities of goods and effects of the Tenant.

 

Refuse and Garbage Removal 3.21 To be responsible for the disposal or removal of garbage, rubbish and refuse from the said premises to such places as may be designated by the Landlord or the manager of the said building and not to dispose of or discharge or permit or suffer to be disposed of or discharged any garbage, rubbish or refuse in any other part or parts of the said building and to use only that type of refuse bag or container as may be specified by the Landlord or the manager of the said building from time to time and shall keep the Landlord fully and effectually indemnified against any cost, claim, proceeding, loss, damage or injury caused to any person whomsoever or any property whatsoever whether directly or indirectly as a result of or due to the accumulation of such garbage, rubbish or refuse of the Tenant in or at the said premises or the said building.

 

- 10 -

 

 

Window Cleaning

3.22 To keep the windows of the said premises clean and in proper condition.

 

Yield Up the Said Premises and Handover 3.23 (a) To quietly yield up and deliver the said premises together with the furnishings and all fixtures, fittings and additions therein and thereto at the expiration or sooner determination of this Agreement in good, clean and tenantable repair and condition (fair wear and tear excepted) in accordance with its covenants to repair herein contained notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary PROVIDED THAT all personal properties and effects, alterations, decorations, partitions, fixtures, fittings and additions therein and thereto of the Tenant or occupier of the said premises shall notwithstanding that the Landlord’s consent for the same may have been obtained or given or deemed to have been given if so required at the sole discretion of the Landlord be removed by and at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant at the expiration or sooner determination of this Agreement and the Tenant shall make good and repair in a proper and workmanlike manner all damage to the said premises the said building and the Landlord’s fixtures and fittings and the furnishings in the said premises caused by such removal and reinstate the whole or part of the said premises to the condition as they were in at the commencement of the said term AND thereupon to surrender to the Landlord or its agent all keys giving access to all parts of the said premises held by the Tenant and at the Tenant’s expense to remove from the doors of the said premises and the directory boards of the said building (if any) all lettering and characters and to make good any damage caused by such removal Provided that if the Tenant fails to remove its personal properties and effects as left in the said premises (hereinafter referred to as “the abandoned items”) the Landlord shall be entitled to give notice in writing to the Tenant to demand the Tenant to remove the abandoned items within three (3) days from the date of the said notice, failing which the Landlord shall be entitled to remove the abandoned items from the said premises without incurring any liability whatsoever to the Tenant therefor but at the costs and expenses of the Tenant to be reimbursed by the Tenant to the Landlord forthwith upon demand or to be recovered by the Landlord from the Tenant as a debt hereunder payable AND thereafter the Landlord may by further notice in writing to the Tenant to demand the Tenant to collect the abandoned items in the manner as may be stated in the said notice but upon full payment of the aforesaid costs and expenses and such further or other costs and expenses which may then have been incurred (including but not limited to storage charges or fees) within three (3) days from the date of the said further notice, failing which the Landlord shall be absolutely entitled to dispose of, sell, give away or otherwise deal with the abandoned items as it shall in its sole discretion see fit and the Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned its right of ownership of the abandoned items and the right to re-claim the same and/or to claim against and recover from the Landlord any proceeds of sale of the abandoned items if sold by or through or by the order of the Landlord and the Tenant shall indemnify and keep the Landlord indemnified fully against all such demand, claim, proceedings and costs made and brought against the Landlord by any third party(ies) in connection with and/or for the re-claim or recovery of the abandoned items or any part(s) thereof or any proceeds from sale of the same or any part(s) thereof.

 

- 11 -

 

  

    (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein, at the expiration or sooner determination of this Agreement the Landlord is absolutely entitled to at its sole discretion request for the retention of and retain all or any such furnishings, fixtures, fittings, additions, alterations, decorations, partitions and improvements installed erected or introduced in and to the said premises or any part(s) thereof for which the Landlord’s consent may have been obtained or given or deemed to have been given but without payment of any compensation for the same to the Tenant.

 

Indemnity and Insurance 3.24 (a) To effect and maintain at all times during the currency of this Agreement comprehensive insurance cover to the satisfaction of the Landlord in respect of the following :-

 

      (i) Third Party
        In respect of liability for loss injury or damage to any person or property whatsoever caused through or by any act default or neglect of the Tenant which might give rise to a claim for indemnity pursuant to Clause 3.8 (or, as in case of re-arrangement of clauses, such clause with margin note stating “Indemnity against Loss/Damage from Interior Defects”) hereof. The policy of insurance shall be endorsed to show the Landlord as the owner of the said premises and shall be in any amount not less than HK$2,500,000.00 (in the case of the said premises being not less than 5,000 square feet) or HK$1,000,000.00 (in the case of the said premises being less than 5,000 square feet) or in such amount as the Landlord may from time to time reasonably require and such insurance policy shall contain a clause to the effect that the insurance cover thereby effected and the terms and conditions thereof shall not be cancelled modified or restricted without the prior consent of the Landlord.

 

- 12 -

 

 

 

    (ii) Glass
        All glass now or hereafter on or in the said premises for its full replacement value.
         
      (iii) Water Damage
        Against damage to stock fixtures and fittings for the full insurable value occurring in respect of the use or misuse of the fire sprinkler system installed within the said premises or the incursion of water therein.
         
      (iv) Tenant’s Fittings and Stock
        The Tenant’s fittings stock and equipment within the said premises against fire and extraneous perils for their fall replacement value.

 

    (b) To pay the premium in respect of any policies effected pursuant to this Clause upon the due date and whenever so required by the Landlord to produce to the Landlord a certified copy of such policies of insurance and the receipts for the last premium paid and certificates from the insurance companies that the policies of insurance are in all respects valid and subsisting and in the event of failure to do so the Landlord may effect such insurance either in its sole name or in the joint names of the Landlord and the Tenant (as the Landlord may in its discretion decide) and in such event to reimburse the Landlord on demand all costs and expenses thereby incurred by the Landlord.

 

Keep and Maintain Electricity and Water Supply Accounts 3.25 To keep and maintain at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense electricity and water supply account with the relevant power and supply companies for the supply of electricity and water to the said premises throughout the said term. In the event of the Tenant applying for disconnection of any of such supply or termination of any of such accounts at the expiration or sooner termination of this Agreement, the Tenant shall give to the Landlord sufficient prior notice in writing to enable the Landlord to make arrangement for the transfer of the said account. In the event that the supply of electricity and/or water to the said premises is disconnected without the said prior notice to the Landlord, the Tenant shall bear all costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by the Landlord of and incidental to the re-connection of such supply to the said premises and all such costs and expenses shall either be deducted by the Landlord (and the Tenant hereby expressly authorizes the Landlord so to do) from the deposit paid by the Tenant hereunder or be recoverable from the Tenant by the Landlord as a debt.

  

Pipes and Conduits 3.26 To permit the Landlord to erect use and maintain pipes and conduits in and through the said premises. The Landlord or his agents shall have the right to enter the said premises at all times to examine the same.

 

- 13 -

 

  

SECTION IV

LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS

 

  4. The Landlord hereby agrees with the Tenant as follows :-

 

Quiet Enjoyment 4.1 That the Tenant duly paying the rent and charges hereby agreed to be paid on the days and in the manner herein provided for payment of the same and observing and performing the agreements, stipulations, terms, obligations and conditions herein contained and on the Tenant’s part to be observed and performed shall peacefully hold and enjoy the said premises during the said term without any interruption by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord.
     
Government Rent 4.2 To pay the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges, rates and Government Rent (in so far as any of them not being payable by the Tenant hereunder) and the Property Tax payable in respect of the said premises.

 

SECTION V

RESTRICTIONS AND PROHIBITIONS

 

  5. The Tenant hereby agrees with the Landlord as follows :-

 

Installations and Alterations 5.1 (a) Not without the previous written consent of the Landlord to erect, install, alter, affix, attach or build or permit or suffer to be erected, installed, altered, affixed, attached or built any fixtures and fittings, partitionings, architectural features, air-conditioning units or plants, radio or television aerials or other erections or fixtures and fittings or equipment or installations of any kind in the said premises or the said building or upon the roofs or through the windows or external walls thereof or any other part or parts thereof or without the like consent to make or permit or suffer to be made installations in or alterations or additions to the sprinkler system or any other fire protection or fire fighting system, equipment or apparatus or security system, equipment or apparatus, electrical/gas wiring/piping, air-conditioning ducting, lighting, fixtures and fittings or other Landlord’s fixtures and fittings or the furnishings or installations or to install or place or permit or suffer to be installed or placed any safe, equipment, furniture, plant, object, goods, apparatus or machinery which may impose a weight on any part of the flooring in excess of that for which it is designed or which requires any additional electrical/gas mains/ wiring/piping or which may consume electricity/gas not metered through the Tenant’s separate meter. In the event of breach of this covenant, the Tenant shall keep the Landlord fully indemnified against all loss, damages, claims and demands as a result thereof and shall make good any damage caused thereby to that part of the said building or any fixtures and fittings therein provided that the indemnification and the making good of such damage as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any further right competent to the Landlord by virtue of such breach. For the avoidance of doubt, the Tenant shall comply with the directions and instructions of the Landlord regarding installation of all permitted erections fixtures and fittings equipment and shall at its own expense be responsible for their periodic inspection, maintenance and repair and for the replacement of defective wiring and parts and the Tenant shall be strictly liable for any damage caused by the installation, operation, defect or removal of the same.

 

- 14 -

 

 

    (b) Not to make or permit or suffer to be made any alterations in or additions to the mechanical or electrical installations in the said building nor to overload or permit or suffer to be overloaded the lifts or the electrical circuits within the said building nor to place or transport or install or use or permit or suffer to be placed or transported or installed or used any equipment, apparatus or machinery which may exceed the loading of the lifts or the electrical installations or the electrical main or wiring in the said building or which may consume electricity not metered through the Tenant’s separate meter.
       
    (c) Not to make or permit or suffer to be made any alterations to any installation or fixture so as to affect or be likely to affect the supply of water, electricity or other utility or service to or in the said building.
       
    (d) Not to make or permit or suffer to be made any external or structural alteration or other alteration or addition whatsoever to the said building or to the existing design or external appearance of the facade or elevations of the said building or the common areas or the common services and facilities thereof.
       
    (e) Not without the prior written consent of the Landlord which may be granted or withheld or granted subject to conditions imposed at its absolute discretion to change or in any way to alter (if any) the standard entrance doors provided by the Landlord for access to the said premises or to erect or install or alter or affix or attach or build or permit or suffer to be erected, installed, altered, affixed, attached or built any fixtures and fittings, partitions, doors, gates, metal grilles, shutters or any other erection or structure or installation whatsoever whether of a temporary or permanent nature in the said premises or in or at the doorway or entrance or staircase or roof in or on or to the said premises or the said building or at any of the fire exits therefrom or erect any such fixture or partition or door or gate or metal grille or shutter or alter or obstruct the position of any smoke lobby doors or fire escape means of the said building or any other fire protection or fire fighting systems equipment or apparatus that might in any way contravene the laws, bye-laws or regulations from time to time in force of the Fire Services Department or other competent authority concerned, nor in any other respect to contravene the same.

 

- 15 -

 

 

 

 

  (f) Any work hereunder for which the Landlord’s written consent shall have been first had and obtained shall be carried out and completed at the Tenant’s risk solely and shall in all respects fully comply with the Buildings Ordinance and any regulations thereunder and in carrying out any approved work hereunder the Tenant shall and shall cause its servants, employees, agents, contractors and workmen to cooperate fully with the Landlord and all authorised representatives, servants, employees, agents, contractors and workmen of the Landlord and with other tenants or contractors carrying out any work in the said building. The Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, contractors and workmen shall obey and comply with all instructions and directions which may be given by the Landlord and its authorised representatives and the manager of the said building in connection with the carrying out of such work.
       
    (g) In carrying out any work to the mechanical and electrical installations and/or wirings and/or the sprinkler systems and/or the fire protection and fire fighting systems, equipment and apparatus and/or the security systems, equipment and apparatus which has been previously approved by the Landlord, the Tenant shall use only a contractor approved in writing for the purpose by the Landlord at the expense of the Tenant and in such manner as the Landlord shall in its absolute discretion think fit and the Tenant shall also be solely responsible for all electricity and other charges thereby incurred.
       
    (h) The Tenant shall if required by the Landlord pay on demand all costs, charges and expenses (including legal costs and fees payable to architects, engineers and surveyors) which may be reasonably incurred by the Landlord in connection with any licence or consent granted for the work under this Clause.

 

- 16 -

 

 

Injury to Main Walls 5.2 Not to cut, maim, injure, drill into, mark or deface or permit or suffer to be cut, maimed, injured, drilled into, marked or defaced any doors, windows, window frames, walls, beams, ceilings, structural members or any part of the fabric of the said premises or any of the plumbing or sanitary or air-conditioning or water-heating apparatus or installation included therein or the fixtures and fittings in the said premises or the said building.
     
Damage to Walls, Ceilings and Floors 5.3 Not without the consent of the Landlord (which consent the Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold) to drive or insert or permit or suffer to be driven or inserted any nails, screws, hooks, brackets or similar articles into the ceilings, walls or floors of the said premises nor without the previous written consent of the Landlord to lay or use or permit or suffer to be laid or used any floor covering or do or permit or suffer to be done any other act or thing which may damage or penetrate the existing flooring, floor screed or slabs of the said premises or the said building.
     
Damage to Common Areas 5.4 Not to damage, injure or deface or permit or suffer to be damaged, injured or defaced any part of the structure, fabric or decorative features of the common areas and the common services and facilities including any stairs, gates, fences, hedges, trees, plants or shrubs therein or thereabout.
     
Nuisance or Annoyance 5.5 Not to do or permit or suffer to be done any act or thing which may be or become a nuisance or annoyance to the Landlord or to the tenants or occupiers of other premises in the said building or in any adjoining or neighbouring premises or which may in any way interfere with or affect or which is likely to interfere with or affect the management and the maintenance of the said Lot and the said building and it is agreed that a persistent breach by the Tenant of the terms of this Clause after warning in writing has been given by the Landlord to the Tenant shall amount to a breach of this Agreement justifying the Landlord exercising its rights of re-entry hereunder.
     
Noise 5.6 Not to cause or produce or permit or suffer to be produced at any time in the said premises any music or noise or vibration (including sound produced by broadcasting from radio, television or any apparatus or equipment capable of producing and reproducing sound) so as to be audible outside the said premises or any vibration or resonance or other form of disturbance nor to emit transmit or receive any microwaves by any unlicensed means of telecommunication or in any manner in contravention of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Chapter 106) or in interference with the use and enjoyment of broadcasting from radio or television of other owners, tenants or occupiers of adjacent or neighbouring premises or to do or cause or permit or suffer to be done any other acts or things in or on the said premises which is or are or may be or become a nuisance or annoyance to the owners, tenants or occupiers of adjacent or neighbouring premises or give rise to a cause for reasonable complaint and it is agreed that a persistent breach by the Tenant of the terms of this Clause after warning in writing has been given by the Landlord to the Tenant shall amount to a breach of this Agreement justifying the Landlord exercising its rights of re-entry hereunder.

 

- 17 -

 

 

Signs 5.7 Not to paint or exhibit or affix or display or permit or suffer to be painted or exhibited or affixed or displayed within or outside the said premises or any part thereof so as to be visible from outside the said premises any signboard, sign, decoration, advertising matter or other device whether illuminated or not nor to affix any writing, sign, signboard, decoration, advertising matter or other device in, at or above any part or parts of the common areas of the said building and the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building and their agents shall have the right to remove the same at the expense of the Tenant.
       
User 5.8 (a) Not to use, permit or suffer the said premises or any part thereof to be used for any purpose other than as office premises and the Tenant shall conduct therein only such business undertakings which are duly authorised licensed approved or permitted by the relevant and competent Government authorities and comply in all respects with the conditions terms and regulations relating to such business or imposed on the granting of the licence and/or approval in respect thereof.
       
    (b) Not to permit any person to remain in the said premises overnight without the prior written permission of the Landlord such permission shall only be given to enable the Tenant to post watchman to look after the contents of the said premises which shall not be used as sleeping quarters or as domestic premises within the meaning of any ordinance for the time being in force.
       
Illegal or Immoral Use 5.9 Not to use or cause or permit or suffer the said premises or any part thereof to be used for gambling or for any illegal or immoral or improper purposes.
       
Manufacture of Goods 5.10 Not to use or permit or suffer the said premises to be used for the purpose of the manufacture or making of goods and merchandise nor to conduct or permit any auction, closing down or similar sale of things or properties of any kind to take place in the said premises.
     
Unlawful or Dangerous Goods 5.11 Not to keep or store or permit or suffer or cause to be kept or stored in the said premises any unlawful goods or any arms, ammunition, gunpowder, salt-petre, petroleum, liquidfied petroleum gas, butane gas, kerosene or other explosive or combustible substance or dangerous, hazardous or prohibited goods within the meaning of the Dangerous Goods Ordinance (Cap.295) and the regulations made thereunder or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof from time to time in force and to fully indemnify the Landlord against all actions, costs, claims and demands in respect of any breach or non-observance of this provision.

 

- 18 -

 

 

Obstructions 5.12 Not to use or cause or permit or suffer the entrances, lobbies, staircases, landings, corridors, passages, driveways and other common areas to be used for loitering or eating and not to place or leave or encumber or obstruct or permit or suffer to be placed or left or encumbered or obstructed with any boxes, furniture, articles, dust bins, chattels, goods, packaging, rubbish or other obstruction of any kind or nature any of the entrances, staircases, corridors, landings, passages, lobbies, driveways or other common areas and the Landlord and its authorised representatives shall be entitled without notice and at the Tenant’s expense to remove and dispose of as they see fit any such material aforesaid and the Landlord and its authorised representatives shall not thereby incur any liability to the Tenant or any other person whomsoever and the Tenant shall fully indemnify the Landlord against all loss, claims, damages or expenses as against the Landlord in respect thereof.
     
Prevention of Odours 5.13 Not to cause or permit or suffer any offensive or unusual odours or noxious smells which shall be offensive or unusual to be produced upon, permeate through or emanate from the said premises.
     
Animals, Pets 5.14 Not to keep or permit or suffer to be kept any animals or pets inside the said premises.
     
Subletting, Assigning 5.15 Not to assign, underlet, part with the possession of or transfer the said premises or any part thereof or any interest therein in any way nor permit or suffer any arrangement or transaction whether by way of sub-letting, lending, sharing or other means whereby any person or persons not a party to this Agreement obtains the use, possession, occupation or enjoyment of the said premises or any part thereof irrespective of whether any rental or other consideration is given therefor and in the event of any such transfer, sub-letting, lending, sharing, assignment or parting with the possession of the said premises this Agreement shall absolutely determine at the option of the Landlord and the Tenant shall forthwith vacate the said premises on notice to that effect from the Landlord. The tenancy hereby created shall be personal to the Tenant named in this Agreement and without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing the following acts and events shall be deemed to be breaches of this Clause:-

 

  (a) In the case of a tenant which is a partnership the change in such partnership whether on the death or retirement of an existing partner or otherwise.

 

- 19 -

 

 

  (b) In the case of a tenant which is a corporation any take-over, reconstruction, amalgamation, merger, voluntary liquidation or change in the person or persons who owns or own a majority of its voting shares or who otherwise has or have effective control thereof.
     
  (c) In the case of a tenant who is an individual the death, insanity or disability of that individual to the intent that no right to use, possess, occupy or enjoy the said premises or any part thereof shall vest in the executors, administrators, personal representatives, next of kin, trustee or receiver of any such individual.
     
  (d) The change of the Tenant’s name without the previous written approval of the Landlord.
     
  (e) The giving by the Tenant of a Power of Attorney or similar authority whereby the donee of the Power obtains the right to use, possess, occupy or enjoy the said premises or any part thereof or does in fact use, possess, occupy or enjoy the same.

 

Breach of Government Lease or Deed of Mutual Covenant 5.16 Not to do or permit or suffer to be done any act, deed, matter or thing whatsoever which amounts to a breach of any of the provisions, terms, conditions and covenants of the Government Lease or Conditions under which the said Lot is held from the Government or of the Deed affecting the said building and to fully indemnify the Landlord against the consequences of any such breach.
     
Breach of Insurance Policy 5.17 Not to do or permit or suffer or cause to be done any act, deed, matter or thing whatsoever whereby the policy or policies of insurance on the said building or the said premises or any part or parts thereof against loss or damage by fire and/or other insurable perils and/or claims by or liabilities to third parties for the time being in force may be rendered void or voidable or whereby the rate of premium thereon may be increased Provided that if as the result of any act, deed, matter or thing done, permitted, suffered or caused by the Tenant or occupier of the said premises, the premium on any such policy or policies of insurance shall be increased the Landlord shall be entitled without prejudice to any other remedy hereunder to recover from the Tenant the amount of any such increase and the Tenant shall forthwith repay to the Landlord on demand all sums paid by the Landlord by way of increased or additional premium thereon and all expenses incurred by the Landlord in and about any renewal of such policy or policies arising from or rendered necessary by such breach and in the event of the said premises or the said building or any part or parts thereof being damaged or destroyed by fire or other insurable cause at any time and the insurance money under any insurance against fire or other such cause effected thereon being wholly or partially irrecoverable by reason solely or in part of the Tenant's act or default then and in every such case to forthwith pay to the Landlord the whole or (as the case may require) a fair proportion of the cost of completely rebuilding or reinstating the same.

 

- 20 -

 

 

Aerials 5.18 Not to erect any aerial on the roofs or walls of the said building or within the said premises and not to interfere with, remove, dismantle or alter those common aerials (if any) of the said building.
     
Air-conditioning 5.19 Not without the prior written consent of the Landlord to install air-conditioning facilities in addition to such facilities as are provided by the Landlord and to take all possible measures to prevent excessive noise, condensation or dripping onto any part of the said building in respect of all such air-conditioning facilities of the said premises.
     
No Touting 5.20 Not to tout or solicit or procure or conduct or permit or suffer any touting or soliciting for business or the distribution of any pamphlets, notices or advertising matters outside the said premises or anywhere within the said building or the estate or development of which the said building forms part by the Tenant or any of the Tenant’s servants, employees, agents or licensees.
     
Use of Common Areas 5.21 Not to use the common areas and the common services and facilities of the said building save and except in accordance with the directions of the Landlord or the manager of the said building or their authorised representatives or the general rules or the car park rules or the club rules (if any).
     
Food Restriction 5.22 Not to cook, prepare or consume any food on or in the said premises except preparation and consumption of light meals or refreshments by the Tenant and/or the Tenant’s employees or guests.

 

Flat Roof(s) and Window(s) 5.23 (a) Unless otherwise agreed upon or permitted under this Agreement not to add any furnishing or decoration to (if any) air-conditioner canopy(ies), flat roof(s) and window(s) of the said premises. For the better observance of this Clause the Landlord reserves the right to order the removal of any item of the Tenant’s decoration, fixture, fitting, furnishing or finishing in or on the said premises visible from outside the said building which shall be objectionable in the Landlord’s opinion.
       
    (b) Not to throw or permit to be thrown or dropped any article, rubbish or other things from (if any) flat roof(s) or from any windows of the said premises and in particular not to permit the construction thereon or the extension or suspension therefrom of any object, apparatus or structure whatsoever and it is agreed that a persistent breach by the Tenant of the terms of this Clause shall amount to a breach of this Agreement justifying the Landlord exercising its rights of re-entry hereunder.

 

- 21 -

 

 

SECTION

VI EXCLUSIONS

 

  6.1. The Landlord and its agents shall not in any circumstances be liable to the Tenant, occupier or any other person whomsoever:-

 

Common Services and Facilities   (a) In respect of any loss of life or loss, injury or damage to person or property or for any disruption or inconvenience caused to or sustained by the Tenant, occupier or any such other person caused by or through or in any way owing to any defect in or failure or breakdown or suspension of the lifts escalators and air-conditioning system (if any) condenser water supply system (if any) electric power and water suppliers, or any other common services and facilities provided in the said building for any reason whatsoever including negligent or wrongful acts or omissions by independent contractors; or
       
Electricity/Gas/Water Supply   (b) In respect of any loss of life or loss, injury or damage to person or property or for any disruption or inconvenience caused to or sustained by the Tenant, occupier or any such other person caused by or through or in any way owing to any failure, malfunction, explosion or suspension of the electricity or power or gas or water supply or other utility to the said building or the said premises for any reason whatsoever; or
       
Fire and Overflow of Water, Vermin   (c) In respect of any loss of life or loss, injury or damage to person or property or for any disruption or inconvenience caused to or sustained by the Tenant, occupier or any such other person caused by or through or in any way owing to the escape or spread of fire, smoke or fumes or any other substance or thing or overflow or leakage of water or vibrations from anywhere within the said building or the influx of rain water or sea water into the said building or the said premises or typhoon, landslide, subsidence of the ground or the flooding or the activity of termites, roaches, mice, rats or other pests or vermin in the said building or the act neglect default or omission of the tenants and occupiers of neighbouring premises or the defective or damaged condition of the said premises or the said building or the furnishings, fixtures and fittings therein or the dropping or falling of any article whatsoever from neighbouring premises; or

 

- 22 -

 

 

Non-enforcement   (d) In respect of any loss or damage howsoever caused by or through any non-enforcement of the provisions of the Deed in respect of the said building and such general rules, car park rules and club rules as may from time to time be made in accordance with the provisions of the Deed or non-observance thereof by any third party; or
       
Security   (e) For the security or safekeeping of the said premises or the said building or any persons or contents therein and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the provision by the Landlord and/or its agents of any watchman and caretaker or any mechanical or electrical alarm systems (if any) of whatever nature shall not create any obligation on the part of the Landlord as to the security of the said premises or any contents therein and the responsibility for the same shall at all times rest with the Tenant; or
       
Vehicles   (f) For the security or supervision of or for any damage to or loss of vehicles or accessories or injury to persons or any damage resulting therefrom.

 

  And the Tenant shall indemnify and keep the Landlord fully indemnified against all claims and demands whatsoever made upon the Landlord by any servant agent employee contractor or licensee of the Tenant or any other person claiming through or under the Tenant as a result of any such loss or injury or damage aforesaid nor shall the rent and other charges hereinbefore mentioned or any part thereof abate or cease to be payable on account of the happening of any of the foregoing.
   
Exemptions Extend to Landlord’s Agent and Manager 6.2 The Tenant hereby acknowledges that the exemptions contained in this Section also extend to the Landlord’s agent(s) and the manager of the said building; or
     
No Duty for Landlord to Insure 6.3 Nothing in this Section shall be construed as imposing on the Landlord or the manager of the said building any duty to insure against any of the above liabilities.

 

- 23 -

 

 

SECTION VII

ABATEMENT OF RENT

 

Abatement 7. If the said premises or the said building or any part thereof shall at any time during the said term be destroyed or damaged or become inaccessible owing to fire, water, storm, typhoon, defective construction, white ants, earthquake, subsidence of the ground, act of God, force majeure or any calamity or cause beyond the control of the Landlord or the Tenant and not attributable directly or indirectly to any act or default or neglect or omission of the Tenant his servants agents employees contractors or licensees so as to be rendered unfit for use and occupation or inaccessible and the policy or policies of insurance for such risk effected by the Landlord shall not have been vitiated or payment of the policy moneys refused in whole or in part in consequence of any act or default or neglect or omission of the Tenant or if at any time during the continuance of this Agreement the said premises or the said building shall be condemned as a dangerous structure or a demolition order or closing order shall become operative in respect of the said premises or the said building the happening of which is not attributable directly or indirectly to any act or default or neglect or omission of the Tenant his servants agents employees contractors or licensees then the rent hereby reserved or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained or order made shall after the expiration of the then current calendar month be suspended until the said premises or the said building shall have been reinstated or again be rendered accessible and fit for use and occupation PROVIDED THAT the Landlord shall be under no obligation to repair or reinstate the said premises or the said building if in its opinion it is not reasonably economical or practicable so to do and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT in circumstances when the whole or substantially the whole of the said premises has been rendered inaccessible or unfit for use and occupation and should the said premises not have been reinstated or rendered accessible in the meantime either the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time after three (3) months from the occurrence of such damage or destruction or order give to the other of them notice in writing to determine this Agreement and thereupon the same and everything herein contained shall cease and be void as from the date of the occurrence of such damage or destruction or order or of the said premises becoming inaccessible or unfit for use and occupation but without prejudice to the rights and remedies of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent claim or breach of the agreements, stipulations, terms and conditions herein contained or of the Landlord in respect of the rent or other charges payable hereunder prior to the occurrence of such damage or destruction or order.

 

- 24 -

 

 

SECTION VIII

DEFAULT

 

  8. It is hereby further expressly agreed and declared as follows :-
     
Default 8.1 If the rent and/or other charges payable hereunder or any part thereof shall be unpaid for fifteen (15) days after the same shall have become payable (whether legally or formally demanded or not ) or if the Tenant shall fail or neglect to observe or perform any of the agreements, stipulations or conditions herein contained and on the Tenant’s part to be observed and performed or if the Tenant shall stop or suspend payment of its debts or be unable to or admit inability to pay its debts as they fall due or enter into any scheme of arrangement with its creditors or have an encumbrancer take possession of any of its assets or in circumstances in which the Landlord shall have reasonable grounds to believe that the ability of the Tenant to pay the rent and other charges hereby reserved and to observe and perform its obligations under this Agreement shall have been prejudiced or put at risk or have a receiving order made against it or in such circumstances as aforesaid fail to satisfy any judgment that may be given in any action against it after final appeal or if the Tenant shall become bankrupt or being a corporation shall go into liquidation or if any petition shall be filed for the winding up of the Tenant or if the Tenant shall otherwise become insolvent or make any composition or arrangement with creditors or shall suffer any execution to be levied on the said premises or otherwise on the Tenant’s goods or the Tenant continues to cause unnecessary annoyance inconvenience or disturbance to the Landlord after warning in writing has been served by the Landlord on the Tenant then and in any such case it shall be lawful for the Landlord at any time thereafter to re-enter on and upon the said premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole whereupon this Agreement shall absolutely cease and determine but without prejudice to any right of action by the Landlord in respect of any outstanding breach or non-observance or non-performance by the Tenant of any of the agreements, stipulations and conditions herein contained and on the Tenant’s part to be observed and performed and to the Landlord’s right to deduct all loss and damage thereby incurred from the deposit paid by the Tenant in accordance with Section IX hereof and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Landlord shall also be entitled to forbid such defaulting Tenant and its agents employees servants licensees and visitors from using the services and amenities of the said premises and/or the said building until such default or breach has been rectified and the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building shall not incur any liability to the Tenant for any loss or damage suffered by the Tenant as a result thereof provided always that the rights and remedies given to the Landlord hereunder shall be deemed cumulative remedies and shall not prejudice any right of action or any remedy of the Landlord for the recovery of any rent and/or other moneys due to the Landlord from the Tenant.

 

- 25 -

 

 

Exercise of Rights 8.2 A written notice served by the Landlord on the Tenant in manner hereinafter mentioned to the effect that the Landlord thereby exercises the power of determination and/or re-entry herein contained shall be a full and sufficient exercise of such power without physical entry on the part of the Landlord notwithstanding any statutory or common law provision to the contrary. All costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in demanding payment of the rent and other charges payable hereunder (if the Landlord elects to demand) and in exercising its rights and/or remedies or in attempting to do so shall be paid by the Tenant and shall be recoverable from the Tenant as a debt.
     
Acceptance of Rent 8.3 Acceptance by the Landlord of rent and/or interest and/or other charges payable by the Tenant hereunder shall not be deemed to operate as a waiver by the Landlord of any right to proceed against the Tenant in respect of any breach, non-observance or non-performance by the Tenant of any of the agreements, stipulations, terms and conditions herein contained and on the Tenant’s part to be observed and performed notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary.
     
Acts of Contractors, Guests, Servants, Agents, Licensees and Visitors 8.4 For the purpose of this Agreement, any act, default, neglect or omission of any servant, agent, family member, guest, visitor, employee, contractor or licensee (as hereinbefore defined) of the Tenant or occupier of the said premises shall be deemed to be the act, default, neglect or omission of the Tenant.
     
Distraint 8.5 For the purposes of distress for rent in terms of Part III of the Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance (Cap.7) or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force and of this Agreement the rent payable in respect of the said premises shall be and be deemed to be in arrears if not paid in advance at the times and in the manner hereinbefore provided for payment thereof.

 

SECTION IX

DEPOSIT

 

Deposit 9.1 The Tenant shall on the signing hereof and before it shall be entitled to possession of the said premises at the commencement of the said term and at such other times (if any) during the said term deposit and maintain with the Landlord the sum or sums specified in Part VII of the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter referred to as “the said deposit”) to secure the due observance and performance by the Tenant of the agreements, stipulations, terms and conditions herein contained and on the Tenant’s part to be observed and performed. The said deposit shall be retained by the Landlord throughout the said term and the currency of this Agreement free of any interest to the Tenant with the right for the Landlord (without prejudice to any other rights or remedy hereunder) to deduct therefrom the amount of any rent and other charges payable hereunder and any costs expenses loss or damage sustained by the Landlord as a result of any non-observance or non-performance by the Tenant of any of the said agreement, stipulations obligations or conditions, in which event the Tenant shall as a condition precedent to the continuation of the said term hereby created forthwith on demand by the Landlord deposit with the Landlord the amount so deducted and if the Tenant shall fail so to do the Landlord shall forthwith be entitled to re-enter on the said premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and to determine this Agreement but without prejudice to any right of action by the Landlord in respect of any aforementioned outstanding breach or non-observance or non-performance by the Tenant.

  

- 26 -

 

 

Increase of Deposit9.2Should increase in rent during the said term be provided for herein or should the Tenant’s share of the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges payable by the Tenant hereunder be increased, the Tenant shall upon such increase becoming applicable pay to the Landlord by way of an increase in the said deposit a sum proportional to the said increase in rent and/or Air-Conditioning and Management Charges in order to restore the ratio of the said deposit to the rent plus the Tenant’s share of the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges to that previously subsisting and the payment of such increase shall be a condition precedent to the continuation of this Agreement.
   
Repayment of Deposit9.3Subject as aforesaid a sum equivalent to the amount of the said deposit shall be refunded to the Tenant by the Landlord without interest within forty five (45) days after the expiration of this Agreement and the delivery of vacant possession of the said premises to the Landlord and after the settlement of the last outstanding claim by the Landlord against the Tenant in respect of any arrears of rent and other charges payable by the Tenant hereunder and any breach, non-observance or non-performance of any of the agreements, stipulations, terms and conditions herein contained and on the part of the Tenant to be observed and performed whichever shall be the later. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto declare and acknowledge that the said deposit is not paid over and held hereunder as a trust property and/or upon any trust, express or implied, that the said deposit needs not be segregated from other monies of the Landlord.
   
Deposit Not Rent9.4In no event shall the Tenant be entitled to treat payment of the said deposit as payment of the rent and other charges hereby reserved.
   
Transfer of Deposit9.5

Without prejudice to the right of the Landlord to earlier terminate this Agreement in the event of sale of the said premises or the said building as provided in this Agreement, the Tenant hereby expressly agrees, consents and authorises the Landlord to transfer the said deposit paid under this Agreement to the new owner(s) or the purchaser(s) (as the case may be) of the said premises in the event of the Landlord assigning or selling the said premises to new owner(s) or purchaser(s) at any time during the continuance of this Agreement subject to and with the benefit of this Agreement, and the Landlord shall procure the new owner(s) or the purchaser(s) (as the case may be) to undertake in favour of the Tenant to refund the said deposit to the Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement whereupon the Landlord’s obligation to refund the said deposit herein contained shall be determined and discharged. Further but without prejudice to the generality of the aforesaid, the Tenant shall within seven (7) days upon request being made by the Landlord and at the costs and expense of the Landlord (if both parties shall retain the same solicitors), or each party shall pay its own solicitors costs and expense (if separately represented), enter into an agreement or memorandum with the Landlord and/or the new owner(s) or the purchaser(s) (as the case may be) to effectuate the purpose as aforesaid.

 

- 27 -

 

 

SECTION X

INTERPRETATION AND MISCELLANEOUS

 

Condonation Not a Waiver10.1No condoning, excusing, giving of time or overlooking by the Landlord of any default, breach or non-observance or non-performance by the Tenant at any time or times of any of the Tenant’s agreements, stipulations, terms, conditions and obligations herein contained shall operate as a waiver of the Landlord’s rights hereunder in respect of any continuing or subsequent default, breach or non-observance or non-performance or so as to defeat or affect in any way the rights and remedies of the Landlord hereunder in respect of any such continuing or subsequent default or breach and no waiver by the Landlord shall be inferred from or implied by anything done or omitted by the Landlord unless expressed in writing and signed by the Landlord. Any consent given by the Landlord shall operate as a consent only for the particular matter to which it relates and in no way shall be considered as a waiver or release of any of the provisions hereof nor shall it be construed as dispensing with the necessity of obtaining the specific written consent of the Landlord in the future in respect of similar or other matters unless expressly so provided.

 

Definition of Common Areas and Common Services and Facilities10.2(a) The common areas referred to in this Agreement shall mean the following:-

 

(i)
Such parts of the said building as may be designated under the Deed in respect of the said building as common areas for use in common by the co-owners for the time being of the said building; and

 

(ii)Such other parts of the said building as may from time to time and at any time be so designated by the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building;

 

- 28 -

 

 

(b)The common services and facilities referred to in this Agreement shall mean the following :-

 

(i)Such services and facilities as may be designated under the Deed in respect of the said building as common services and facilities for the use in common by or benefit of the co-owners for the time being of the said building; and

 

(ii)Such other services and facilities within the said building as may from time to time and at any time be so designated by the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building;

 

Provided always that the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building shall also have the full and unrestricted right and power from time to time and at any time without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction of the Tenant and without incurring any liability to the Tenant therefor to designate redesignate reallocate and/or partition such part or parts of the common areas and/or the common services and facilities and (if any) the recreational areas and facilities on the said building for the use of any person or persons and at such charges (if any) as the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building may see fit and to erect install restrict and/or alter the arrangement and/or the location and/or the accessibility of the same (such as entrances passageways doors doorways corridors landings staircases lobbies lifts escalators toilets) and the Tenant shall not raise any objection thereto and shall not have any recourse or remedy in any manner whatsoever.

 

Name of Development10.3The Landlord reserves the right to name or to change or to consent to the change of the name of the said building with or to any such name or style as it may determine and at any time and from time to time to change, alter, substitute or abandon any such name or style in its absolute discretion and without compensation to the Tenant and without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction of the Tenant and without the Landlord incurring any liability to the Tenant therefor whether for any loss, injury, damage, annoyance or inconvenience which the Tenant may suffer as a consequence of any change of name of the said building. The Landlord shall however give the Tenant, the Post Office and other relevant Government Authority(ies) reasonable notice of its intention to do as aforesaid or (as the case may be) of the aforesaid naming or change of name.
   
Introduction of Rules and Regulations10.4The Landlord or its agents and/or the manager of the said building shall be entitled from time to time and by notice in writing to the Tenant to make introduce and subsequently amend adopt or abolish if necessary such rules and regulations as they may consider proper or necessary for the management and maintenance of the said premises and/or the said building.

 

- 29 -

 

 

Service of Notices10.5Save as herein otherwise agreed and stipulated, any notice required to be served hereunder shall if to be served on the Tenant be sufficiently served if addressed to the Tenant and sent by prepaid post to or delivered at the said premises or the Tenant’s last known place of business or registered office or residence in Hong Kong and if to be served on the Landlord shall be sufficiently served if addressed to the Landlord and sent by prepaid post to or delivered at the address given in Part I of the Schedule hereto or any other address which the Landlord may notify to the Tenant from time to time. A notice sent by prepaid post shall be deemed to be given at the time and date of posting.
   
No Fine10.6The Tenant expressly declares and acknowledges that no fine, premium, key money, construction money or other consideration has been paid by the Tenant or the Landlord for the grant of this Agreement.
   
Exclusion of Warranties10.7This Agreement sets out the full agreement reached between the parties and no other representations have been made or warranties given relating to the Landlord or the Tenant or the said building or the said premises and if any such representation or warranty has been made, given or implied the same is hereby waived. The Tenant hereby declares and confirms that it has duly inspected the said premises and is fully satisfied with the current state and condition of the said premises and the furnishings (if any) and finishes therein. The parties hereto agree that the said premises will be let to the Tenant by the Landlord in the state and condition as at the date of the signing of this Agreement and no warranty or representation whatsoever has been given or is made by the Landlord or its agents regarding the said premises and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, no warranty or representation is made by the Landlord or its agents regarding the state and condition of the said premises or the said building or the furnishings (if any) or the installations and appliances therein or the user thereof.
   
Special Conditions10.8The parties hereto hereby agree that they shall respectively be bound by and entitled to the benefit of the Special Conditions (if any) contained in the Second Schedule hereto as if the same form an integral part of this Agreement, and in the event of conflict between any of the Special Conditions and any of the provisions in the main body of this Agreement the former shall prevail.
   
Joint and Several Liability10.9Where more than one person is named as the Tenant in Part II of the First Schedule hereto all such persons shall sign this Agreement and shall be jointly and severally liable for the performance and observance of the terms, conditions and agreements contained herein and on the part of the Tenant to be performed and observed.

 

- 30 -

 

 

Genders and Plurals10.10In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires words herein importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa and words herein in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and references to persons include bodies corporate and unincorporate and the term “the Landlord” shall include its agents.
   

Marginal Notes, Headings

and Index

10.11The marginal notes, headings and index are intended for guidance only and do not form part of this Agreement nor shall any of the provisions of this Agreement be construed or interpreted by reference thereto or in any way affected or limited thereby.

 

Stamp Duty and Costs10.12 (a)This Agreement is drafted and prepared by the Landlord, and the Tenant hereby acknowledges that it has all along been fully aware of its right to take independent advice on this Agreement, its content, meanings and effect, its completion and signing and that prior to the signing hereof at least a copy of this Agreement in its draft form has been sent to it for comment and/or agreement that the Tenant has thoroughly understood the content of this Agreement and agrees to be bound hereby at its own free will by the act of having this Agreement signed by it in case the Tenant is not legally represented hereon.

 

(b)Should the Tenant choose to be legally represented on the matter relating to this Agreement, the Tenant shall bear and pay its own legal costs and such disbursement as may be charged by its solicitors hereof and incidental hereto, unless both the Landlord and Tenant are legally represented hereon by the same solicitors where the legal costs and disbursements of and incidental to the preparation, completion and signing of this Agreement shall be borne by the parties hereto in equal shares.

 

(c)Should the parties hereto be legally represented separately each party shall bear and pay its own legal costs and such disbursements as may be charged by its own solicitors hereof and incidental hereto.

 

(d)Notwithstanding and without affecting and limiting the generality of the provisions of sub-clauses (a), (b) and (c) hereinabove, the stamp duty and (if any) registration fee and other disbursements of the Landlord in connection with this Agreement and its counterpart shall be borne by the parties hereto in equal shares. Unless otherwise agreed the stamping and (if applicable) registration of this Agreement and its counterpart shall be done by or through the Landlord that upon demand by the Landlord, the Tenant shall forthwith pay to the Landlord the Tenant’s share of the stamp duty and registration fee aforesaid.

 

- 31 -

 

 

Each Provision Independent and Severable10.13Each and every part of the clause sub-clause term condition stipulation or provision in this Agreement, save and except otherwise specified, shall be construed as an independent and severable part of the clause, sub-clause term condition stipulation or provision in this Agreement. In the event that any part of the clause, sub-clause term condition stipulation or provision is found to be illegal invalid or unenforceable such part of the clause, sub-clause term condition stipulation or provision shall be deemed to have been severed from this Agreement and shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the other part of the clause, sub-clause, term condition stipulation or provision and the other clauses, sub-clauses terms conditions stipulations or provisions of this Agreement.
   
Early Termination on Redevelopment Etc.10.14If the Landlord shall resolve to sell or redevelop or demolish or re-build or refurbish or renovate the said premises or the said building or any part(s) thereof (which intention shall be sufficiently and conclusively evidenced by a copy of the Resolution of its Board of Directors and, in case of the sale as aforesaid, of the sale contract certified by its Secretary or one of its Directors or a solicitor to be true and correct copy) then in any of such events the Landlord shall be entitled to give not less than six (6) months’ notice in writing to be given and to expire on any day of any calendar month to terminate this Agreement and immediately upon the expiration of such notice this Agreement shall notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in this Agreement be terminated and the Tenant’s right to occupy and remain in the said premises shall cease notwithstanding any rule of law or equity or any prior agreement(s) and the Tenant shall forthwith deliver up vacant possession of the said premises to the Landlord without any claim, costs or compensation whatsoever but without prejudice to the rights and remedies of the Landlord against the Tenant in respect of any antecedent claim or breach of any of the covenants restrictions stipulations or conditions herein contained. “Redevelopment” and/or “demolition” for the purposes of this Clause shall mean the redevelopment and/or demolition of the said building wholly or a substantial part(s) (but not necessarily a major part) thereof whether or not including any main walls exterior walls or roof of the said premises and whether or not any part thereof is to be re-built or redeveloped or reconstructed in the same or any other manner, and “refurbishment” and/or “renovation” for the purposes of this Clause may or may not include redevelopment or demolition or rebuilding of the said building or any part thereof.
   
Time10.15The parties hereto agree that time shall in all respect be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

- 32 -

 

 

Governing Law10.16This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the HKSAR and the parties hereto shall submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the HKSAR.

 

Rights of Third Party 10.17 (a) Save as provided in sub-clause (b) below, the Landlord and the Tenant do not intend any term of this Agreement to be enforceable pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Cap.623) (the “Rights of Third Parties Ordinance”).

 

(b)Subject to the provisions contained in this Clause, each of the following third parties (each being a “Designated Third Party”) shall have the benefit of and may enforce this Agreement pursuant to the Rights of Third Parties Ordinance:-

 

(i)the manager of the said building; and

 

(ii)the Landlord’s successor(s) in title and assign(s).

 

(c)This Agreement may be varied from time to time or (where such right of rescission exists) rescinded without the consent of any Designated Third Party or any other person who is not a party to this Agreement and section 6(1) of the Rights of Third Parties Ordinance shall not apply to this Agreement.

     
 IN WITNESS whereof this Tenancy Agreement has been duly signed by the parties hereto the day and year first above written.

 

- 33 -

 

 

THE FIRST SCHEDULE

 

PART I

THE LANDLORD

 

SHK SHEUNG SHUI LANDMARK INVESTMENT LIMITED, whose registered office is situated at 45th Floor, Sun Hung Kai Centre, 30 Harbour Road, Hong Kong.

 

PART II

THE TENANT

 

KAYSER LIMITED, whose registered office is situated at Room 1803A, 18th Floor, Landmark North, 39 Lung Sum Avenue, Sheung Shui, New Territories, Hong Kong.

 

PART III

THE SAID PREMISES

 

OFFICES NOS. 1823-1823A on LEVEL 18 of “LANDMARK NORTH”, No.39 Lung Sum Avenue, Shek Wu Hui, Sheung Shui, New Territories, Hong Kong (herein called “the said building”) erected on FANLING SHEUNG SHUI TOWN LOT NO.94 as for the purpose of identification only shown on the plan attached hereto and thereon coloured pink.

 

PART IV

TERM OF TENANCY

 

For the term of THREE (3) YEARS commencing on the 21st day of March 2020 and expiring on the 20th day of March 2023 (both days inclusive).

 

- 34 -

 

 

PART V

PARTICULARS OF RENT

 

The monthly rental (exclusive of Air-conditioning and Management Charges and rates, which are payable by the Tenant) for the said premises for the said term shall be:-

 

(i)From 21st March 2020 to 20th March 2021 (both days inclusive) – HONG KONG DOLLARS FORTY FIVE THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED FORTY FOUR (HK$45,344.00) ONLY;

 

(ii)From 21st March 2021 to 20th March 2022 (both days inclusive) – HONG KONG DOLLARS FORTY SEVEN THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED AND FORTY (HK$47,840.00) ONLY; and

 

(iii)From 21st March 2022 to 20th March 2023 (both days inclusive) – HONG KONG DOLLARS FIFTY THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED AND THIRTY SIX (HK$50,336.00) ONLY.

 

PART VI

AIR-CONDITIONING AND MANAGEMENT CHARGES

 

The monthly Air-Conditioning and Management Charges at the commencement of the said term shall be HK$11,232.00, which shall be subject to revision during the said term.

 

PART VII

THE SAID DEPOSIT

 

RENTAL DEPOSIT  HK$151,008.00 
AIR-CONDITIONING AND MANAGEMENT CHARGES DEPOSIT  HK$33,696.00 
(Being 3 months’ largest rental and 3 months’ air-conditioning and management charges)  HK$184,704.00 

 

PART VIII

AIR-CONDITIONING OPERATING HOURS

 

8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. on Mondays to Fridays and 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. on Saturdays but no air-conditioning shall be supplied on Sundays and Public Holidays Provided that the Landlord shall neither be liable to pay compensation to the Tenant in respect of any period during which due to circumstances beyond the control of the Landlord the proper operation of the air-conditioning plant shall be interrupted as a result of mechanical failure or need for repair or overhaul nor shall the Landlord be liable thereby to grant any abatement of rent in respect of such interruption. The Landlord and/or the manager of the said building also reserve the right to vary the said hours from time to time as the Tenant may be notified of in writing.

 

- 35 -

 

 

THE SECOND SCHEDULE

 

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

 

1.The Special Conditions and the Standard Requirements and Provisions and the Landlord’s M & E Provisions as contained in, if any, the Confirmation of Tenancy preceding hereto shall, in so far as the same is/are still applicable, take effect and bind the parties hereto as if the said Conditions and Provisions were repeated herein forming an integral part of this Agreement.

 

2.The Tenant shall at its own costs reinstate the said premises to a “bare shell” state and condition and to the Landlord’s satisfaction and reinstate the ceilings of the said premises to such state, layout and condition as the Landlord may then instruct the Tenant and shall deliver vacant possession of the said premises reinstated as abovesaid to the Landlord upon expiry or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

3.The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord shall have the right to carry out renovation and/or alteration and/or addition works within, outside and/or above the said building which may result in the making of noise and vibration and emission of dust and other substances and other forms of disturbance and that fitting out works will be carried out by the Landlord and/or other tenants (including but not limited to alteration works and mechanical and electrical works) which may cause inconvenience to the Tenant and that the Tenant hereby agrees that it shall not make any complaint and shall not be entitled to any abatement of rent or any claims/compensation of whatever nature against the Landlord or its agent(s) or the manager of the said building in relation to the said works.

 

4.The Tenant shall at its own costs use the contractor(s) approved by the Landlord in respect of any mechanical and electrical works.

 

5.The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord shall have the absolute right at all times to designate or re-designate any toilets, lifts or common facilities located on any floor(s) to be used by any particular tenant(s) or occupier(s).

 

- 36 -

 

 

6.The parties hereto acknowledge and confirm that this Agreement is made and entered into in renewal of the letting of the said premises created under a Tenancy Agreement made between the Landlord as the landlord and the Tenant as the tenant dated the 18th day of May 2017 (hereinafter called “the Previous Agreement”). Upon signing of the Previous Agreement the Tenant paid to the Landlord a sum of HK$166,296.00 as deposit (hereinafter called “the Previous Deposit”). In the light of such said renewal, it is agreed as follows:-

 

  (a) The Previous Deposit shall upon or (as the case may be) before the signing hereof be transferred and applied towards payment of the deposit payable by the Tenant hereunder and the shortfall in the sum of HK$18,408.00 shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord upon or (as the case may be) before the signing hereof. Upon the transfer as aforesaid, the Landlord shall cease to be in any liability or obligation whatsoever to refund to the Tenant the Previous Deposit or any part thereof as if the same had been fully and duly refunded by the Landlord to the Tenant pursuant to the relevant provision(s) of the Previous Agreement.

 

  (b) In the light of the aforesaid renewal of tenancy, the Landlord shall be deemed to have given vacant possession of the said premises to the Tenant hereunder immediately upon the commencement of the said term, and on an “as is” basis.

 

- 37 -

 

 

SIGNED by              Lo King Wai, )

  )
the authorized person of Sun Hung Kai Real )
  )
Estate (Sales and Leasing) Agency Limited, )
  )
the Agent for the Landlord, whose signature(s) )
  )
is/are verified by :-    
   
     
SIGNED by )  
ROLAND WALTER KOHL )
CEO )
(being the person(s) duly authorized and )
  )
approved by the Board of Directors of the )
  )
Tenant) for and on behalf of the Tenant )
  )
in the presence of :- )
     
     
WITNESS NAME :                    CHEUNG CHI WAI, VIVIAN    

 

- 38 -

 

 

RECEIVED the day and year first above written )  
  )  
of and from the Tenant the sum of HONG KONG ) HK$184,704.00
  )  
DOLLARS ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY FOUR )  
  )
THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED AND FOUR )
  )
ONLY (transferred and paid as aforesaid) being the )
  )
deposit money above expressed to be payable )
  )
by the Tenant to the Landlord. )

 

- 39 -

 

 

 

 

Landmark North (F.S.S.T.L. 94) Level 18 Floor Plan

 

(For Identification purposes only, not to scale)

 

(Floor layout is strictly subject to changes at the landlord’s ultimate determination and the final approval of all relevant government authorities)

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.11

 

Dated the 8th day of April 2020

 

SHK SHEUNG SHUI LANDMARK INVESTMENT

LIMITED

 

AND

 

NISSIN PRECISION METAL MANUFACTURING LIMITED

 

 

 

TENANCY AGREEMENT

 

of

 

Office No. 1801 on Level 18 of
Landmark North, Fanling Sheung Shui Town Lot No.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ref: LN/20200202ff A(renew)/kt/bc

 

 

 

INDEX OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION I - AGREEMENT 1
1. Premises, Term and Rent 1
     
SECTION II - RENT AND OTHER CHARGES 2
2.1 Rent and Other Charges 2
2.2 Air-Conditioning and Management Charges 2
2.3 Utility Charges and Deposits 3
2.4 Rates & Taxes 3
2.5 Interest and Legal Costs 4
     
SECTION III - TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS 5
3.1 Compliance with Ordinances 5
3.2 To Fit Out Premises 5
3.3 To Keep the Interior in Good Repair 6
3.4 Replacement of Windows 6
3.5 (a) Installation of Telephone Cables 6
(b) Electrical and Gas Installations 6
  (c) Air-conditioning System 7
  (d) Checking of Condition and Appliances 7
  (e) Security System 7
3.6 Sanitary and Water Apparatus 7
3.7 Cleaning of Drains, Air Filter/Extractor Units 7
3.8 Indemnity against Loss/Damage from Interior Defects 8
3.9 Contents 8
3.10 Protection from Typhoons 8
3.11 Entry by Landlord 8
3.12 To Execute Repairs on Receipt of Notice 9
3.13 Inform Landlord of Damage 9
3.14 Infestation 9
3.15 Damage to Building 9
3.16 To Comply with Government Lease 9
3.17 To Comply with Deed of Mutual Covenant, House Rules, General Rules, Car Park Rules and Club Rules 10
3.18 Viewing and Letting and Selling Notices 10
3.19 Contractors, Servants, Agents, Licensees, Visitors 10
3.20 Load and Unload through Cargo Lift 10
3.21 Refuse and Garbage Removal 10
3.22 Window Cleaning 11
3.23 Yield Up the Said Premises and Handover 11
3.24 Indemnity and Insurance 12
3.25 Keep and Maintain Electricity and Water Supply Accounts 13
3.26 Pipes and Conduits 13

 

i

 

 

SECTION IV - LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS 14
4.1 Quiet Enjoyment 14
4.2 Government Rent 14
    14
SECTION V - RESTRICTIONS AND PROHIBITIONS 14
5.1 Installations and Alterations 14
5.2 Injury to Main Walls 17
5.3 Damage to Walls, Ceilings and Floors 17
5.4 Damage to Common Areas 17
5.5 Nuisance or Annoyance 17
5.6 Noise 17
5.7 Signs 18
5.8 User 18
5.9 Illegal or Immoral Use 18
5.10 Manufacture of Goods 18
5.11 Unlawful or Dangerous Goods 18
5.12 Obstructions 19
5.13 Prevention of Odours 19
5.14 Animals, Pets 19
5.15 Subletting, Assigning 19
5.16 Breach of Government Lease or Deed of Mutual Covenant 20
5.17 Breach of Insurance Policy 20
5.18 Aerials 21
5.19 Air-conditioning 21
5.20 No Touting 21
5.21 Use of Common Areas 21
5.22 Food Restriction 21
5.23 Flat Roof(s) and Window(s) 21
     
SECTION VI - EXCLUSIONS 22
6.1 (a) Common Services and Facilities 22
  (b) Electricity/Gas/Water Supply 22
  (c) Fire and Overflow of Water, Vermin 22
  (d) Non-enforcement 23
  (e) Security 23
  (f) Vehicles 23
6.2 Exemptions Extend to Landlord’s Agent and Manager 23
6.3 No Duty for Landlord to Insure 23
     
SECTION VII - ABATEMENT OF RENT 24
7. Abatement 24
     
SECTION VIII - DEFAULT 25
8.1 Default 25
8.2 Exercise of Rights 26
8.3 Acceptance of Rent 26
8.4 Acts of Contractors, Guests, Servants, Agents, Licensees and Visitors 26
8.5 Distraint 26

 

ii

 

 

SECTION IX - DEPOSIT 26
9.1 Deposit 26
9.2. Increase of Deposit 27
9.3 Repayment of Deposit 27
9.4 Deposit Not Rent 27
9.5 Transfer of Deposit 27
     
SECTION X - INTERPRETATION AND MISCELLANEOUS 28
10.1 Condonation Not a Waiver 28
10.2 Definition of Common Areas and Common Services and Facilities 28
10.3 Name of Development 29
10.4 Introduction of Rules and Regulations 29
10.5 Service of Notices 30
10.6 No Fine 30
10.7 Exclusion of Warranties 30
10.8 Special Conditions 30
10.9 Joint and Several Liability 30
10.10 Genders and Plurals 31
10.11 Marginal Notes, Headings and Index 31
10.12 Stamp Duty and Costs 31
10.13 Each Provision Independent and Severable 32
10.14 Early Termination on Redevelopment Etc. 32
10.15 Time 32
10.16 Governing Law 33
10.17 Rights of Third Party 33

 

THE FIRST SCHEDULE 34
       
Part I - Particulars of the Landlord 34
Part II - Particulars of the Tenant 34
Part III - Particulars of Premises 34
Part IV - Particulars of Term 34
Part V - Particulars of Rent 35
Part VI - Particulars of Air-Conditioning and Management Charges 35
Part VII - Particulars of Deposit 35
Part VIII - Air-Conditioning Operating Hours 35
     
THE SECOND SCHEDULE - Special Conditions 36
   
SIGNATURES 38

 

iii

 

 

THIS TENANCY

AGREEMENT

 

made this 8th day of April

Two thousand and Twenty

     
Parties   BETWEEN the party named and described as Landlord in Part I of the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter referred to as “the Landlord” which expression shall where the context admits include its successor(s) in title and assign(s) and any person(s) or company(ies) for the time being entitled to the immediate reversion expectant upon the term hereby created) of the one part and the party named and described as Tenant in Part II of the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter referred to as “the Tenant”) of the other part.
     
    WHEREBY IT IS AGREED as follows :-
     

SECTION I

AGREEMENT

     

 

Premises

 

 

 

Term

 

 

 

Rent

 

 

 

  1.      In consideration of the rent and the Tenant’s covenants hereinafter reserved and contained, the Landlord hereby lets to the Tenant All Those the premises more particularly described in Part III of the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter referred to as “the said premises”) Together with the use in common with the Landlord and all others having the like right of the common areas and the common services and facilities in the building of which the said premises form part (hereinafter referred to as “the said building”) insofar as the same are necessary for the proper use and enjoyment of the said premises (except insofar as the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building may from time to time restrict such use) for the term specified in Part IV of the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter referred to as “the said term”) EXCEPT AND RESERVED unto the Landlord and the manager of the said building and all persons authorized by the Landlord or the manager of the said building all such rights and privileges as are reserved unto the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building under the Deed of Mutual Covenant and (if any) the Management Agreement of the said building (hereinafter referred to as “the Deed”, which expression shall also mean and include any and all such supplemental deed(s), supplemental agreement(s) and variation(s) and amendment(s) thereto) YIELDING AND PAYING therefor throughout the said term the rent as set out in Part V of the First Schedule hereto and, if payable by the Tenant hereunder and as set out in Part VI of the First Schedule hereto, the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges and other charges (all of which are unless the context otherwise requires hereinafter included under the term “the rent”) which shall be paid together with all other outgoings incurred in respect of the said premises in advance clear of all deductions whatever (whether legal or equitable) by consecutive monthly payments on the first day of each calendar month the first and the last of such payments to be apportioned according to the number of days respectively in the first and the last month of the said term as included in the said term and the first of such payments shall be made upon the signing hereof. If the day on which the rent and other charges and rates fall due for payment under this Agreement is a public holiday, the relevant payment shall be deemed due and be payable on the preceding business day.

 

- 1 -

 

 

SECTION II
RENT AND OTHER CHARGES

     

  2. The Tenant hereby agrees with the Landlord as follows :-
     

Rent and Other Charges

2.1 To pay the rent and other charges promptly on the days and in the manner hereinbefore provided for payment thereof and by bankers’ standing order or by direct debit if so demanded.
     
Air-Conditioning and Management Charges 2.2 (i) If under this Agreement and as more particularly provided and stipulated in Part V of the First Schedule hereto the Tenant shall pay the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges in respect of the said premises, to pay and discharge promptly on the days and in the manner hereinbefore provided for payment therefor and by bankers’ standing order or by direct debit if so demanded a fixed monthly sum as determined by the Landlord or the manager of the said building to be the Tenant’s share of the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges payable in respect of the said premises. Such fixed monthly sum shall initially be in the amount as set out in Part VI of the First Schedule hereto. The Landlord or the manager of the said building shall be entitled to review such charges every year. If the increase exceeds 10%, the Landlord will give a brief memorandum, but in any event the said assessment shall be conclusive.
     
    (ii) If air-conditioning is provided by the Landlord and the Tenant shall require air-conditioning to be provided by the Landlord outside the normal operating hours as specified in Part VIII of the First Schedule hereto, the Landlord shall be entitled to charge for such supply which supply shall be subject to feasibility and prior reasonable notice of such request to the Landlord. The Tenant shall pay the cost of the additional air-conditioning on receipt of the demand note therefor which may be rendered weekly or at such other intervals as the Landlord may decide.
     
    (iii) To pay the Landlord or the manager of the said building forthwith upon demand the cost of affixing repairing or replacing as necessary the Tenant’s name in lettering to the directory board (if any) at the said building.

 

- 2 -

 

 

Utility Charges and Deposits 2.3 To be solely responsible for and pay and discharge promptly all deposits and charges in respect of water, electricity, gas, telephone and any other utility as may be shown by or operated from the Tenant’s own metered supplies or by accounts rendered to the Tenant by the appropriate utility companies in respect of all such utilities consumed on or in or for the benefit of the said premises provided that if the Landlord has already paid for any of such deposits, the same shall be reimbursed by the Tenant to the Landlord upon demand.
     

Rates and Taxes

2.4 (i) If under this Agreement and as more particularly provided and stipulated in Part V of the First Schedule hereto the Tenant shall pay the rates in respect of the said premises, to pay and discharge promptly all rates quarterly in advance within the months of January, April, July and October and to pay all taxes, assessments, duties, charges, impositions and outgoings of an annual or recurring nature now or hereafter to be assessed, imposed, levied or charged by the Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (hereinafter referred to as “the HKSAR”) or other lawful authority(ies) upon the said premises or upon the owner or occupier thereof (Property Tax excepted). Without prejudice to the generality of this sub-clause the Tenant shall pay all rates imposed on the said premises in the first place to the Landlord who shall settle the same with the Government of the HKSAR.
       
    (ii) In the event that an assessment to rates in respect of the said premises shall be raised upon the Landlord direct the Landlord shall during the month immediately preceding any quarter in respect of which such rates may fall due be at liberty to debit the Tenant with and/or notify the Tenant of the amount thereof and the same shall forthwith be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord whereupon the Landlord shall account for the same to the Government of the HKSAR.
       
    (iii) In the event that no valuation or assessment of rates of the said premises shall have been made in accordance with the Rating Ordinance (Cap. 116) or any statutory amendment or modification thereof for the time being in force the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord an amount equivalent to rates payable on the annual rent of the first year on a quarterly basis in advance and any over-payment or under-payment by the Tenant on such interim valuation shall be adjusted when a valuation and assessment of rates of the said premises under the Rating Ordinance shall have been made known.

 

- 3 -

 

 

    (iv) If under this Agreement and as more particularly provided and stipulated in Part V of the First Schedule hereto the Tenant shall pay the Government rent in respect of the said premises, to pay and discharge the Government rent now or hereafter payable imposed levied or assessed in respect of the said premises. The Tenant shall unless the Landlord otherwise directs pay all such Government rent in the first place to the Landlord, who shall settle the same with the Government of the HKSAR and in the event of such rent not having been assessed the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on account of the Tenant’s liability under this Clause a sum equivalent to rates payable on the annual rent of the first rental payable year on quarterly basis in advance, and any overpayment or underpayment by the Tenant shall be adjusted when such rent is assessed.
     
    (v) The Landlord shall be entitled to treat non-payment of any amount debited to the Tenant in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause or any part thereof in all respects as nonpayment of rent under this Agreement.
     
    (vi) If under this Agreement the Tenant is not obliged to pay the rates and/or Government rent in respect of the said premises, subclauses (i) to (v) of this Clause and all the other part(s) of this Agreement touching on the duty or liability on the part of the Tenant to pay the rates and/or Government rent of the said premises shall save as otherwise agreed and stipulated herein be of no effect whatsoever.
     
Interest and Legal Costs 2.5 Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the Landlord shall have the right to charge by way of additional rent interest at the rate of 1.25% per month in respect of any payment(s) to be made by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Agreement which shall be more than fifteen (15) days in arrears (whether legally or formally demanded or not) and such interest shall be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand calculated from the date upon which such payment(s) in arrears fell due (and not fifteen (15) days thereafter) until the date of actual payment Provided that the demand and/or receipt by the Landlord of interest pursuant to this provision shall be without prejudice to and shall not affect the right of the Landlord to exercise any other right or remedy hereof (including the right of re-entry) exercisable under the terms of this Agreement. The Landlord shall further be entitled to recover from the Tenant as a debt under this Agreement all expenses including fees paid to debt collectors appointed by the Landlord and all solicitors’ and/or counsel’s fees and court fees incurred by the Landlord for the purpose of recovering the rental in arrears and/or other moneys unpaid or any part thereof from the Tenant and fee paid to leasing agent(s) for re-letting of the said premises in the event of earlier termination of this Agreement as resulted from the Tenant’s breach of any term or condition hereof including but not limited to repudiation or anticipatory repudiation of this Agreement by the Tenant on a full indemnity basis together with such sum or sums as shall be determined by the Landlord as being collection charges for the additional work incurred by the Landlord and its staff and/or the manager of the said building (as the case may be) in recovering the said arrears and/or unpaid sums or any part thereof.

 

- 4 -

 

 

SECTION III

TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS

 

  3. The Tenant hereby agrees with the Landlord as follows :-
     
Compliance with Ordinances 3.1 To observe, obey and comply with and to fully indemnify the Landlord against the breach by the Tenant of all ordinances, regulations, bye-laws, rules and requirements of any Governmental or other competent authority of the HKSAR relating to the use and occupation of the said premises by the Tenant or to any other act, deed, matter or thing done, permitted, suffered or omitted therein or thereon by the Tenant or any servant, employee, agent, licensee or visitor of the Tenant or occupier and to notify the Landlord forthwith in writing of any notice received from any statutory or public authority concerning or in respect of the said premises or any services supplied thereto or of a possible breach of this Clause.
     
To Fit Out Premises 3.2 Unless otherwise provided to the contrary herein, to fit out the interior of the said premises in accordance with such plans and specifications as shall have been first submitted to and approved in writing by the Landlord in good and proper workmanlike fashion using good quality materials and in all respects in a style and manner appropriate to a first class office building or complex to the satisfaction of the Landlord and to maintain the same in good repair and condition throughout the said term. All detailed fitting out plans including mechanical and electrical drawings must be submitted to the Landlord or its agent or the manager of the said building for the Landlord’s written approval prior to commencement of fitting out works. 14 working days will be required for the Landlord to give approval or disapproval. The Tenant will not cause or permit to be made any variation to the approved fitting out plans and specifications or to the interior design or layout of the said premises without any previous approval in writing of the Landlord. The Tenant shall comply with the provisions of this Agreement regarding installation and alterations in respect of such fitting out. The Tenant shall not carry out any fitting out work prior to the Landlord’s written approval of the aforesaid plans and specifications and it shall be a condition precedent to the granting of any approval under this Clause that the Tenant shall reimburse to the Landlord any fees and/or costs as may be incurred by the Landlord for the said approval and shall pay debris removal deposit, debris removal fee, temporary electricity charges and other ancillary fee(s)/charge(s) at the amount to be advised by the manager of the said building prior to commencement of the fitting out works for the said premises.

 

- 5 -

 

 

To Keep the Interior in Good Repair 3.3 To keep and maintain at the expense of the Tenant all the interior parts of the said premises including the flooring and interior plaster or other finishing, material or rendering to walls, floors and ceilings and (if any) the Landlord’s fixtures, fittings and furnishings therein and all additions thereto including (without limitation) all doors, windows, window frames, electrical, plumbing and other installations and wiring, piping, conduits, light fittings, suspended ceilings, fire alarm system, fire fighting equipment and apparatus and air-conditioning ducting and all waste, drain, water and other pipes and sanitary apparatus and fittings therein and all painting, papering and decoration thereof in good, clean, tenantable, substantial and proper repair and condition (fair wear and tear excepted) and as may be appropriate from time to time properly painted and decorated and so to maintain the same at the expense of the Tenant and to deliver up the same to the Landlord at the expiration or sooner determination of the said term in like condition.
     
Replacement of Windows 3.4 To reimburse to the Landlord on demand the cost of replacing all broken and damaged windows and glass of the said premises whether or not the same be broken or damaged by the negligence of the Tenant.
     
Installation of Telephone Cables 3.5 (a) To make his own arrangements with such relevant company(ies) with regard to the installation of telephones and other communication systems in the said premises, but the installation of telephone lines and communication lines outside the said premises must be in accordance with the directions given by the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building.
       
Electrical and Gas Installations   (b) To repair or replace if so required by the appropriate utility company, authority or statutory undertaker as the case may be under the terms of the Electricity Supply Ordinance or any other Ordinance or Ordinances or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof or any Orders in Council or Regulations made thereunder or if the same become dangerous or unsafe all the electrical and gas wiring, piping, installations, telephone lines, computer set-up and fittings within the said premises and the wiring and piping from the Tenant’s meter or meters to the said premises and to give notice in writing to the Landlord when any electrical and/or gas wiring, piping, installation, telephone lines, computer set-up or fitting of the said premises shall become dangerous or unsafe and the Tenant shall use only a contractor approved in writing by the Landlord for the purposes of the said repair or replacement. The Tenant shall permit the Landlord or its authorised representatives or servants or agents to test the Tenant’s electrical and/or gas wiring, piping, installations, telephone lines, computer set-up and fittings in the said premises at any time upon request being made. The Tenant shall fully indemnify the Landlord and hold it harmless against any cost, claim, damage or proceedings resulting from or attributable to any malfunctioning or disrepair of the electrical and/or gas wiring, piping, installations or telephone lines, computer set-up or fittings or apparatus in or belonging to the said premises.

 

- 6 -

 

 

Air-conditioning System   (c) To maintain and keep the air-conditioning system (if any) of the said premises including any fan-coil, conduits, air-cooling and circulating units installed within or exclusively for the use of the said premises in all respects in a good clean proper and safe working order and condition and for such purposes the Tenant shall at his own expenses employ only such competent air-conditioning contractors as shall be approved in writing by the Landlord. The Landlord may at its sole and absolute discretion designate such interval of time or times for such maintenance works to be effected.

 

Checking of Condition and Appliances   (d) To permit the Landlord and/or the Landlord’s authorised representatives or servants or agents as shall be specified from time to time by the Landlord at any time during the said term to enter the said premises to check the state of repair and condition of the said premises and the air-conditioning system (if any), the furnishings and the appliances on or within the said premises.
       
Security System   (e) To ensure that its own security system within and at the entrance of the said premises (if any) is at all times compatible with and linked up to the security system for the said building (if any).

 

Sanitary and Water Apparatus 3.6 To maintain at the expenses of the Tenant all toilets and the sanitary and water apparatus in the said premises (if any) or used exclusively by the Tenant its agents servants employees workmen or visitors in a good, clean and tenantable manner and in proper repair and condition at all times during the said term to the satisfaction of the Landlord and in accordance with the regulations or bye-laws of all Public Health and other Government authorities concerned.

 

Cleaning of Drains, Air Filter/Extractor Units 3.7 To pay to the Landlord on demand all costs incurred by the Landlord in cleaning, clearing, repairing or replacing any of the drains, pipes or sanitary or plumbing or air filtering and extracting apparatus in the said building that become choked or stopped up owing to the careless or improper use or neglect by the Tenant or any servant, employee, agent, contractor, invitee, visitor or licensee of the Tenant and to fully indemnify the Landlord against any cost, claim or damage caused thereby or arising therefrom.

 

- 7 -

 

 

Indemnity against Loss/Damage from Interior Defects 3.8 To be wholly responsible for and to fully indemnify the Landlord against any loss, damage or injury caused to any person whomsoever or to any property whatsoever whether directly or indirectly through the defective or damaged condition or operation of any part of the interior of the said premises or any part of the fire fighting equipment or apparatus or any furniture or fixtures or fittings or furnishings or plumbing, electrical, computer or other installations or telephone lines or wiring or piping therein the repair of which the Tenant is responsible for hereunder or through or in any way caused by or owing to the spread of fire or smoke or fumes or the leakage or overflow of water of whatsoever origin including storm or rain water to or from the said premises or any part thereof or through the act, default or neglect of the Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, licensees or contractors and to keep the Landlord fully indemnified against all costs, claims, demands, actions and legal proceedings whatsoever made upon the Landlord by any person in respect of any loss, damage or injury as aforesaid and all costs and expenses incidental thereto.

 

Contents 3.9 To be wholly responsible for and to fully indemnify the Landlord against any loss or damage to property within the said premises including without limitation all the furnishings therein.
     
Protection from Typhoons 3.10 To take all necessary and appropriate precautions to protect the interior of the said premises against damage by storm, rainfall, typhoon or the like threats and in particular to ensure that all exterior doors and windows are securely fastened upon the threat of such adverse weather conditions.

  

Entry by Landlord 3.11 To permit the Landlord and the manager of the said building and all persons authorised by them with or without workmen or appliances at all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to enter and view the state of repair and condition of the said premises, to take inventories of the Landlord’s fixtures and fittings therein and the furnishings, to test the electric wiring, to read the meters and to carry out any works, repairs or maintenance which require to be done to the said premises, the common areas, the common services and facilities or any other part or parts of the said building and to remedy any breach of the Tenant’s covenants in this Agreement and to carry out any work or repair required to be done by the Tenant hereunder, which the Tenant will have failed to do despite notice having first been given to the Tenant by the Landlord causing as little nuisance, annoyance or inconvenience to the Tenant and/or the occupiers of the said premises as possible Provided that in the event of an emergency the Landlord, its authorised representatives or servants or agents may enter without notice and forcibly if need be.

 

- 8 -

 

  

To Execute Repairs on Receipt of Notice 3.12 To make good all defects and wants of repair to the said premises for which the Tenant may be liable within the space of fourteen (14) days from the receipt of written notice from the Landlord or its authorised representatives to repair and make good the same, and if the Tenant shall fail to execute such works or repairs as aforementioned, to permit the Landlord or its authorised representatives or servants or agents to enter upon the said premises and forcibly if need be and execute the same at the sole expense of the Tenant and the costs and expenses thereof shall be a debt due from the Tenant to the Landlord and be recoverable forthwith by action.
     
Inform Landlord of Damage 3.13 To give notice in writing to the Landlord or its representative or agent of any damage that may be caused to the said premises or to persons thereupon and of any defects in the furnishings, the fire fighting equipment and apparatus, the water pipes, gas pipes, plumbing, telephone lines, electrical or other installations or wiring or piping or other fittings, fixtures and fittings or facilities provided by the Landlord within seven days from the Tenant becoming aware of any such damage or defect.

 

Infestation

3.14 At the Tenant’s expense to take all such steps and precautions as shall be required by the Landlord to prevent the said premises or any part thereof from becoming infested by termites, rats, mice, roaches or any other pests or vermin. The Tenant shall employ at the Tenant’s own cost and expense such pest extermination contractors as the Landlord may approve and at such intervals as the Landlord may direct.

 

Damage to Building 3.15 To fully indemnify the Landlord on demand the costs of repairing any part of the said building or the common areas or any of the common services and facilities installed therein that may be damaged by reason of any act, default, neglect or omission on the part of the Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees.
     
To Comply with Government Lease  3.16 To observe, obey and comply with and to keep the Landlord fully indemnified against any breach by the Tenant or any contractor, servant, employee, visitor, agent or licensee of the Tenant of the terms, conditions and covenants of the Government Lease or (as the case may be) Leases or other grant or grants under which the land(s) on which the said building is erected is/are held from the Government (hereinafter referred to as “the said Lot”) and of the provision as regards the user of the said premises as contained in the relevant part(s) of the Occupation Permit issued in respect of the said building.

 

- 9 -

 

 

To Comply with Deed of Mutual Covenant, House Rules, General Rules, Car Park Rules and Club Rules 3.17 To observe, obey and comply with and to keep the Landlord fully indemnified against any breach by the Tenant or any contractor, servant, employee, visitor, agent or licensee of the Tenant of all the terms, conditions, provisions and covenants of the Deed (if any) and such house rules, general rules, car park rules and club rules as may from time to time be made by the manager of the said building, and, if there is the Deed, in accordance with the provisions of the Deed.

 

Viewing and Letting and Selling Notices 3.18 To allow at all reasonable times within six (6) calendar months immediately preceding the expiration or sooner determination of the said term prospective tenants or purchasers or occupiers to inspect and view the said premises and allow the Landlord to maintain affix and exhibit without interference upon any external part or parts of the said premises or where the Landlord shall think fit a notice or notices indicating that the said premises are to become vacant and available for selling or letting and such other information in connection therewith as the Landlord shall reasonably require which notice or notices the Tenant shall not remove or conceal.
     
Contractors, Servants, Agents, Licensees, Visitors 3.19 To be responsible and liable to the Landlord for the acts, neglects, omissions and defaults of all contractors, servants, employees, agents, licensees, visitors and, if the Tenant is an individual, family member(s) of the Tenant or occupier of the said premises as if they were the acts, neglects, omissions and defaults of the Tenant itself and to fully indemnify the Landlord against all costs, claims, demands, expenses or liabilities to any third party in connection therewith and for the purposes of this Agreement “licensee” shall include any person present in, using or visiting the said premises with the consent of the Tenant, express or implied.

 

Load and unload through Cargo Lift 3.20 To load and unload goods and effects only at such times during daylight hours and through such cargo lifts and entrances (if any) and at such areas in the said building as may from time to time be designated by the Landlord or the manager of the said building, and in particular to give to the Landlord and the manager of the said building at least twenty four hours’ advance notice of the movement of furniture or large objects or large quantities of goods and effects of the Tenant.

 

Refuse and Garbage Removal 3.21 To be responsible for the disposal or removal of garbage, rubbish and refuse from the said premises to such places as may be designated by the Landlord or the manager of the said building and not to dispose of or discharge or permit or suffer to be disposed of or discharged any garbage, rubbish or refuse in any other part or parts of the said building and to use only that type of refuse bag or container as may be specified by the Landlord or the manager of the said building from time to time and shall keep the Landlord fully and effectually indemnified against any cost, claim, proceeding, loss, damage or injury caused to any person whomsoever or any property whatsoever whether directly or indirectly as a result of or due to the accumulation of such garbage, rubbish or refuse of the Tenant in or at the said premises or the said building.

 

- 10 -

 

 

Window Cleaning

3.22 To keep the windows of the said premises clean and in proper condition.

 

Yield Up the Said Premises and Handover 3.23 (a) To quietly yield up and deliver the said premises together with the furnishings and all fixtures, fittings and additions therein and thereto at the expiration or sooner determination of this Agreement in good, clean and tenantable repair and condition (fair wear and tear excepted) in accordance with its covenants to repair herein contained notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary PROVIDED THAT all personal properties and effects, alterations, decorations, partitions, fixtures, fittings and additions therein and thereto of the Tenant or occupier of the said premises shall notwithstanding that the Landlord’s consent for the same may have been obtained or given or deemed to have been given if so required at the sole discretion of the Landlord be removed by and at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant at the expiration or sooner determination of this Agreement and the Tenant shall make good and repair in a proper and workmanlike manner all damage to the said premises the said building and the Landlord’s fixtures and fittings and the furnishings in the said premises caused by such removal and reinstate the whole or part of the said premises to the condition as they were in at the commencement of the said term AND thereupon to surrender to the Landlord or its agent all keys giving access to all parts of the said premises held by the Tenant and at the Tenant’s expense to remove from the doors of the said premises and the directory boards of the said building (if any) all lettering and characters and to make good any damage caused by such removal Provided that if the Tenant fails to remove its personal properties and effects as left in the said premises (hereinafter referred to as “the abandoned items”) the Landlord shall be entitled to give notice in writing to the Tenant to demand the Tenant to remove the abandoned items within three (3) days from the date of the said notice, failing which the Landlord shall be entitled to remove the abandoned items from the said premises without incurring any liability whatsoever to the Tenant therefor but at the costs and expenses of the Tenant to be reimbursed by the Tenant to the Landlord forthwith upon demand or to be recovered by the Landlord from the Tenant as a debt hereunder payable AND thereafter the Landlord may by further notice in writing to the Tenant to demand the Tenant to collect the abandoned items in the manner as may be stated in the said notice but upon full payment of the aforesaid costs and expenses and such further or other costs and expenses which may then have been incurred (including but not limited to storage charges or fees) within three (3) days from the date of the said further notice, failing which the Landlord shall be absolutely entitled to dispose of, sell, give away or otherwise deal with the abandoned items as it shall in its sole discretion see fit and the Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned its right of ownership of the abandoned items and the right to re-claim the same and/or to claim against and recover from the Landlord any proceeds of sale of the abandoned items if sold by or through or by the order of the Landlord and the Tenant shall indemnify and keep the Landlord indemnified fully against all such demand, claim, proceedings and costs made and brought against the Landlord by any third party(ies) in connection with and/or for the re-claim or recovery of the abandoned items or any part(s) thereof or any proceeds from sale of the same or any part(s) thereof.

 

- 11 -

 

  

    (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein, at the expiration or sooner determination of this Agreement the Landlord is absolutely entitled to at its sole discretion request for the retention of and retain all or any such furnishings, fixtures, fittings, additions, alterations, decorations, partitions and improvements installed erected or introduced in and to the said premises or any part(s) thereof for which the Landlord’s consent may have been obtained or given or deemed to have been given but without payment of any compensation for the same to the Tenant.

 

Indemnity and Insurance 3.24 (a) To effect and maintain at all times during the currency of this Agreement comprehensive insurance cover to the satisfaction of the Landlord in respect of the following :-

 

      (i) Third Party
        In respect of liability for loss injury or damage to any person or property whatsoever caused through or by any act default or neglect of the Tenant which might give rise to a claim for indemnity pursuant to Clause 3.8 (or, as in case of re-arrangement of clauses, such clause with margin note stating “Indemnity against Loss/Damage from Interior Defects”) hereof. The policy of insurance shall be endorsed to show the Landlord as the owner of the said premises and shall be in any amount not less than HK$2,500,000.00 (in the case of the said premises being not less than 5,000 square feet) or HK$1,000,000.00 (in the case of the said premises being less than 5,000 square feet) or in such amount as the Landlord may from time to time reasonably require and such insurance policy shall contain a clause to the effect that the insurance cover thereby effected and the terms and conditions thereof shall not be cancelled modified or restricted without the prior consent of the Landlord.

 

- 12 -

 

 

 

    (ii) Glass
        All glass now or hereafter on or in the said premises for its full replacement value.
         
      (iii) Water Damage
        Against damage to stock fixtures and fittings for the full insurable value occurring in respect of the use or misuse of the fire sprinkler system installed within the said premises or the incursion of water therein.
         
      (iv) Tenant’s Fittings and Stock
        The Tenant’s fittings stock and equipment within the said premises against fire and extraneous perils for their full replacement value.

 

    (b) To pay the premium in respect of any policies effected pursuant to this Clause upon the due date and whenever so required by the Landlord to produce to the Landlord a certified copy of such policies of insurance and the receipts for the last premium paid and certificates from the insurance companies that the policies of insurance are in all respects valid and subsisting and in the event of failure to do so the Landlord may effect such insurance either in its sole name or in the joint names of the Landlord and the Tenant (as the Landlord may in its discretion decide) and in such event to reimburse the Landlord on demand all costs and expenses thereby incurred by the Landlord.

 

Keep and Maintain Electricity and Water Supply Accounts 3.25 To keep and maintain at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense electricity and water supply account with the relevant power and supply companies for the supply of electricity and water to the said premises throughout the said term. In the event of the Tenant applying for disconnection of any of such supply or termination of any of such accounts at the expiration or sooner termination of this Agreement, the Tenant shall give to the Landlord sufficient prior notice in writing to enable the Landlord to make arrangement for the transfer of the said account. In the event that the supply of electricity and/or water to the said premises is disconnected without the said prior notice to the Landlord, the Tenant shall bear all costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by the Landlord of and incidental to the re-connection of such supply to the said premises and all such costs and expenses shall either be deducted by the Landlord (and the Tenant hereby expressly authorizes the Landlord so to do) from the deposit paid by the Tenant hereunder or be recoverable from the Tenant by the Landlord as a debt.

  

Pipes and Conduits 3.26 To permit the Landlord to erect use and maintain pipes and conduits in and through the said premises. The Landlord or his agents shall have the right to enter the said premises at all times to examine the same.

 

- 13 -

 

  

SECTION IV

LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS

 

  4. The Landlord hereby agrees with the Tenant as follows :-

 

Quiet Enjoyment 4.1 That the Tenant duly paying the rent and charges hereby agreed to be paid on the days and in the manner herein provided for payment of the same and observing and performing the agreements, stipulations, terms, obligations and conditions herein contained and on the Tenant’s part to be observed and performed shall peacefully hold and enjoy the said premises during the said term without any interruption by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for the Landlord.
     
Government Rent 4.2 To pay the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges, rates and Government Rent (in so far as any of them not being payable by the Tenant hereunder) and the Property Tax payable in respect of the said premises.

 

SECTION V

RESTRICTIONS AND PROHIBITIONS

 

  5. The Tenant hereby agrees with the Landlord as follows :-

 

Installations and Alterations 5.1 (a) Not without the previous written consent of the Landlord to erect, install, alter, affix, attach or build or permit or suffer to be erected, installed, altered, affixed, attached or built any fixtures and fittings, partitionings, architectural features, air-conditioning units or plants, radio or television aerials or other erections or fixtures and fittings or equipment or installations of any kind in the said premises or the said building or upon the roofs or through the windows or external walls thereof or any other part or parts thereof or without the like consent to make or permit or suffer to be made installations in or alterations or additions to the sprinkler system or any other fire protection or fire fighting system, equipment or apparatus or security system, equipment or apparatus, electrical/gas wiring/piping, air-conditioning ducting, lighting, fixtures and fittings or other Landlord’s fixtures and fittings or the furnishings or installations or to install or place or permit or suffer to be installed or placed any safe, equipment, furniture, plant, object, goods, apparatus or machinery which may impose a weight on any part of the flooring in excess of that for which it is designed or which requires any additional electrical/gas mains/ wiring/piping or which may consume electricity/gas not metered through the Tenant’s separate meter. In the event of breach of this covenant, the Tenant shall keep the Landlord fully indemnified against all loss, damages, claims and demands as a result thereof and shall make good any damage caused thereby to that part of the said building or any fixtures and fittings therein provided that the indemnification and the making good of such damage as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any further right competent to the Landlord by virtue of such breach. For the avoidance of doubt, the Tenant shall comply with the directions and instructions of the Landlord regarding installation of all permitted erections fixtures and fittings equipment and shall at its own expense be responsible for their periodic inspection, maintenance and repair and for the replacement of defective wiring and parts and the Tenant shall be strictly liable for any damage caused by the installation, operation, defect or removal of the same.

 

- 14 -

 

 

    (b) Not to make or permit or suffer to be made any alterations in or additions to the mechanical or electrical installations in the said building nor to overload or permit or suffer to be overloaded the lifts or the electrical circuits within the said building nor to place or transport or install or use or permit or suffer to be placed or transported or installed or used any equipment, apparatus or machinery which may exceed the loading of the lifts or the electrical installations or the electrical main or wiring in the said building or which may consume electricity not metered through the Tenant’s separate meter.
       
    (c) Not to make or permit or suffer to be made any alterations to any installation or fixture so as to affect or be likely to affect the supply of water, electricity or other utility or service to or in the said building.
       
    (d) Not to make or permit or suffer to be made any external or structural alteration or other alteration or addition whatsoever to the said building or to the existing design or external appearance of the facade or elevations of the said building or the common areas or the common services and facilities thereof.
       
    (e) Not without the prior written consent of the Landlord which may be granted or withheld or granted subject to conditions imposed at its absolute discretion to change or in any way to alter (if any) the standard entrance doors provided by the Landlord for access to the said premises or to erect or install or alter or affix or attach or build or permit or suffer to be erected, installed, altered, affixed, attached or built any fixtures and fittings, partitions, doors, gates, metal grilles, shutters or any other erection or structure or installation whatsoever whether of a temporary or permanent nature in the said premises or in or at the doorway or entrance or staircase or roof in or on or to the said premises or the said building or at any of the fire exits therefrom or erect any such fixture or partition or door or gate or metal grille or shutter or alter or obstruct the position of any smoke lobby doors or fire escape means of the said building or any other fire protection or fire fighting systems equipment or apparatus that might in any way contravene the laws, bye-laws or regulations from time to time in force of the Fire Services Department or other competent authority concerned, nor in any other respect to contravene the same.

 

- 15 -

 

 

 

 

  (f) Any work hereunder for which the Landlord’s written consent shall have been first had and obtained shall be carried out and completed at the Tenant’s risk solely and shall in all respects fully comply with the Buildings Ordinance and any regulations thereunder and in carrying out any approved work hereunder the Tenant shall and shall cause its servants, employees, agents, contractors and workmen to cooperate fully with the Landlord and all authorised representatives, servants, employees, agents, contractors and workmen of the Landlord and with other tenants or contractors carrying out any work in the said building. The Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, contractors and workmen shall obey and comply with all instructions and directions which may be given by the Landlord and its authorised representatives and the manager of the said building in connection with the carrying out of such work.
       
    (g) In carrying out any work to the mechanical and electrical installations and/or wirings and/or the sprinkler systems and/or the fire protection and fire fighting systems, equipment and apparatus and/or the security systems, equipment and apparatus which has been previously approved by the Landlord, the Tenant shall use only a contractor approved in writing for the purpose by the Landlord at the expense of the Tenant and in such manner as the Landlord shall in its absolute discretion think fit and the Tenant shall also be solely responsible for all electricity and other charges thereby incurred.
       
    (h) The Tenant shall if required by the Landlord pay on demand all costs, charges and expenses (including legal costs and fees payable to architects, engineers and surveyors) which may be reasonably incurred by the Landlord in connection with any licence or consent granted for the work under this Clause.

 

- 16 -

 

 

Injury to Main Walls 5.2 Not to cut, maim, injure, drill into, mark or deface or permit or suffer to be cut, maimed, injured, drilled into, marked or defaced any doors, windows, window frames, walls, beams, ceilings, structural members or any part of the fabric of the said premises or any of the plumbing or sanitary or air-conditioning or water-heating apparatus or installation included therein or the fixtures and fittings in the said premises or the said building.
     
Damage to Walls, Ceilings and Floors 5.3 Not without the consent of the Landlord (which consent the Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold) to drive or insert or permit or suffer to be driven or inserted any nails, screws, hooks, brackets or similar articles into the ceilings, walls or floors of the said premises nor without the previous written consent of the Landlord to lay or use or permit or suffer to be laid or used any floor covering or do or permit or suffer to be done any other act or thing which may damage or penetrate the existing flooring, floor screed or slabs of the said premises or the said building.
     
Damage to Common Areas 5.4 Not to damage, injure or deface or permit or suffer to be damaged, injured or defaced any part of the structure, fabric or decorative features of the common areas and the common services and facilities including any stairs, gates, fences, hedges, trees, plants or shrubs therein or thereabout.
     
Nuisance or Annoyance 5.5 Not to do or permit or suffer to be done any act or thing which may be or become a nuisance or annoyance to the Landlord or to the tenants or occupiers of other premises in the said building or in any adjoining or neighbouring premises or which may in any way interfere with or affect or which is likely to interfere with or affect the management and the maintenance of the said Lot and the said building and it is agreed that a persistent breach by the Tenant of the terms of this Clause after warning in writing has been given by the Landlord to the Tenant shall amount to a breach of this Agreement justifying the Landlord exercising its rights of re-entry hereunder.
     
Noise 5.6 Not to cause or produce or permit or suffer to be produced at any time in the said premises any music or noise or vibration (including sound produced by broadcasting from radio, television or any apparatus or equipment capable of producing and reproducing sound) so as to be audible outside the said premises or any vibration or resonance or other form of disturbance nor to emit transmit or receive any microwaves by any unlicensed means of telecommunication or in any manner in contravention of the Telecommunications Ordinance (Chapter 106) or in interference with the use and enjoyment of broadcasting from radio or television of other owners, tenants or occupiers of adjacent or neighbouring premises or to do or cause or permit or suffer to be done any other acts or things in or on the said premises which is or are or may be or become a nuisance or annoyance to the owners, tenants or occupiers of adjacent or neighbouring premises or give rise to a cause for reasonable complaint and it is agreed that a persistent breach by the Tenant of the terms of this Clause after warning in writing has been given by the Landlord to the Tenant shall amount to a breach of this Agreement justifying the Landlord exercising its rights of re-entry hereunder.

 

- 17 -

 

 

Signs 5.7 Not to paint or exhibit or affix or display or permit or suffer to be painted or exhibited or affixed or displayed within or outside the said premises or any part thereof so as to be visible from outside the said premises any signboard, sign, decoration, advertising matter or other device whether illuminated or not nor to affix any writing, sign, signboard, decoration, advertising matter or other device in, at or above any part or parts of the common areas of the said building and the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building and their agents shall have the right to remove the same at the expense of the Tenant.
       
User 5.8 (a) Not to use, permit or suffer the said premises or any part thereof to be used for any purpose other than as office premises and the Tenant shall conduct therein only such business undertakings which are duly authorised licensed approved or permitted by the relevant and competent Government authorities and comply in all respects with the conditions terms and regulations relating to such business or imposed on the granting of the licence and/or approval in respect thereof.
       
    (b) Not to permit any person to remain in the said premises overnight without the prior written permission of the Landlord such permission shall only be given to enable the Tenant to post watchman to look after the contents of the said premises which shall not be used as sleeping quarters or as domestic premises within the meaning of any ordinance for the time being in force.
       
Illegal or Immoral Use 5.9 Not to use or cause or permit or suffer the said premises or any part thereof to be used for gambling or for any illegal or immoral or improper purposes.
       
Manufacture of Goods 5.10 Not to use or permit or suffer the said premises to be used for the purpose of the manufacture or making of goods and merchandise nor to conduct or permit any auction, closing down or similar sale of things or properties of any kind to take place in the said premises.
     
Unlawful or Dangerous Goods 5.11 Not to keep or store or permit or suffer or cause to be kept or stored in the said premises any unlawful goods or any arms, ammunition, gunpowder, salt-petre, petroleum, liquidfied petroleum gas, butane gas, kerosene or other explosive or combustible substance or dangerous, hazardous or prohibited goods within the meaning of the Dangerous Goods Ordinance (Cap.295) and the regulations made thereunder or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof from time to time in force and to fully indemnify the Landlord against all actions, costs, claims and demands in respect of any breach or non observance of this provision.

 

- 18 -

 

 

Obstructions 5.12 Not to use or cause or permit or suffer the entrances, lobbies, staircases, landings, corridors, passages, driveways and other common areas to be used for loitering or eating and not to place or leave or encumber or obstruct or permit or suffer to be placed or left or encumbered or obstructed with any boxes, furniture, articles, dust bins, chattels, goods, packaging, rubbish or other obstruction of any kind or nature any of the entrances, staircases, corridors, landings, passages, lobbies, driveways or other common areas and the Landlord and its authorised representatives shall be entitled without notice and at the Tenant’s expense to remove and dispose of as they see fit any such material aforesaid and the Landlord and its authorised representatives shall not thereby incur any liability to the Tenant or any other person whomsoever and the Tenant shall fully indemnify the Landlord against all loss, claims, damages or expenses as against the Landlord in respect thereof.
     
Prevention of Odours 5.13 Not to cause or permit or suffer any offensive or unusual odours or noxious smells which shall be offensive or unusual to be produced upon, permeate through or emanate from the said premises.
     
Animals, Pets 5.14 Not to keep or permit or suffer to be kept any animals or pets inside the said premises.
     
Subletting, Assigning 5.15 Not to assign, underlet, part with the possession of or transfer the said premises or any part thereof or any interest therein in any way nor permit or suffer any arrangement or transaction whether by way of sub-letting, lending, sharing or other means whereby any person or persons not a party to this Agreement obtains the use, possession, occupation or enjoyment of the said premises or any part thereof irrespective of whether any rental or other consideration is given therefor and in the event of any such transfer, sub-letting, lending, sharing, assignment or parting with the possession of the said premises this Agreement shall absolutely determine at the option of the Landlord and the Tenant shall forthwith vacate the said premises on notice to that effect from the Landlord. The tenancy hereby created shall be personal to the Tenant named in this Agreement and without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing the following acts and events shall be deemed to be breaches of this Clause:-

 

  (a) In the case of a tenant which is a partnership the change in such partnership whether on the death or retirement of an existing partner or otherwise.

 

- 19 -

 

 

  (b) In the case of a tenant which is a corporation any take-over, reconstruction, amalgamation, merger, voluntary liquidation or change in the person or persons who owns or own a majority of its voting shares or who otherwise has or have effective control thereof.
     
  (c) In the case of a tenant who is an individual the death, insanity or disability of that individual to the intent that no right to use, possess, occupy or enjoy the said premises or any part thereof shall vest in the executors, administrators, personal representatives, next of kin, trustee or receiver of any such individual.
     
  (d) The change of the Tenant’s name without the previous written approval of the Landlord.
     
  (e) The giving by the Tenant of a Power of Attorney or similar authority whereby the donee of the Power obtains the right to use, possess, occupy or enjoy the said premises or any part thereof or does in fact use, possess, occupy or enjoy the same.

 

Breach of Government Lease or Deed of Mutual Covenant 5.16 Not to do or permit or suffer to be done any act, deed, matter or thing whatsoever which amounts to a breach of any of the provisions, terms, conditions and covenants of the Government Lease or Conditions under which the said Lot is held from the Government or of the Deed affecting the said building and to fully indemnify the Landlord against the consequences of any such breach.
     
Breach of Insurance Policy 5.17 Not to do or permit or suffer or cause to be done any act, deed, matter or thing whatsoever whereby the policy or policies of insurance on the said building or the said premises or any part or parts thereof against loss or damage by fire and/or other insurable perils and/or claims by or liabilities to third parties for the time being in force may be rendered void or voidable or whereby the rate of premium thereon may be increased Provided that if as the result of any act, deed, matter or thing done, permitted, suffered or caused by the Tenant or occupier of the said premises, the premium on any such policy or policies of insurance shall be increased the Landlord shall be entitled without prejudice to any other remedy hereunder to recover from the Tenant the amount of any such increase and the Tenant shall forthwith repay to the Landlord on demand all sums paid by the Landlord by way of increased or additional premium thereon and all expenses incurred by the Landlord in and about any renewal of such policy or policies arising from or rendered necessary by such breach and in the event of the said premises or the said building or any part or parts thereof being damaged or destroyed by fire or other insurable cause at any time and the insurance money under any insurance against fire or other such cause effected thereon being wholly or partially irrecoverable by reason solely or in part of the Tenant's act or default then and in every such case to forthwith pay to the Landlord the whole or (as the case may require) a fair proportion of the cost of completely rebuilding or reinstating the same.

 

- 20 -

 

 

Aerials 5.18 Not to erect any aerial on the roofs or walls of the said building or within the said premises and not to interfere with, remove, dismantle or alter those common aerials (if any) of the said building.
     
Air-conditioning 5.19 Not without the prior written consent of the Landlord to install air-conditioning facilities in addition to such facilities as are provided by the Landlord and to take all possible measures to prevent excessive noise, condensation or dripping onto any part of the said building in respect of all such air-conditioning facilities of the said premises.
     
No Touting 5.20 Not to tout or solicit or procure or conduct or permit or suffer any touting or soliciting for business or the distribution of any pamphlets, notices or advertising matters outside the said premises or anywhere within the said building or the estate or development of which the said building forms part by the Tenant or any of the Tenant’s servants, employees, agents or licensees.
     
Use of Common Areas 5.21 Not to use the common areas and the common services and facilities of the said building save and except in accordance with the directions of the Landlord or the manager of the said building or their authorised representatives or the general rules or the car park rules or the club rules (if any).
     
Food Restriction 5.22 Not to cook, prepare or consume any food on or in the said premises except preparation and consumption of light meals or refreshments by the Tenant and/or the Tenant’s employees or guests.

 

Flat Roof(s) and Window(s) 5.23 (a) Unless otherwise agreed upon or permitted under this Agreement not to add any furnishing or decoration to (if any) air-conditioner canopy(ies), flat roof(s) and window(s) of the said premises. For the better observance of this Clause the Landlord reserves the right to order the removal of any item of the Tenant’s decoration, fixture, fitting, furnishing or :finishing in or on the said premises visible from outside the said building which shall be objectionable in the Landlord’s opinion.
       
    (b) Not to throw or permit to be thrown or dropped any article, rubbish or other things from (if any) flat roof(s) or from any windows of the said premises and in particular not to permit the construction thereon or the extension or suspension therefrom of any object, apparatus or structure whatsoever and it is agreed that a persistent breach by the Tenant of the terms of this Clause shall amount to a breach of this Agreement justifying the Landlord exercising its rights of re-entry hereunder.

 

- 21 -

 

 

SECTION

VI EXCLUSIONS

 

  6.1 The Landlord and its agents shall not in any circumstances be liable to the Tenant, occupier or any other person whomsoever:-

 

Common Services and Facilities   (a) In respect of any loss of life or loss, injury or damage to person or property or for any disruption or inconvenience caused to or sustained by the Tenant, occupier or any such other person caused by or through or in any way owing to any defect in or failure or breakdown or suspension of the lifts escalators and air-conditioning system (if any) condenser water supply system (if any) electric power and water suppliers, or any other common services and facilities provided in the said building for any reason whatsoever including negligent or wrongful acts or omissions by independent contractors; or
       
Electricity/Gas/Water Supply   (b) In respect of any loss of life or loss, injury or damage to person or property or for any disruption or inconvenience caused to or sustained by the Tenant, occupier or any such other person caused by or through or in any way owing to any failure, malfunction, explosion or suspension of the electricity or power or gas or water supply or other utility to the said building or the said premises for any reason whatsoever; or
       
Fire and Overflow of Water, Vermin   (c) In respect of any loss of life or loss, injury or damage to person or property or for any disruption or inconvenience caused to or sustained by the Tenant, occupier or any such other person caused by or through or in any way owing to the escape or spread of fire, smoke or fumes or any other substance or thing or overflow or leakage of water or vibrations from anywhere within the said building or the influx of rain water or sea water into the said building or the said premises or typhoon, landslide, subsidence of the ground or the flooding or the activity of termites, roaches, mice, rats or other pests or vermin in the said building or the act neglect default or omission of the tenants and occupiers of neighbouring premises or the defective or damaged condition of the said premises or the said building or the furnishings, fixtures and fittings therein or the dropping or falling of any article whatsoever from neighbouring premises; or

 

- 22 -

 

 

Non-enforcement   (d) In respect of any loss or damage howsoever caused by or through any non-enforcement of the provisions of the Deed in respect of the said building and such general rules, car park rules and club rules as may from time to time be made in accordance with the provisions of the Deed or non-observance thereof by any third party; or
       
Security   (e) For the security or safekeeping of the said premises or the said building or any persons or contents therein and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the provision by the Landlord and/or its agents of any watchman and caretaker or any mechanical or electrical alarm systems (if any) of whatever nature shall not create any obligation on the part of the Landlord as to the security of the said premises or any contents therein and the responsibility for the same shall at all times rest with the Tenant; or
       
Vehicles   (f) For the security or supervision of or for any damage to or loss of vehicles or accessories or injury to persons or any damage resulting therefrom.

 

  And the Tenant shall indemnify and keep the Landlord fully indemnified against all claims and demands whatsoever made upon the Landlord by any servant agent employee contractor or licensee of the Tenant or any other person claiming through or under the Tenant as a result of any such loss or injury or damage aforesaid nor shall the rent and other charges hereinbefore mentioned or any part thereof abate or cease to be payable on account of the happening of any of the foregoing.
   
Exemptions Extend to Landlord’s Agent and Manager 6.2 The Tenant hereby acknowledges that the exemptions contained in this Section also extend to the Landlord’s agent(s) and the manager of the said building; or
     
No Duty for Landlord to Insure 6.3 Nothing in this Section shall be construed as imposing on the Landlord or the manager of the said building any duty to insure against any of the above liabilities.

 

- 23 -

 

 

SECTION VII

ABATEMENT OF RENT

 

Abatement 7. If the said premises or the said building or any part thereof shall at any time during the said term be destroyed or damaged or become inaccessible owing to fire, water, storm, typhoon, defective construction, white ants, earthquake, subsidence of the ground, act of God, force majeure or any calamity or cause beyond the control of the Landlord or the Tenant and not attributable directly or indirectly to any act or default or neglect or omission of the Tenant his servants agents employees contractors or licensees so as to be rendered unfit for use and occupation or inaccessible and the policy or policies of insurance for such risk effected by the Landlord shall not have been vitiated or payment of the policy moneys refused in whole or in part in consequence of any act or default or neglect or omission of the Tenant or if at any time during the continuance of this Agreement the said premises or the said building shall be condemned as a dangerous structure or a demolition order or closing order shall become operative in respect of the said premises or the said building the happening of which is not attributable directly or indirectly to any act or default or neglect or omission of the Tenant his servants agents employees contractors or licensees then the rent hereby reserved or a fair proportion thereof according to the nature and extent of the damage sustained or order made shall after the expiration of the then current calendar month be suspended until the said premises or the said building shall have been reinstated or again be rendered accessible and fit for use and occupation PROVIDED THAT the Landlord shall be under no obligation to repair or reinstate the said premises or the said building if in its opinion it is not reasonably economical or practicable so to do and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT in circumstances when the whole or substantially the whole of the said premises has been rendered inaccessible or unfit for use and occupation and should the said premises not have been reinstated or rendered accessible in the meantime either the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time after three (3) months from the occurrence of such damage or destruction or order give to the other of them notice in writing to determine this Agreement and thereupon the same and everything herein contained shall cease and be void as from the date of the occurrence of such damage or destruction or order or of the said premises becoming inaccessible or unfit for use and occupation but without prejudice to the rights and remedies of either party against the other in respect of any antecedent claim or breach of the agreements, stipulations, terms and conditions herein contained or of the Landlord in respect of the rent or other charges payable hereunder prior to the occurrence of such damage or destruction or order.

 

- 24 -

 

 

SECTION VIII

DEFAULT

 

  8. It is hereby further expressly agreed and declared as follows :-
     
Default 8.1 If the rent and/or other charges payable hereunder or any part thereof shall be unpaid for fifteen (15) days after the same shall have become payable (whether legally or formally demanded or not ) or if the Tenant shall fail or neglect to observe or perform any of the agreements, stipulations or conditions herein contained and on the Tenant’s part to be observed and performed or if the Tenant shall stop or suspend payment of its debts or be unable to or admit inability to pay its debts as they fall due or enter into any scheme of arrangement with its creditors or have an encumbrancer take possession of any of its assets or in circumstances in which the Landlord shall have reasonable grounds to believe that the ability of the Tenant to pay the rent and other charges hereby reserved and to observe and perform its obligations under this Agreement shall have been prejudiced or put at risk or have a receiving order made against it or in such circumstances as aforesaid fail to satisfy any judgment that may be given in any action against it after final appeal or if the Tenant shall become bankrupt or being a corporation shall go into liquidation or if any petition shall be filed for the winding up of the Tenant or if the Tenant shall otherwise become insolvent or make any composition or arrangement with creditors or shall suffer any execution to be levied on the said premises or otherwise on the Tenant’s goods or the Tenant continues to cause unnecessary annoyance inconvenience or disturbance to the Landlord after warning in writing has been served by the Landlord on the Tenant then and in any such case it shall be lawful for the Landlord at any time thereafter to re-enter on and upon the said premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole whereupon this Agreement shall absolutely cease and determine but without prejudice to any right of action by the Landlord in respect of any outstanding breach or non-observance or non-performance by the Tenant of any of the agreements, stipulations and conditions herein contained and on the Tenant’s part to be observed and performed and to the Landlord’s right to deduct all loss and damage thereby incurred from the deposit paid by the Tenant in accordance with Section IX hereof and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing the Landlord shall also be entitled to forbid such defaulting Tenant and its agents employees servants licensees and visitors from using the services and amenities of the said premises and/or the said building until such default or breach has been rectified and the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building shall not incur any liability to the Tenant for any loss or damage suffered by the Tenant as a result thereof provided always that the rights and remedies given to the Landlord hereunder shall be deemed cumulative remedies and shall not prejudice any right of action or any remedy of the Landlord for the recovery of any rent and/or other moneys due to the Landlord from the Tenant.

 

- 25 -

 

 

Exercise of Rights 8.2 A written notice served by the Landlord on the Tenant in manner hereinafter mentioned to the effect that the Landlord thereby exercises the power of determination and/or re-entry herein contained shall be a full and sufficient exercise of such power without physical entry on the part of the Landlord notwithstanding any statutory or common law provision to the contrary. All costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in demanding payment of the rent and other charges payable hereunder (if the Landlord elects to demand) and in exercising its rights and/or remedies or in attempting to do so shall be paid by the Tenant and shall be recoverable from the Tenant as a debt.
     
Acceptance of Rent 8.3 Acceptance by the Landlord of rent and/or interest and/or other charges payable by the Tenant hereunder shall not be deemed to operate as a waiver by the Landlord of any right to proceed against the Tenant in respect of any breach, non-observance or non-performance by the Tenant of any of the agreements, stipulations, terms and conditions herein contained and on the Tenant’s part to be observed and performed notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary.
     
Acts of Contractors, Guests, Servants, Agents, Licensees and Visitors 8.4 For the purpose of this Agreement, any act, default, neglect or omission of any servant, agent, family member, guest, visitor, employee, contractor or licensee (as hereinbefore defined) of the Tenant or occupier of the said premises shall be deemed to be the act, default, neglect or omission of the Tenant.
     
Distraint 8.5 For the purposes of distress for rent in terms of Part III of the Landlord and Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance (Cap.7) or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force and of this Agreement the rent payable in respect of the said premises shall be and be deemed to be in arrears if not paid in advance at the times and in the manner hereinbefore provided for payment thereof.

 

SECTION IX

DEPOSIT

 

Deposit 9.1 The Tenant shall on the signing hereof and before it shall be entitled to possession of the said premises at the commencement of the said term and at such other times (if any) during the said term deposit and maintain with the Landlord the sum or sums specified in Part VII of the First Schedule hereto (hereinafter referred to as “the said deposit”) to secure the due observance and performance by the Tenant of the agreements, stipulations, terms and conditions herein contained and on the Tenant’s part to be observed and performed. The said deposit shall be retained by the Landlord throughout the said term and the currency of this Agreement free of any interest to the Tenant with the right for the Landlord (without prejudice to any other rights or remedy hereunder) to deduct therefrom the amount of any rent and other charges payable hereunder and any costs expenses loss or damage sustained by the Landlord as a result of any non-observance or non performance by the Tenant of any of the said agreement, stipulations obligations or conditions, in which event the Tenant shall as a condition precedent to the continuation of the said term hereby created forthwith on demand by the Landlord deposit with the Landlord the amount so deducted and if the Tenant shall fail so to do the Landlord shall forthwith be entitled to re-enter on the said premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole and to determine this Agreement but without prejudice to any right of action by the Landlord in respect of any aforementioned outstanding breach or non-observance or non performance by the Tenant.

  

- 26 -

 

 

Increase of Deposit9.2Should increase in rent during the said term be provided for herein or should the Tenant’s share of the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges payable by the Tenant hereunder be increased, the Tenant shall upon such increase becoming applicable pay to the Landlord by way of an increase in the said deposit a sum proportional to the said increase in rent and/or Air-Conditioning and Management Charges in order to restore the ratio of the said deposit to the rent plus the Tenant’s share of the Air-Conditioning and Management Charges to that previously subsisting and the payment of such increase shall be a condition precedent to the continuation of this Agreement.
   
Repayment of Deposit9.3Subject as aforesaid a sum equivalent to the amount of the said deposit shall be refunded to the Tenant by the Landlord without interest within forty five (45) days after the expiration of this Agreement and the delivery of vacant possession of the said premises to the Landlord and after the settlement of the last outstanding claim by the Landlord against the Tenant in respect of any arrears of rent and other charges payable by the Tenant hereunder and any breach, non-observance or non-performance of any of the agreements, stipulations, terms and conditions herein contained and on the part of the Tenant to be observed and performed whichever shall be the later. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto declare and acknowledge that the said deposit is not paid over and held hereunder as a trust property and/or upon any trust, express or implied, that the said deposit needs not be segregated from other monies of the Landlord.
   
Deposit Not Rent9.4In no event shall the Tenant be entitled to treat payment of the said deposit as payment of the rent and other charges hereby reserved.
   
Transfer of Deposit9.5

Without prejudice to the right of the Landlord to earlier terminate this Agreement in the event of sale of the said premises or the said building as provided in this Agreement, the Tenant hereby expressly agrees, consents and authorises the Landlord to transfer the said deposit paid under this Agreement to the new owner(s) or the purchaser(s) (as the case may be) of the said premises in the event of the Landlord assigning or selling the said premises to new owner(s) or purchaser(s) at any time during the continuance of this Agreement subject to and with the benefit of this Agreement, and the Landlord shall procure the new owner(s) or the purchaser(s) (as the case may be) to undertake in favour of the Tenant to refund the said deposit to the Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement whereupon the Landlord’s obligation to refund the said deposit herein contained shall be determined and discharged. Further but without prejudice to the generality of the aforesaid, the Tenant shall within seven (7) days upon request being made by the Landlord and at the costs and expense of the Landlord (if both parties shall retain the same solicitors), or each party shall pay its own solicitors costs and expense (if separately represented), enter into an agreement or memorandum with the Landlord and/or the new owner(s) or the purchaser(s) (as the case may be) to effectuate the purpose as aforesaid.

 

- 27 -

 

 

SECTION X

INTERPRETATION AND MISCEILANEOUS

 

Condonation Not a Waiver10.1No condoning, excusing, giving of time or overlooking by the Landlord of any default, breach or non-observance or non performance by the Tenant at any time or times of any of the Tenant’s agreements, stipulations, terms, conditions and obligations herein contained shall operate as a waiver of the Landlord’s rights hereunder in respect of any continuing or subsequent default, breach or non observance or non-performance or so as to defeat or affect in any way the rights and remedies of the Landlord hereunder in respect of any such continuing or subsequent default or breach and no waiver by the Landlord shall be inferred from or implied by anything done or omitted by the Landlord unless expressed in writing and signed by the Landlord. Any consent given by the Landlord shall operate as a consent only for the particular matter to which it relates and in no way shall be considered as a waiver or release of any of the provisions hereof nor shall it be construed as dispensing with the necessity of obtaining the specific written consent of the Landlord in the future in respect of similar or other matters unless expressly so provided.

 

Definition of Common Areas and Common Services and Facilities10.2(a) The common areas referred to in this Agreement shall mean the following:-

 

(i)Such parts of the said building as may be designated under the Deed in respect of the said building as common areas for use in common by the co-owners for the time being of the said building; and

 

(ii)Such other parts of the said building as may from time to time and at any time be so designated by the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building;

 

- 28 -

 

 

(b)The common services and facilities referred to in this Agreement shall mean the following:-

 

(i)Such services and facilities as may be designated under the Deed in respect of the said building as common services and facilities for the use in common by or benefit of the co owners for the time being of the said building; and

 

(ii)Such other services and facilities within the said building as may from time to time and at any time be so designated by the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building;

 

Provided always that the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building shall also have the full and unrestricted right and power from time to time and at any time without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction of the Tenant and without incurring any liability to the Tenant therefor to designate redesignate reallocate and/or partition such part or parts of the common areas and/or the common services and facilities and (if any) the recreational areas and facilities on the said building for the use of any person or persons and at such charges (if any) as the Landlord and/or the manager of the said building may see fit and to erect install restrict and/or alter the arrangement and/or the location and/or the accessibility of the same (such as entrances passageways doors doorways corridors landings staircases lobbies lifts escalators toilets) and the Tenant shall not raise any objection thereto and shall not have any recourse or remedy in any manner whatsoever.

 

Name of Development10.3The Landlord reserves the right to name or to change or to consent to the change of the name of the said building with or to any such name or style as it may determine and at any time and from time to time to change, alter, substitute or abandon any such name or style in its absolute discretion and without compensation to the Tenant and without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction of the Tenant and without the Landlord incurring any liability to the Tenant therefor whether for any loss, injury, damage, annoyance or inconvenience which the Tenant may suffer as a consequence of any change of name of the said building. The Landlord shall however give the Tenant, the Post Office and other relevant Government Authority(ies) reasonable notice of its intention to do as aforesaid or (as the case may be) of the aforesaid naming or change of name.
   
Introduction of Rules and Regulations10.4The Landlord or its agents and/or the manager of the said building shall be entitled from time to time and by notice in writing to the Tenant to make introduce and subsequently amend adopt or abolish if necessary such rules and regulations as they may consider proper or necessary for the management and maintenance of the said premises and/or the said building.

 

- 29 -

 

 

Service of Notices10.5Save as herein otherwise agreed and stipulated, any notice required to be served hereunder shall if to be served on the Tenant be sufficiently served if addressed to the Tenant and sent by prepaid post to or delivered at the said premises or the Tenant’s last known place of business or registered office or residence in Hong Kong and if to be served on the Landlord shall be sufficiently served if addressed to the Landlord and sent by prepaid post to or delivered at the address given in Part I of the Schedule hereto or any other address which the Landlord may notify to the Tenant from time to time. A notice sent by prepaid post shall be deemed to be given at the time and date of posting.
   
No Fine10.6The Tenant expressly declares and acknowledges that no fine, premium, key money, construction money or other consideration has been paid by the Tenant or the Landlord for the grant of this Agreement.
   
Exclusion of Warranties10.7This Agreement sets out the full agreement reached between the parties and no other representations have been made or warranties given relating to the Landlord or the Tenant or the said building or the said premises and if any such representation or warranty has been made, given or implied the same is hereby waived. The Tenant hereby declares and confirms that it has duly inspected the said premises and is fully satisfied with the current state and condition of the said premises and the furnishings (if any) and finishes therein. The parties hereto agree that the said premises will be let to the Tenant by the Landlord in the state and condition as at the date of the signing of this Agreement and no warranty or representation whatsoever has been given or is made by the Landlord or its agents regarding the said premises and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, no warranty or representation is made by the Landlord or its agents regarding the state and condition of the said premises or the said building or the furnishings (if any) or the installations and appliances therein or the user thereof.
   
Special Conditions10.8The parties hereto hereby agree that they shall respectively be bound by and entitled to the benefit of the Special Conditions (if any) contained in the Second Schedule hereto as if the same form an integral part of this Agreement, and in the event of conflict between any of the Special Conditions and any of the provisions in the main body of this Agreement the former shall prevail.
   
Joint and Several Liability10.9Where more than one person is named as the Tenant in Part II of the First Schedule hereto all such persons shall sign this Agreement and shall be jointly and severally liable for the performance and observance of the terms, conditions and agreements contained herein and on the part of the Tenant to be performed and observed.

 

- 30 -

 

 

Genders and Plurals10.10In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires words herein importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa and words herein in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and references to persons include bodies corporate and unincorporate and the term “the Landlord” shall include its agents.
   

Marginal Notes, Headings

and Index

10.11The marginal notes, headings and index are intended for guidance only and do not form part of this Agreement nor shall any of the provisions of this Agreement be construed or interpreted by reference thereto or in any way affected or limited thereby.

 

Stamp Duty and Costs10.12 (a)This Agreement is drafted and prepared by the Landlord, and the Tenant hereby acknowledges that it has all along been fully aware of its right to take independent advice on this Agreement, its content, meanings and effect, its completion and signing and that prior to the signing hereof at least a copy of this Agreement in its draft form has been sent to it for comment and/or agreement that the Tenant has thoroughly understood the content of this Agreement and agrees to be bound hereby at its own free will by the act of having this Agreement signed by it in case the Tenant is not legally represented hereon.

 

(b)Should the Tenant choose to be legally represented on the matter relating to this Agreement, the Tenant shall bear and pay its own legal costs and such disbursement as may be charged by its solicitors hereof and incidental hereto, unless both the Landlord and Tenant are legally represented hereon by the same solicitors where the legal costs and disbursements of and incidental to the preparation, completion and signing of this Agreement shall be borne by the parties hereto in equal shares.

 

(c)Should the parties hereto be legally represented separately each party shall bear and pay its own legal costs and such disbursements as may be charged by its own solicitors hereof and incidental hereto.

 

(d)Notwithstanding and without affecting and limiting the generality of the provisions of sub-clauses (a), (b) and (c) hereinabove, the stamp duty and (if any) registration fee and other disbursements of the Landlord in connection with this Agreement and its counterpart shall be borne by the parties hereto in equal shares. Unless otherwise agreed the stamping and (if applicable) registration of this Agreement and its counterpart shall be done by or through the Landlord that upon demand by the Landlord, the Tenant shall forthwith pay to the Landlord the Tenant’s share of the stamp duty and registration fee aforesaid.

 

- 31 -

 

 

Each Provision Independent and Severable10.13Each and every part of the clause sub-clause term condition stipulation or provision in this Agreement, save and except otherwise specified, shall be construed as an independent and severable part of the clause, sub-clause term condition stipulation or provision in this Agreement. In the event that any part of the clause, sub-clause term condition stipulation or provision is found to be illegal invalid or unenforceable such part of the clause, sub-clause term condition stipulation or provision shall be deemed to have been severed from this Agreement and shall not affect the validity and enforceability of the other part of the clause, sub-clause, term condition stipulation or provision and the other clauses, sub-clauses terms conditions stipulations or provisions of this Agreement.
   
Early Termination on Redevelopment Etc.10.14If the Landlord shall resolve to sell or redevelop or demolish or re-build or refurbish or renovate the said premises or the said building or any part(s) thereof (which intention shall be sufficiently and conclusively evidenced by a copy of the Resolution of its Board of Directors and, in case of the sale as aforesaid, of the sale contract certified by its Secretary or one of its Directors or a solicitor to be true and correct copy) then in any of such events the Landlord shall be entitled to give not less than six (6) months’ notice in writing to be given and to expire on any day of any calendar month to terminate this Agreement and immediately upon the expiration of such notice this Agreement shall notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in this Agreement be terminated and the Tenant’s right to occupy and remain in the said premises shall cease notwithstanding any rule of law or equity or any prior agreement(s) and the Tenant shall forthwith deliver up vacant possession of the said premises to the Landlord without any claim, costs or compensation whatsoever but without prejudice to the rights and remedies of the Landlord against the Tenant in respect of any antecedent claim or breach of any of the covenants restrictions stipulations or conditions herein contained. “Redevelopment” and/or “demolition” for the purposes of this Clause shall mean the redevelopment and/or demolition of the said building wholly or a substantial part(s) (but not necessarily a major part) thereof whether or not including any main walls exterior walls or roof of the said premises and whether or not any part thereof is to be re-built or redeveloped or reconstructed in the same or any other manner, and “refurbishment” and/or “renovation” for the purposes of this Clause may or may not include redevelopment or demolition or rebuilding of the said building or any part thereof.
   
Time10.15The parties hereto agree that time shall in all respect be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

- 32 -

 

 

Governing Law10.16This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the HKSAR and the parties hereto shall submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the HKSAR.

 

Rights of Third Party 10.17 (a) Save as provided in sub-clause (b) below, the Landlord and the Tenant do not intend any term of this Agreement to be enforceable pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Cap.623) (the “Rights of Third Parties Ordinance”).

 

(b)Subject to the provisions contained in this Clause, each of the following third parties (each being a “Designated Third Party’’) shall have the benefit of and may enforce this Agreement pursuant to the Rights of Third Parties Ordinance:-

 

(i)the manager of the said building; and

 

(ii)the Landlord’s successor(s) in title and assign(s).

 

(c)This Agreement may be varied from time to time or (where such right of rescission exists) rescinded without the consent of any Designated Third Party or any other person who is not a party to this Agreement and section 6(1) of the Rights of Third Parties Ordinance shall not apply to this Agreement.

     
 IN WITNESS whereof this Tenancy Agreement has been duly signed by the parties hereto the day and year first above written.

 

- 33 -

 

 

THE FIRST SCHEDULE

 

PART I

THE LANDLORD

 

SHK SHEUNG SHUI LANDMARK INVESTMENT LIMITED, whose registered office is situated at 45th Floor, Sun Hung Kai Centre, 30 Harbour Road, Hong Kong.

 

PART II

THE TENANT

 

NISSIN PRECISION MET AL MANUFACTURING LIMITED , whose registered office is situated at Room 1803A, 18th Floor, Landmark North, 39 Lung Sum Avenue, Sheung Shui, New Territories, Hong Kong.

 

PART III

THE SAID PREMISES

 

OFFICES NO. 1801 on LEVEL 18 of “LANDMARK NORTH”, No.39 Lung Sum Avenue, Shek Wu Hui, Sheung Shui, New Territories, Hong Kong (herein called “the said building”) erected on FANLING SHEUNG SHUI TOWN LOT NO.94 as for the purpose of identification only shown on the plan attached hereto and thereon coloured pink.

 

PART IV

TERM OF TENANCY

 

For the term of THREE (3) YEARS commencing on the 21st day of March 2020 and expiring on the 20th day of March 2023 (both days inclusive).

 

- 34 -

 

 

PART V

PARTICULARS OF RENT

 

The monthly rental (exclusive of Air-conditioning and Management Charges and rates, which are payable by the Tenant) for the said premises for the said term shall be:-

 

(i)From 21st March 2020 to 20th March 2021 (both days inclusive) – HONG KONG DOLLARS FORTY ONE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY ONE AND CENTS SIXTY (HK$41,681.60) ONLY;

 

(ii)From 21st March 2021 to 20th March 2022 (both days inclusive) – HONG KONG DOLLARS FORTY THREE THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY SIX (HK$43,976.00) ONLY; and

 

(iii)From 21st March 2022 to 20th March 2023 (both days inclusive) – HONG KONG DOLLARS FORTY SIXE THOUSAND AND TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY AND CENTS FORTY (HK$46,270.40) ONLY.

 

PART VI

AIR-CONDITIONlNG AND MANAGEMENT CHARGES

 

The monthly Air-Conditioning and Management Charges at the commencement of the said term shall be HK$10,324.80, which shall be subject to revision during the said term.

 

PART VII

THE SAID DEPOSIT

 

RENTAL DEPOSIT  HK$138,811.20 
AIR-CONDITIONING AND MANAGEMENT CHARGES DEPOSIT  HK$30,974.40 
(Being 3 months’ largest rental and 3 months’ air-conditioning and management charges)  HK$169,785.60 

 

PART VIII

AIR-CONDITIONlNG OPERATING HOURS

 

8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. on Mondays to Fridays and 8:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. on Saturdays but no air-conditioning shall be supplied on Sundays and Public Holidays Provided that the Landlord shall neither be liable to pay compensation to the Tenant in respect of any period during which due to circumstances beyond the control of the Landlord the proper operation of the air-conditioning plant shall be interrupted as a result of mechanical failure or need for repair or overhaul nor shall the Landlord be liable thereby to grant any abatement of rent in respect of such interruption. The Landlord and/or the manager of the said building also reserve the right to vary the said hours from time to time as the Tenant may be notified of in writing.

 

- 35 -

 

 

THE SECOND SCHEDULE

 

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

 

1.The Special Conditions and the Standard Requirements and Provisions and the Landlord’s M & E Provisions as contained in, if any, the Confirmation of Tenancy preceding hereto shall, in so far as the same is/are still applicable, take effect and bind the parties hereto as if the said Conditions and Provisions were repeated herein forming an integral part of this Agreement.

 

2.The Tenant shall at its own costs reinstate the said premises to a “bare shell” state and condition and to the Landlord’s satisfaction and reinstate the ceilings of the said premises to such state, layout and condition as the Landlord may then instruct the Tenant and shall deliver vacant possession of the said premises reinstated as abovesaid to the Landlord upon expiry or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

3.The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord shall have the right to carry out renovation and/or alteration and/or addition works within, outside and/or above the said building which may result in the making of noise and vibration and emission of dust and other substances and other forms of disturbance and that fitting out works will be carried out by the Landlord and/or other tenants (including but not limited to alteration works and mechanical and electrical works) which may cause inconvenience to the Tenant and that the Tenant hereby agrees that it shall not make any complaint and shall not be entitled to any abatement of rent or any claims/compensation of whatever nature against the Landlord or its agent(s) or the manager of the said building in relation to the said works.

 

4.The Tenant shall at its own costs use the contractor(s) approved by the Landlord in respect of any mechanical and electrical works.

 

5.The Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord shall have the absolute right at all times to designate or re-designate any toilets, lifts or common facilities located on any floor(s) to be used by any particular tenant(s) or occupier(s).

 

- 36 -

 

 

6.The parties hereto acknowledge and confirm that this Agreement is made and entered into in renewal of the letting of the said premises created under a Tenancy Agreement made between the Landlord as the landlord and the Tenant as the tenant dated the 18th day of May 2017 (hereinafter called “the Previous Agreement”). Upon signing of the Previous Agreement the Tenant paid to the Landlord a sum of HK$152,864.40 as deposit (hereinafter called “the Previous Deposit”). In the light of such said renewal, it is agreed as follows:-

 

  (a) The Previous Deposit shall upon or (as the case may be) before the signing hereof be transferred and applied towards payment of the deposit payable by the Tenant hereunder and the shortfall in the sum of HK$16,921.20 shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord upon or (as the case may be) before the signing hereof. Upon the transfer as aforesaid, the Landlord shall cease to be in any liability or obligation whatsoever to refund to the Tenant the Previous Deposit or any part thereof as if the same had been fully and duly refunded by the Landlord to the Tenant pursuant to the relevant provision(s) of the Previous Agreement.

 

  (b) In the light of the aforesaid renewal of tenancy, the Landlord shall be deemed to have given vacant possession of the said premises to the Tenant hereunder immediately upon the commencement of the said term, and on an “as is” basis.

 

- 37 -

 

 

SIGNED by              Lo King Wai , )

  )
the authorized person of Sun Hung Kai Real )
  )
Estate (Sales and Leasing) Agency Limited, )
  )
the Agent for the Landlord, whose signature(s) )
  )
is/are verified by:-    
   
     
SIGNED by )  
ROLAND WALTER KOHL )
CEO )
(being the person(s) duly authorized and )
  )
approved by the Board of Directors of the )
  )
Tenant) for and on behalf of the Tenant )
  )
in the presence of:- )
     
     
WITNESS NAME :                    CHEUNG CHI WAI, VIVIAN    

 

- 38 -

 

 

RECEIVED the day and year first above written )  
  )  
of and from the Tenant the sum of HONG KONG ) HK$169,785.60
  )  
DOLLARS ONE HUNDRED SIXTY NINE )  
  )
THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED EIGHTY FIVE )
  )
AND CENTS SIXTY ONLY (transferred and paid as )
  )
aforesaid) being the deposit money above expressed )
  )
to be payable by the Tenant to the Landlord. )

 

- 39 -

 

 

 

 

Landmark North (F.S.S.T.L. 94) Level 18 Floor Plan

 

(For identification purposes only, not to scale)

 

(Floor layout is strictly subject to changes at the landlord’s ultimate determination and the final approval of all relevant government authorities)

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.12

 

 

 

August 17, 2020

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N. E.

Washington,

D.C. 20549-7561

 

Dear Sirs/Madams,

 

We have read Item 16F of Highway Holdings Limited’s Form 20-F date August 17, 2020, and have the following comments:

 

1.We agree with the statements made in paragraphs 2 and 3 of Item 16F for which we have a basis on which to comment on, and we agree with the disclosures.

 

2.We have no basis on which to agree or disagree with the statements made in paragraphs 1 and 4 through 8 of Item 16F.

 

Your’s sincerely,

 

 

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong

 

EXHIBIT 8.1

 

Name of Entity

 

The following is a list of this Company’s subsidiaries that currently conduct significant operations. As of July 31, 2020, active subsidiaries that conducted operations were: Nissin Precision Metal Manufacturing Limited; Kayser Limited; Golden Bright Plastic Manufacturing Company Limited; Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd.; and Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Company Limited.

 

Antemat Limited Kayser Limited
   
Nissin Mechatronic Limited Golden Bright Plastic Manufacturing Company Limited  
   
Cavour Industrial Limited

Nissin Precision Metal

Manufacturing Limited

   
Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Company Limited Saiwan Industries Limited
   
Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. Hi-Lite Camera Company Limited

 

All of the foregoing entities are wholly-owned by Highway Holdings Limited, except Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. (the Company owns 84% of this entity). All subsidiaries, with the exception of Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Company Limited (organized in China) and Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. (organized in Myanmar) are incorporated in Hong Kong.

 

EXHIBIT 12.1

 

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Roland W. Kohl, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Highway Holdings Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of company’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Dated: August 17, 2020  
   
/s/ Roland Kohl  
Roland Kohl  
Chief Executive Officer  

 

EXHIBIT 12.2

 

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Alan Chan, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Highway Holdings Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of company’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

Dated: August 17, 2020  
   
/s/ Alan Chan  
Alan Chan  
Chief Financial Officer  

EXHIBIT 13.1

 

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Highway Holdings Limited (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ended March 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Roland Kohl, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: August 17, 2020  
   
/s/ Roland W. Kohl  
Roland W. Kohl  
Chief Executive Officer  

EXHIBIT 13.2

 

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Highway Holdings Limited (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ended March 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Alan Chan, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: August 17, 2020  
   
/s/ Alan Chan  
Alan Chan  
Chief Financial Officer  

Exhibit 15.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-230122 on Form F-3 of our report dated July 2, 2019, relating to the financial statements of Highway Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of and for the two years end March 31, 2019, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2020.

 

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Hong Kong

August 17, 2020

EXHIBIT 15.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-230122 on Form F-3 of our report dated August 15, 2020, relating to the financial statements of Highway Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Highway Holdings Limited for the year ended March 31, 2020.

 

/s/ Centurion ZD CPA & Co.

 

Hong Kong

August 15, 2020

 

v3.20.2
Document and Entity Information
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
shares
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]  
Entity Registrant Name HIGHWAY HOLDINGS LTD
Entity Central Index Key 0001026785
Amendment Flag false
Current Fiscal Year End Date --03-31
Document Type 20-F
Document Period End Date Mar. 31, 2020
Document Fiscal Period Focus FY
Document Fiscal Year Focus 2020
Entity Emerging Growth Company false
Entity a Well-known Seasoned Issuer No
Entity a Voluntary Filer No
Entity Current Reporting Status Yes
Entity Incorporation State Country Code D8
Entity Interactive Data Current Yes
Entity Filer Category Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Shell Company false
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding 3,971,825
Entity Annual Report true
Entity Transition Report false
Entity Shell Company Report false
Entity File Number 001-38490
v3.20.2
Consolidated Statements of Operations - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Income Statement [Abstract]      
Revenue from contracts with customers $ 12,558 $ 14,277 $ 19,166
Cost of sales (8,405) (10,697) (12,424)
Gross profit 4,153 3,580 6,742
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3,406) (4,335) (4,804)
Operating income (loss) 747 (755) 1,938
Non-operating income (expense):      
Exchange gain (loss), net 7 (8) 63
Interest income 65 33 16
Other income 61 8 5
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 16 28 50
Total non-operating income 149 61 134
Income (loss) before income taxes 896 (694) 2,072
Income taxes (note 3) (209) 26 (512)
Net income (loss) 687 (668) 1,560
Net (profit) loss attributable to non-controlling interests (1) 38 (10)
Net income (loss) attributable to Highway Holdings Limited's shareholders $ 686 $ (630) $ 1,550
Net income (loss) per share:      
- basic $ 0.18 $ (0.17) $ 0.41
- diluted $ 0.18 $ (0.17) $ 0.41
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:      
- basic 3,909,976 3,801,874 3,801,874
- diluted 3,909,976 3,801,874 3,801,874
v3.20.2
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax, Attributable to Parent [Abstract]      
Net income (loss) $ 687 $ (668) $ 1,560
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:      
Change in cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment 231 (35) 136
Comprehensive income (loss) 918 (703) 1,696
Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interest (1) 38 (10)
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Highway Holdings Limited's shareholders $ 917 $ (665) $ 1,686
v3.20.2
Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Current assets:    
Cash and cash equivalents (note 4) $ 8,827 $ 8,827
Accounts receivable, net (note 5) 2,008 2,264
Inventories, net (note 6) 2,000 1,539
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (note 7) 388 722
Total current assets 13,223 13,352
Goodwill, net  
Property, plant and equipment, net (note 8) 878 886
Operating lease right-of-use assets (note 12) 3,710
Long-term deposits 263 66
Long-term loan receivable 95 75
Long-term rental prepayment (note 9) 871
Investments in equity method investees (note 10)
TOTAL ASSETS 18,169 15,250
Current liabilities:    
Accounts payable 997 1,161
Operating lease liabilities, current (note 12) 782
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (note 11) 2,294 2,989
Income tax payable 564 602
Dividend payable 351 329
Total current liabilities 4,988 5,081
Operating lease liabilities, non-current (note 12) 2,034
Deferred income taxes (note 3) 229 32
Total liabilities 7,251 5,113
Commitments and contingencies (note 13)
Shareholders' equity:    
Preferred shares, $0.01 par value (Authorized: 20,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2019 and 2020)
Common shares, $0.01 par value (Authorized: 20,000,000 shares; 3,801,874 shares as of March 31, 2019 and 3,971,825 shares as of March 31, 2020 issued and outstanding) 40 38
Additional paid-in capital 11,537 11,370
Accumulated deficit (865) (1,233)
Treasury shares, at cost - 5,049 shares as of March 31, 2019 and nil shares as of March 31, 2020 (note 14) (14)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income 196 (35)
Total Highway Holdings shareholder's equity 10,908 10,126
Non-controlling interests 10 11
Total Equity 10,918 10,137
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $ 18,169 $ 15,250
v3.20.2
Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - $ / shares
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]    
Preferred stock, par value $ 0.01 $ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized 20,000 20,000
Preferred stock, shares issued
Preferred stock, shares outstanding
Common stock, par value $ 0.01 $ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized 20,000,000 20,000,000
Common stock, shares issued 3,801,874 3,971,825
Common stock, shares outstanding 3,801,874 3,971,825
Treasury shares 0 5,049
v3.20.2
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
Common shares, issued and outstanding
Additional paid-in capital
Retained profits (Accumulated deficit)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Treasury shares, at cost
Total Highway Holdings Limited's Shareholder's equity
Non-controlling interests
Total
Balance at Mar. 31, 2017 $ 38 $ 11,370 $ 13 $ (136) $ (14) $ 11,271 $ 39 $ 11,310
Balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2017 3,802              
Net income (loss) 1,550 1,550 10 1,560
Cash dividends (1,216) (1,216) (1,216)
Translation adjustments 136 136 136
Balance at Mar. 31, 2018 $ 38 11,370 347 (14) 11,741 49 11,790
Balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2018 3,802              
Net income (loss) (630) (630) (38) (668)
Cash dividends (950) (950) (950)
Translation adjustments (35) (35) (35)
Balance at Mar. 31, 2019 $ 38 11,370 (1,233) (35) (14) 10,126 11 10,137
Balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2019 3,802              
Shares issued $ 2 2 2
Shares issued, shares 175              
Shares cancelled (14) 14
Shares cancelled, shares (5)              
Share-based compensation 181 181 181
Net income (loss)     687     687 (1) 687
Cash dividends (319) (319) (319)
Translation adjustments 231 231 231
Balance at Mar. 31, 2020 $ 40 $ 11,537 $ (865) $ 196 $ 10,908 $ 10 $ 10,918
Balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2020 3,972              
v3.20.2
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Parenthetical) - $ / shares
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Statement of Stockholders' Equity [Abstract]      
Cash dividends, per share $ 0.08 $ 0.25 $ 0.32
v3.20.2
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Cash flows from operating activities:      
Net income (loss) $ 687 $ (668) $ 1,560
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 145 261 319
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets 1,074
Deferred tax benefit 209
Impairment of goodwill 77
Reverse of write down for doubtful receivables (66)
Write-down of inventories 39 419 45
Write-down of property, plant and equipment 233 113
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment (16) (28) (50)
Share-based compensation expenses 181
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
Accounts receivable 232 (41) 1,246
Inventories (559) 878 (580)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 58 8 17
Accounts payable (121) 270 (1,507)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (570) (850) 852
Operating lease liabilities (909)
Income tax payable 1 (170) 439
Long-term rental prepayment (871)
Long-term deposits (9) 45
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 442 (437) 2,388
Cash flows from investing activities:      
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (91) (695) (271)
Payment of long-term loan receivable (75)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment 27 34 129
Net cash used in investing activities (64) (736) (142)
Cash flows from financing activities:      
Cash dividends paid (297) (1,244) (1,031)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 81 (2,417) 1,215
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year 8,827 11,267 10,028
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (81) (23) 24
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year 8,827 8,827 11,267
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:      
Income taxes $ 10 $ 144 $ 35
v3.20.2
Organization and Basis of Financial Statements
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]  
ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Highway Holdings Limited (the "Company") was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on July 20, 1990. It operates through its subsidiaries operating in Hong Kong Special Administrative Region ("Hong Kong"), Shenzhen (comprising Long Hua) of the People's Republic of China ("China") and Yangon of the Republic of the Union of Myanmar ("Myanmar").

 

The Company and its subsidiaries (collectively referred as the "Group") are engaged in manufacturing and sale of metal, plastic and electronic parts and components. The Group's manufacturing activities are principally conducted in Shenzhen of China and Yangon of Myanmar, while its selling activities are principally conducted in Hong Kong.

v3.20.2
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Accounting Policies [Abstract]  
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a) Principles of consolidation - The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated on consolidation. The results of subsidiaries acquired have been consolidated from the date of acquisition.

 

(b) Use of estimates - The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management of the Group to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company's management based on their estimates on historical experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgements about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Group's consolidated financial statements included revenue recognition, valuation of goodwill, allowance for doubtful receivables, loan receivables valuation assessment, inventories impairment assessment, property, plant and equipment impairment assessment, the valuation of stock-based compensation, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and the valuation of non-controlling interests of the subsidiaries at acquisition dates. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

(c) Investments under equity method - The investments for which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the equity method. Under the equity method, original investments are recorded at cost and adjusted by the Group's share of undistributed earnings or losses of these entities, the amortization of intangible assets recognized upon purchase price allocation and dividend distributions or subsequent investments. All unrecognized inter-company profits and losses have been eliminated under the equity method.

   

When the estimated amount to be realized from the investments falls below its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when the decline in value is considered other than temporary.

 

(d) Cash and cash equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, bank deposits and short term, highly liquid investments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use, and which have maturities of three months or less when purchased, and are readily convertible to known amount of cash.

 

Cash equivalents are placed with financial institutions with high credit ratings and quality.

 

(e) Accounts receivable - Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts due from customers, that are typically non-interest bearing and are initially recorded at the invoiced amount. The Group reviews its accounts receivable on a periodic basis and records allowances when there is a doubt as to the collectability of the balance. In evaluating the collectability of the accounts receivable balances, the Group considers various factors, including the age of the balances, customer specific facts and economic conditions. Accounts receivable balances are write-down against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Group does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

 

(f) Loan receivables - Loan receivables mainly represent the loans to a non-controlling interest and a director of a subsidiary in Myanmar. The loan periods granted by the Group to the staff amounts to 36 months and carries fixed interest rate of 8% per annum. The loan receivables principle and interest are expected to be repaid on the expected settlement date. The loan receivables are stated at the historical carrying amount net of allowance for uncollectible loan receivables. The Group establishes an allowance for uncollectible loan receivable based on estimates, historical experience and other factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers. Uncollectible loan receivables are written off when the Group has determined the balance will not be collected. The loan receivables expected to be settled more than one year as of balance sheet date are classified into other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheets. No impairment was made on the loan receivables for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

 

(g) Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost determined by the first-in-first-out method. Work-in-progress and finished goods consist of raw materials, direct labor and overheads associated with the manufacturing process. Write-down of potential obsolete or slow-moving inventories is recorded based on management's assumptions about future demands and market conditions.

  

(h) Goodwill - Goodwill is the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but rather tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests goodwill for impairment in March of each fiscal year. Goodwill is also tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would be more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Specifically, goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. Step 1 compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and step 2 will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, step 2 compares the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit's goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in step 1 to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized in for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill. Estimating fair value is performed by utilizing various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow. Impairment testing for goodwill is done at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (also known as a component).

 

The gross amount of goodwill and accumulated impairment losses as of March 31, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   Kayser
Myanmar
 
   $ 
     
Gross as of April 1, 2018, March 31, 2019 and 2020   77 
Accumulated impairment loss as of April 1, 2018   - 
Impairment losses during the year ended March 31, 2019   (77)
Accumulated impairment loss as at March 31, 2019 and 2020   (77)
Net as of March 31, 2019 and 2020   - 

  

The balance represented the carrying value of Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. ("Kayser Myanmar") and had an aggregate carrying amount of $77 as of year ended March 31, 2018. During the year ended March 31, 2019, the Group has tested goodwill for impairment and estimated the fair value of Kayser Myanmar by using the income approach in step 1 of the impairment test. Based on the quantitative test, it was determined the fair value was more likely than not below its carrying amount. Management has identified several determinative events and factors, which has led to the above conclusion, included: (1) the financial result of Kayser Myanmar was below management's expectations due to higher than expected supply chain cost and increased competition, (2) the fiscal year 2020 annual budget operating plan in March 31, 2019, which provided additional insights into expectations and priorities for the coming years, such as lower growth and margin expectations and (3) increased and prolonged economic and regulatory uncertainty in the global economics as of March 31, 2019. Management has compared the implied fair value of Kayser Myanmar's goodwill to the carrying value of the goodwill which is step 2 of the two-step impairment test. An impairment loss was recognized for the excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill.

 

As a result of the two-step impairment test, the Group has recognized a $77 impairment loss of Kayser Myanmar goodwill in selling, general and administrative expenses during the year ended March 31, 2019, due to margin and revenue from contracts from customers declines as well as the lower growth and margin expectation. No impairment expenses were recognized during the years ended March 31, 2018 and 2020.

 

(i) Property, plant and equipment - Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis with no salvage value over the estimated useful lives of 5 to 10 years for machinery and equipment, shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life for leasehold improvements and 2 to 5 years for other property, plant and equipment.

 

(j) Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets (other than goodwill) - The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows and the eventual disposition. Management would estimate the future cash flow used to test the recoverability of the asset included the budgeted cash inflows less associated cash outflows, which are directly associated with the result of use. The estimation should exclude the interest charges which will be recognized as an expense when incurred. Management would consider all available evidence during the estimation process, to ensure the estimated budget would be the most possible outcomes. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cashflow were to be less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally measured based on either quoted market prices, if available, or discounted cash flow analyses.

   

During the year ended 2020 and 2019, the Group has reviewed the long-lived assets for impairment, since there are serval indicative events and factors identified, including (1) significant adverse changes in the business climate, (2) operating and cash flow losses in prior year, and (3) changes in production plan by shifting certain production lines from Shenzhen to Myanmar. Management has compared the carrying value of the long-lived asset to the estimated undiscounted operating cash flow based on the above factors.

 

As a result of the comparison, management has identified the sum of expected undiscounted cashflow of multiple types of machinery and equipment are more likely than not below their fair value. The Group has recognized an impairment of long-lived assets amounted to $113, $233 and $nil during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. The impairment has been recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, based on the nature of the impaired long-lived assets.

 

(k) Concentration of credit risk - Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to the concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, loan receivable, and other receivables and prepayments. The Group places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions with high credit ratings and quality.

 

The risks with respect to accounts receivables are mitigated by credit evaluations performed on the customers or debtors and ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances. The Group establishes an allowance for doubtful receivables based upon estimates, factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers and other information. Accounts receivable are charged against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

 

(l) Revenue recognition - Effective with the adoption of Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)," and the associated ASUs (collectively, "Topic 606") on April 1, 2018, the Group recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Group expects to receive in exchange for those goods. To determine revenue recognition for the arrangements that the Group determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the Group performs the following five steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Group adopted the ASU on April 1, 2018 for all revenue contracts with customers using the modified retrospective approach, while prior periods' amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company's historical accounting under ASC 605.

  

Product revenue recognition

 

The Group's revenue from contracts with customers is derived from product revenue principally from the sales of metal stamping and mechanical OEM and electric OEM products directly to other consumer electronics product manufacturers. The Group sell goods to the customer under sales contracts or by purchase orders. The Group has determined there to be one performance obligation for each of the sales contracts and purchase orders. The performance obligations are considered to be met and revenue is recognized when the customer obtains control of the goods. The Group has two major goods delivery channels, included:

 

(1)Delivering goods to customers' predetermined location, the Group has satisfied the contracts' performance obligations when the goods have been delivered and relevant shipping documents have been collected by the Group; and

 

(2)Picking up goods by customers in the Group's warehouse, the Group has satisfied the contracts' performance obligations when the goods have been picked up and the acceptance document has been signed by the customers.

 

The Group did not recognize any revenue from contracts with customers for performance obligations satisfied overtime during the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2020. Accordingly, the timing of revenue recognition is not impacted by the new standard.

 

The transaction price is generally in the form of a fixed price which is agreed with the customer at contract inception. The transaction price is recorded net of sales return, surcharges and value-added tax of gross sales. The Group has allocated the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the sales contracts and purchase orders.

 

The Group would request a deposit from customers upon receiving the purchase order and issue bills to customers upon transfer control of goods and relevant acceptance documents have been collected. Customers' deposits would be settled part of the outstanding bill upon receiving an acknowledgement from customers. For the remaining balance of outstanding bills, Customers are required to pay over an agreed upon credit period, usually between 30 to 75 days.

 

Return Rights

 

The Group does not provide its customers with the right of return (except for product quality issue) or production protection. Customer is required to perform product quality check before acceptance of goods delivery. The Group did not recognize for any refund liability according to the product return on the consolidated balance sheets.

   

Value-added taxes and surcharges

 

The Group presents revenue net of VAT and surcharges incurred. The surcharge is sales related taxes representing the City Maintenance and Construction Tax and Education Surtax. The Group incurs expenses or pays fees to external delivery service providers, respectively, and records such expenses and fees like shipping and handling expenses. Total VAT and surcharges paid by the Group during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 amounted to $57, $77 and $90 respectively.

 

Principals vs. agent accounting

 

The Group records all product revenue on a gross basis. To determine whether the Group is an agent or principal in the sale of products, the Group considers the following indicators: the Group is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified goods or services, is subject to inventory risks before the specified goods have been transferred to a customer or after transfer of control to the customers, and has discretion in establishing the price of the specified goods.

 

Disaggregation of revenue

 

The Group disaggregates its revenue from different types of contracts with customers by principal product categories, as the Group believes it best depicts the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows. See note 19 for product revenues by segment.

 

Contract balances

 

The Group did not recognize any contract asset as of March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020. The timing between the recognition of revenue and receipt of payment is not significant.

 

The Group's contract liabilities consist of deposits received from customers. As of March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, the balances of the contract liabilities are $25 and $39, including deposits received from customers. All contract liabilities at the beginning of the year ended March 31, 2020 were recognized as revenue during the year ended March 31, 2020 and all contract liabilities as of year ended March 31, 2020 are expected to be realized in the following year.

 

In periods prior to the adoption of Topic 606, the Group's accounting policy was to recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, products are delivered, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

  

(m) Staff retirement plan costs - The Group's costs related to the staff retirement plans (see note 17) are charged to the consolidated statement of operations as incurred.

 

(n) Foreign currency translations and transactions - The functional and reporting currency of the Company is the United States Dollars ("U.S. dollars"). All transactions in currencies other than functional currencies of the Company during the year are remeasured at the exchange rates prevailing on the respective transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities existing at the balance sheet date denominated in currencies other than functional currencies are remeasured at the exchange rates on that date. Exchange differences are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The books and records of the Company's major subsidiaries are maintained in their respective local currencies, the Hong Kong dollars, Myanmar kyat and Renminbi, which are also their respective functional currencies. The financial statements of the Group's entities of which the functional currency is not U.S. dollars are translated from their respective functional currency into U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. Equity accounts other than earnings generated in current period are translated into U.S. dollars at the appropriate historical rates. Income and expense items are translated into U.S. dollars at the average rates of exchange over the year. All exchange differences arising from the translation of subsidiaries' financial statements are recorded as a component of comprehensive income (loss).

 

(o) Income taxes - Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates that will be in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Group records a valuation allowance against the amount of deferred tax assets that it determines is not more likely than not of being realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

The Group recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Group records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties, if any, within income tax expenses.

 

(p) Net income (loss) per share - Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to the Company by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.

 

Diluted net income (loss) attributable to the Company per share gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the year. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding is adjusted to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued.

  

Anti-dilutive potential ordinary shares are not considered in the calculation of the diluted earnings per share. Potential ordinary shares are antidilutive when the conversion of ordinary shares increases the earnings per share or decreases the net loss per share.

 

(q) Comprehensive income (loss) - Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss) and foreign currency translation adjustments and is presented net of tax.

 

The Group presents the components of net income (loss), the components of other comprehensive income (loss) and total comprehensive income (loss) in two separate but consecutive statements.

 

(r) Fair value measurement and financial instruments - The Group applies a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Under this hierarchy, there are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical asset or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

 

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

Determining which category an asset or liability falls within the hierarchy requires significant judgment.

 

The carrying amounts of financial instruments, which consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable and other liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short term nature of these instruments.

 

(s) Non-controlling interest - Non-controlling interests have been reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of changes of equity and comprehensive income for all periods presented.

  

(t) Stock-based compensation – The Group adopted the provisions of ASC Topic 718 which requires the Group to measure and recognize compensation expenses for an award of an equity instrument based on the grant-date fair value. The cost is recognized over the vesting period (or the requisite service period). Further, ASC Topic 718 requires the Group to estimate forfeitures in calculating the expense related to stock-based compensation.

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Valuation Model, and recognized as expenses (a) immediately at the grant date if no vesting conditions are required; and (b) for share options or restricted shares granted with only service conditions, using the straight-line vesting method, over the vesting period. The expected volatility was based on the historical volatilities of the Company's listed common stocks in the United States and other relevant market information. The Company uses historical data to estimate share option exercises and employee departure behavior used in the valuation model. The expected terms of share options granted is derived from the output of the option pricing model and represents the period of time that share options granted are expected to be outstanding. Since the share options once exercised will primarily trade in the U.S. capital market, the risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the share option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

There were no grants to non-employee consultants after the effectiveness of ASU 2018-07—Compensation—stock compensation (Topic 718)—Improvements to nonemployee share-based payment accounting.

 

(u) Recently Adopted Accounting Standards – On April 1, 2019, the Group adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (ASU 2016-02), as amended, which supersedes the lease accounting guidance under Topic 840, and generally requires lessees to recognize operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use (ROU) assets on the balance sheet and to provide enhanced disclosures surrounding the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leasing arrangements. The Group adopted the new guidance using the modified retrospective transition approach by applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application and not restating comparative periods. The most significant impact was the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases.

 

On April 1, 2019, the Group adopted Topic 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach by applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. Results and disclosure requirements for reporting periods beginning after April 1, 2019 are presented under Topic 842, while prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with its historical accounting under Topic 840.

 

The Group elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allowed it to carry forward its historical lease classification, its assessment on whether a contract was or contains a lease, and its initial direct costs for any leases that existed prior to April 1, 2019. The Group also elected to combine its lease and non-lease components and to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated lease payments in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

Upon adoption, the Group recognized total ROU assets of $2,184, with corresponding liabilities of $1,275 on the consolidated balance sheets. The ROU assets include adjustments for prepayments and accrued lease payments. The adoption of the new lease standard does not have significant impact on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and cash flows and there was no adjustment to the beginning retained earnings on April 1, 2019.

 

Under Topic 842, the Group determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the lease term. For this purpose, the Group considers only payments that are fixed and determinable at the time of commencement. As most of its leases do not provide an implicit rate, it uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Group's incremental borrowing rate is a hypothetical rate based on its understanding of what its credit rating would be. The ROU asset also includes any lease payments made prior to commencement and is recorded net of any lease incentives received. The Group's lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise such options.

 

Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, operating lease liabilities, current and non-current operating lease liabilities, on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

(v) Accounting standards issued but not adopted as of March 31, 2020 - In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other organizations. The ASU requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. Organizations will continue to use judgment to determine which loss estimation method is appropriate for their circumstances. The ASU requires enhanced disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization's portfolio. These disclosures include qualitative and quantitative requirements that provide additional information about the amounts recorded in the financial statements. In November 2018, this was further updated with the issuance of ASU 2018-19, which excludes operating leases from the scope. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. For public business entities that are U.S. SEC filers, the ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

  

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment". The update simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. The update also eliminates the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The update should be applied on a prospective basis. The nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle should be disclosed upon transition. The update is effective for any annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Group expects the adoption of the new guidance will not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement," which is part of the FASB disclosure framework project to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to the financial statements. The amendments in the new guidance remove, modify and add certain disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements covered in Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement." The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for either the entire standard or only the requirements that modify or eliminate the disclosure requirements, with certain requirements applied prospectively, and all other requirements applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

 

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-17, Consolidation: Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities, which modifies the guidance related to indirect interests held through related parties under common control for determining whether fees paid to decision makers and service providers are variable interest. ASU 2018-17 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions within ASC 740, Income Taxes, and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistent application among reporting entities. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the Company must apply certain aspects of this standard retrospectively for all periods presented while other aspects are applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Group is evaluating the impact this update will have on its financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

v3.20.2
Income Taxes
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]  
INCOME TAXES

3.INCOME TAXES

 

Income is subject to tax in the various countries in which the Group operates.

 

No income tax arose in the United States of America in any of the periods presented.

 

The Company is not taxed in the British Virgin Islands.

 

The Group's operating subsidiaries, other than Nissin Metal and Plastic (Shenzhen) Company Limited ("Nissin PRC") and Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. ("Kayser Myanmar"), are all incorporated in Hong Kong and are subject to Hong Kong taxation on income derived from their activities conducted in Hong Kong. Hong Kong Profits Tax has been calculated at 16.5% of the estimated assessable profit for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

 

As of March 21, 2018, the Hong Kong Legislative Council passed The Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No. 7) Bill 2017 (the "Bill") which introduces the two-tiered profits tax rates regime. The Bill was signed into law on March 28, 2018 and was gazetted on the following day. Under the two-tiered profits tax rates regime, the first HK$2 million (equivalent to $257) of profits of the qualifying group entity will be taxed at 8.25%, and profits above HK$2 million will be taxed at 16.5%. The profits of group entities not qualifying for the two-tiered profits tax rates regime will continue to be taxed at a flat rate of 16.5%. The Group has selected Kayser Limited ("Kayser") as the qualified entity under two-tiered profit tax rates regime and the remaining Hong Kong based subsidiaries are not qualifying under the regime and continue to be taxed at 16.5%.

 

Nissin PRC, which is established and operated in China, is subject to the uniform income tax rate of 25% in China.

 

The Group's manufacturing operations were conducted mainly in Long Hua, Shenzhen and Yangon of Myanmar during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. However, Kayser Myanmar enjoyed a tax exemption for the period through the end of December 31, 2017 and was subject to an income tax rate of 25% starting from January 1, 2018 onward.

 

The components of income before income (loss) taxes are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
Hong Kong   955    (850)   673 
China   1,060    398    229 
Myanmar   57    (242)   (6)
    2,072    (694)   896 

  

Income tax expense (credit) consists of the following:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Current tax:            
             
Hong Kong               
Current tax   156    4    11 
Overprovision in prior year   -    (30)   - 
                
China               
Current tax   356    -    - 
                
Deferred tax:               
Current tax   -    -    198 
Total   512    (26)   209 

 

A reconciliation between income taxes computed by applying the Hong Kong profits tax rate to profit/loss before income taxes, the income taxes are as follows:

  

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   %   %   % 
             
Profits tax rate in Hong Kong   16.5    16.5    16.5 
Non-deductible items/non-taxable income   2.1    3.3    26.9 
Changes in valuation allowances   (1.4)   (0.4)   1.1 
Overprovision of profits tax in prior year   (2.1)   4.3    - 
Effect of different tax rate of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions   4.3    (1.9)   1.8 
Tax effect of tax losses not recognized   0.0    (30.0)   0.1 
Utilization of tax losses previously not recognized   (1.0)   12.7    (11.6)
Others   6.2    (0.8)   (11.5)
Effective tax rate   24.6    3.7    23.3 

  

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Property, plant and equipment   32    5 
ROU assets   -    829 
Total deferred tax liabilities   32    834 
           
Deferred tax assets:          
Lease liabilities   -    (605)
Tax loss carryforwards   (594)   (478)
Deferred deductible expenses   (74)   (74)
Valuation allowance   668    552 
Total deferred tax assets   -    (605)
Net deferred tax liabilities   32    229 

 

Movement of valuation allowances are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
At the beginning of the year   567    548    668 
Current year (reduction) addition   (19)   120    (116)
At the end of the year   548    668    552 

 

A valuation allowance has been provided on the deferred tax asset because the Group believes it is not more than likely that the asset will be realized. As of March 31, 2019 and 2020, a valuation allowance was provided for the deferred tax asset relating to the future benefit of net operating loss carryforward and deferred deductible expenses, as the management determined that the net operating loss carryforward and deferred deductible expenses were not more likely than not to be utilized. If events occur in the future that allows the Group to realize more of its deferred tax assets than the presently recorded amount, an adjustment to the valuation allowance will be made when those events occur.

 

As of March 31, 2019 and 2020, tax losses amounting to approximately $3,424 and $2,723. As of March 31, 2020, the tax losses carried forward of $242 and $99, respectively, are to expire during the year ending March 31, 2023 and 2025, respectively. As of March 31, 2019 and 2020, the other tax losses carried forward of $3,083 and $2,382, respectively may be carried forward indefinitely.

 

Uncertainties exist with respect to how China's current income tax law applies to the Group's overall operations, and more specifically, with regard to tax residency status. China's Enterprise Income Tax ("EIT") Law includes a provision specifying that legal entities organized outside of China will be considered residents for China income tax purposes if their place of effective management or control is within China. The Implementation Rules to the EIT Law provides that non-resident legal entities will be considered as China residents if substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting, properties, etc. occur within China. The Company does not believe that its legal entities organized outside of China should be treated as residents for the EIT Law's purposes. Substantially, the Company's overall management and business operation are located outside China. The Company does not expect any significant adverse impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations.

 

The Group has made its assessment of the level of the tax authority for each tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits and has measured the unrecognized tax benefits associated with the tax positions. Based on the evaluation by the Group, it was concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Group classifies interest and/or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax provisions; however, as of March 31, 2019 and 2020, there is no interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, and the Group has no material unrecognized tax benefit which would favourably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods. The Group does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases to its liability for unrecognized tax benefit within the next twelve months. The fiscal years 2008 to 2020 remain subject to examination by the Hong Kong tax authority.

v3.20.2
Cash and Cash Equivalents
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

4.CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Cash on hand   1    12 
Bank deposits   6,874    7,748 
Short term investments   1,952    1,067 
    8,827    8,827 

 

Short term investments are highly liquid investments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use, and which have maturities of three months or less.

v3.20.2
Accounts Receivable, Net
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Accounts Receivable, after Allowance for Credit Loss [Abstract]  
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
5.ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

Accounts receivable, net is analyzed as follows:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Accounts receivable   2,264    2,008 
Allowances for doubtful receivables   -    - 
    2,264    2,008 

 

Details of the movements of the allowances for doubtful receivables are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
At beginning of year   66    -    - 
Reversal for the year   (66)   -    - 
At end of year   -    -    - 
v3.20.2
Inventories, Net
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]  
INVENTORIES, NET
6.INVENTORIES, NET

 

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Raw materials   1,200    1,346 
Work in progress   40    234 
Finished goods   299    420 
    1,539    2,000 

 

Slow moving inventories amounting to $45, $419 and $39 were written off during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $  
         
Prepaid expenses   137    129 
Short-term rental prepayment   79    - 
Payment in advance   110    140 
Deposits   373    108 
Other   23    11 
    722    388 
v3.20.2
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Prepaid Expenses And Other Current Assets [Abstract]  
PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
7.PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $  
         
Prepaid expenses   137    129 
Short-term rental prepayment   79    - 
Payment in advance   110    140 
Deposits   373    108 
Other   23    11 
    722    388 
v3.20.2
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]  
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

8.PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
At cost:        
Machinery and equipment   12,284    12,135 
Furniture and fixtures   464    90 
Leasehold improvements   1,044    1,120 
Motor vehicles   153    162 
Total   13,945    13,507 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and impairment   (13,059)   (12,629)
Property, plant and equipment, net   886    878 

 

Depreciation expense incurred for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 were $319, $261 and $145, respectively.

 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment amounting to $113, $233 and $nil incurred during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

v3.20.2
Long-Term Rental Prepayment
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Long-Term Rental Prepayment [Abstract]  
LONG-TERM RENTAL PREPAYMENT

9.LONG-TERM RENTAL PREPAYMENT

 

The amount represented prepaid rental to Konig Company Limited ("Konig Company"), a Myanmar Company, which is owned by a non-controlling interest of Kayser Myanmar (owns a 16% interest in Kayser Myanmar). On March 29, 2019, Kayser Myanmar and Konig Company have entered into a 50-year rental agreement for a manufacturing complex in Yangon, Myanmar (the "New Facility"). Kayser Myanmar's operations will be conducted at this new factory after the agreement commencing from April 1, 2019.

 

The lease for the New Facility has a term of 50 years, Kayser Myanmar has the option to extend the lease term for two consecutive 10-year terms on the same terms and conditions as in effect for the initial 50-year period. Kayer Myanmar is obligated under the lease to make monthly lease payment equal to 10 million Myanmar Kyat (equivalent to $7.2 per month as of March 31, 2020).

 

Kayser Myanmar has paid Konig Company $950 as prepaid rent under the lease, approximately 12 years of rental payments. Upon application of Topic 842, the current and non-current portion of rental prepayment as of April 1, 2019 for $79 and $871 respectively were reclassified to ROU assets.

v3.20.2
Investments in Equity Method Investees
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Equity Method Investments and Joint Ventures [Abstract]  
INVESTMENTS IN EQUITY METHOD INVESTEES
10.INVESTMENTS IN EQUITY METHOD INVESTEES

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the investments in equity method investees in the Group's consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2019 and 2020 and the amount of underlying equity in net assets of the equity investees:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
The Group's proportionate share of equity in the net assets of equity investees   5    5 
Less: Accumulated impairment losses recognized   (5)   (5)
Investments in equity investees reported in the consolidated balance sheets   -    - 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, investment in equity method investees represented the 50% equity interest in Kayser Technik (Overseas) Inc. (K.T.I) ("Kayser Technik (Overseas)"), a company incorporated in Republic of Panama, which was formerly engaged in the trading of camera batteries, films, and disposable cameras. Kayser Technik (Overseas) was inactive, and the investment was fully impaired as of March 31, 2019 and 2020.

v3.20.2
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Accrued Liabilities Current and Other Liabilities Current [Abstract]  
ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
11.Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Accrued payroll   822    134 
Accrued housing allowance   294    214 
Accrued other social benefits   1,087    1,167 
Deposits received from customers   25    39 
Unbilled purchases from suppliers   35    - 
Accrued audit fee   251    430 
Others   475    310 
    2,989    2,294 

 

Accrued other social benefits represented the provision of employment termination payments based on management approved restructuring plan for relocating its manufacturing facilities based on China's Labor laws. The restructuring plan is currently in process and expected to be completed within twelve months from March 31, 2020. The provision amount is reasonably estimated based on China's Labor laws and management estimation of acceptance rate.

v3.20.2
Leases
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Leases [Abstract]  
LEASES

12.LEASES

 

On March 21, 2020 , the Group entered into two lease agreements for executive and administrative offices in Hong Kong, under three-year leases that expire in March 2023.

 

On March 1, 2020 , the Group entered into two lease agreements for factory space and dormitories located in Shenzhen, China that expire in February 2023.

 

On March 29, 2019, Kayser Myanmar entered into a 50-year lease of a manufacturing facility in Yangon, Myanmar. Kayser Myanmar is obligated under the lease to make monthly lease payment equal to 10 million Myanmar Kyat (equivalent to $7.2 per month as of March 31, 2020). At inception, Kayser Myanmar has paid $950 as prepaid rent under the lease, approximately 12 years of rental payments.

 

   2020 
   $ 
     
Operating lease cost   991*
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term - Operating leases   7.51 years 
Weighted Average Discount Rate - Operating leases   7.63%

 

*Included unconditional government subsidy and sublease income with total amount $289 for factory space and dormitories located in Shenzhen.

 

The following is a schedule, by years, of maturities of lease liabilities as of March 31, 2020:

 

   Operating
leases
 
   $ 
Year ending March 31,    
2021   888 
2022   933 
2023   908 
2024   - 
2025   - 
Thereafter   3,275 
Total undiscounted cash flows   6,004 
Less: imputed interest   (3,188)
Present value of lease liabilities   2,816 
v3.20.2
Capital Commitments And Contingencies
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]  
CAPITAL COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
13.CAPITAL COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

As of March 31, 2019 and 2020, the Group had no commitments for capital expenditure contracted for but not provided in the consolidated financial statements in respect of the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.

v3.20.2
Treasury Stock
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Equity [Abstract]  
TREASURY STOCK
14.TREASURY STOCK

 

as of March 31, 2019 and 2020, 5,049 and nil shares were held in treasury and were not eligible to vote, respectively.

v3.20.2
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]  
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS
15.CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS

 

The Group's financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of its cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables.

 

The Group's cash and cash equivalents are high-quality deposits placed with banking institutions with high credit ratings. This investment policy limits the Group's exposure to concentrations of credit risk.

 

The trade receivable balances largely represent amounts due from the Group's principal customers who are generally international organizations with high credit ratings. Letters of credit are the principal security obtained to support lines of credit or negotiated contracts from a customer. As a consequence, related credit risk is limited.

 

Accounts receivable from the three customers with the largest receivable balances as of March 31, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   Percentage of 
   accounts receivable 
   2019   2020 
   %   % 
         
Customer A   61.1    47.4 
Customer B   10.2    ** 
Customer C   6.9    18.4 
Customer D   **    6.7 
Three largest receivable balances   78.2    72.5 

 

**not among the top three receivable balances as of respective year end.

 

A substantial percentage of the Group's sales are made to three customers and are typically on an open account basis. Customers accounting for 10% or more of total revenue from contracts with customers in any of the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   %   %   % 
             
Customer A (note a)   51.4    47.7    48.2 
Customer B (note a)   15.8    18.0    20.8 
Customer C (note b)   10.8    11.2    N/A 
    78.0    76.9    69.0 

 

Notes:

 

(a)Sales to this customer were reported in both of the Metal Stamping and Mechanical OEM and Electric OEM operating segments.
(b)Sales to this customer were reported in the Electric OEM operating segment.
v3.20.2
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]  
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

16.NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for years indicated:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Net income (loss) attributable to Highway Holdings Limited's shareholders, basic and diluted   1,550    (630)   686 
                
Shares:               
Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net income per share   3,801,874    3,801,874    3,909,976 
                
Net income (loss) per share, basic   0.41    (0.17)   0.18 

 

There were no dilutive securities for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

v3.20.2
Staff Retirement Plans
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Retirement Benefits [Abstract]  
STAFF RETIREMENT PLANS
17.STAFF RETIREMENT PLANS

 

The Group operates a Mandatory Provident Fund ("MPF") scheme for all qualifying employees in Hong Kong. The MPF is a defined contribution scheme and the assets of the scheme are managed by a trustee independent of the Group.

 

The MPF is available to all employees aged 18 to 64 with at least 60 days of service under the employment of the Group in Hong Kong. Contributions are made by the Group to the MPF at a rate of 5% based on the staff's relevant compensation.

 

The Group's full-time employees in China participate in a government-mandated multiemployer defined contribution plan pursuant to which certain medical care unemployment insurance, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. The China labor regulations require the Group to accrue for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees' salaries. No forfeited contributions may be used by the employer to reduce the existing level of contributions.

 

Under the Social Security Schemes in Myanmar, the Group was required registration of its employees with the Social Security Board. Contributions are made by the Group to the social security plan at a rate of 3% based on the staff's relevant compensation.

 

There is no gratuity/end of service/pension entitlements stipulated under Myanmar law for private sector employees. Presently there is no pension plan required by Myanmar law compelling private sector employees or employers to make pension contributions. The Group does not provide additional private pension plans to its employees in Myanmar.

 

The cost of the Group's contribution to the staff retirement plans in Hong Kong and China amounted to $242, $114 and $223 for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

v3.20.2
Stock Options And Restricted Shares
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Stock Options And Restricted Shares [Abstract]  
Stock Options And Restricted Shares

18.STOCK OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED SHARES

 

The Group has adopted the "2010 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan" (the "2010 Option Plan"). The 2010 Option Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee appointed by the Board of Directors, which determines the terms of the options granted, including the exercise price, the number of common shares subject to the option and the option's exercisability. Unless otherwise specified by the Compensation Committee, the maximum term of options granted under the 2010 Option Plan is five years.

 

Under the 2010 Option Plan, the Group is authorized to grant options, and to issue restricted shares, for a total of 600,000 shares. On August 8, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Company granted awards for a total of 585,000 shares of stock options and restricted shares under the Company's 2010 Option Plan. The awards consisted of 160,000 non-qualified share options to 20 key employees, 250,000 non-qualified share options to 7 directors of the Company, including 60,000 options to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, and 175,000 restricted shares to 12 managers and key employees.

 

The stock options are fully vested, have a five-year term, and an exercise price of $1.97 (the closing price of the Company's common stock on August 7, 2019). The restricted shares granted will vest in five years, on August 8, 2024. In the event that any recipient's employment with the Company or its subsidiaries is terminated before August 8, 2024, the Company will have the right to repurchase the restricted shares at a price of $0.01 per share.

 

Stock Options Issued to Directors and Key Employees

 

For the year ended March 31, 2020, 410,000 stock options were granted by the Company. The fair value of options granted to employees and directors in fiscal year 2020 was $0.33 per stock option. It was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Valuation Model:

 

   2020 
     
Stock price  $1.97 
Risk-free interest rate   1.66%
Expected life   2.5 years 
Expected volatility   41.83%
Expected dividend yield   8%

  

The expected volatility was based on the volatilities of the Company's listed common stocks in the United States and other relevant market information. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Group's history and expectation of dividend payouts. The expected life of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding.

 

As of March 31, 2020, compensation expense of $135 is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

There was no unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the 2010 Option Plan, nor non-vested stock options as at March 31, 2020.

 

A summary of stock option activity during the year ended March 31, 2020 is as follows:

 

           Weighted 
       Weighted   average 
   Number of   average   remaining 
   stock   exercise   contractual 
   options   price   life (years) 
       $     
Outstanding as of April 1, 2019   -    -    - 
Granted   410,000    1.97    - 
Exercised   -    -    - 
Cancelled   (25,000)   -    - 
                
Outstanding as of March 31, 2020   385,000    1.97    4.36 
                
Exercisable as of March 31, 2020   385,000    1.97    4.36 

 

The aggregate intrinsic values of the stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2020 were $23.

  

Restricted Shares Issued to Key Employees

 

For the year ended March 31, 2020, 175,000 restricted shares were granted to key employees under the 2010 Option Plan. The restricted shares will vest in five years. In the event that any recipient's employment with the Group is terminated before August 8, 2024, the Company will have the right to repurchase the restricted shares at a price of $0.01 per share.

 

The restricted shares granted under the 2010 Option Plan resulted in a compensation expense of $46 for the year ended March 31, 2020, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

As of March 31, 2020, there was $299 unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted shares granted under the 2010 Option Plan. The cost was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.36 years.

 

As of March 31, 2020, the Company has the right to repurchase 152,370 restricted shares, with weighted average grant date fair value at a price of $1.97 per share, at a price of $0.01 per share.

v3.20.2
Segment Information
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Segment Reporting [Abstract]  
SEGMENT INFORMATION

19.SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Group's chief operating decision maker, who has been identified as the Company's Chief Executive Officer, evaluates segment performance and allocates resources based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is operating income.

 

The Group operates in two segments, Metal stamping and mechanical OEM segment and Electric OEM segment. The Metal stamping and mechanical OEM segment focus on manufacturing and sale of metal parts and components. The Electric OEM segment focuses on manufacturing and sale of plastic and electronic parts and components.

 

Corporate represented expenses that are not allocated to reportable segments and other corporate items.

 

A summary of the revenue from contracts with customers, profitability information and asset information by segment and geographical areas is shown below:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Revenue from contracts with customers:            
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   9,638    7,717    6,929 
Electric OEM   9,528    6,560    5,629 
Total revenue from contracts with customers   19,166    14,277    12,558 
                
Operating income (loss):               
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   955    (405)   458 
Electric OEM   1,123    (250)   355 
Corporate   (140)   (100)   (66)
Total operating income (loss)   1,938    (755)   747 
                
Depreciation expense:               
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   160    133    83 
Electric OEM   159    128    62 
Total depreciation   319    261    145 
                
Capital expenditure:               
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   136    398    53 
Electric OEM   135    297    38 
Total capital expenditure   271    695    91 

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Total assets:        
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   8,084    9,753 
Electric OEM   7,000    8,248 
Corporate   166    168 
Total assets   15,250    18,169 

   

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Property, plant and equipment, net:        
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM  513   520 
Electric OEM   373    358 
Total property, plant and equipment, net   886    878 

 

All of the Group's sales are coordinated through its head office in Hong Kong. The Group considers revenues to be generated by geographic area based on the physical location of customers. the breakdown by geographic area is as follows:

 

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Revenue from contracts with customers:            
Hong Kong and China  4,086   2,794   2,186 
Europe   14,446    10,901    9,790 
Other Asian countries   46    128    - 
North America   588    454    582 
Total revenue from contracts with customers   19,166    14,277    12,558 

 

All of the Group's property, plant and equipment are located in Hong Kong, China and Myanmar. The breakdown by geographic area is as follows:

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Property, plant and equipment, net:        
Hong Kong and China  147   127 
Myanmar   739    751 
Total property, plant and equipment, net   886    878 
v3.20.2
Related Party Transaction
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Related Party Transactions [Abstract]  
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION
20.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

 

There are no material related party transactions for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

v3.20.2
Subsequent Event
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Subsequent Event [Abstract]  
SUBSEQUENT EVENT
21.SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

The Company's financial results for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2020 were negatively affected by COVID-19. The Company's Shenzhen, China offices were closed in mid-January 2020 for the annual Chinese New Year holiday and remained closed until late February 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, production at the Shenzhen facilities was reduced due to on-going restrictions on factory operations related to COVID-19 shutdown. During this period, the Company's Myanmar factory remained open and continued to operate until April 2020. It was closed for most of April 2020. These closures affected the Company's operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 and will impact the Company's operations in fiscal 2021.

 

The decreases in overall business and financing activities resulting from COVID-19 are expected to have a negative effect on the Company's businesses for an uncertain period of time.

v3.20.2
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Accounting Policies [Abstract]  
Principles of consolidation

(a) Principles of consolidation - The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated on consolidation. The results of subsidiaries acquired have been consolidated from the date of acquisition.

Use of estimates

(b) Use of estimates - The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management of the Group to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company's management based on their estimates on historical experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgements about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Group's consolidated financial statements included revenue recognition, valuation of goodwill, allowance for doubtful receivables, loan receivables valuation assessment, inventories impairment assessment, property, plant and equipment impairment assessment, the valuation of stock-based compensation, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and the valuation of non-controlling interests of the subsidiaries at acquisition dates. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Investments under equity method

(c) Investments under equity method - The investments for which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the equity method. Under the equity method, original investments are recorded at cost and adjusted by the Group's share of undistributed earnings or losses of these entities, the amortization of intangible assets recognized upon purchase price allocation and dividend distributions or subsequent investments. All unrecognized inter-company profits and losses have been eliminated under the equity method.

 

When the estimated amount to be realized from the investments falls below its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when the decline in value is considered other than temporary.

Cash and cash equivalents

(d) Cash and cash equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, bank deposits and short term, highly liquid investments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use, and which have maturities of three months or less when purchased, and are readily convertible to known amount of cash.

 

Cash equivalents are placed with financial institutions with high credit ratings and quality.

Accounts receivable

(e) Accounts receivable - Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts due from customers, that are typically non-interest bearing and are initially recorded at the invoiced amount. The Group reviews its accounts receivable on a periodic basis and records allowances when there is a doubt as to the collectability of the balance. In evaluating the collectability of the accounts receivable balances, the Group considers various factors, including the age of the balances, customer specific facts and economic conditions. Accounts receivable balances are write-down against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Group does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

Loan receivables

(f) Loan receivables - Loan receivables mainly represent the loans to a non-controlling interest and a director of a subsidiary in Myanmar. The loan periods granted by the Group to the staff amounts to 36 months and carries fixed interest rate of 8% per annum. The loan receivables principle and interest are expected to be repaid on the expected settlement date. The loan receivables are stated at the historical carrying amount net of allowance for uncollectible loan receivables. The Group establishes an allowance for uncollectible loan receivable based on estimates, historical experience and other factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers. Uncollectible loan receivables are written off when the Group has determined the balance will not be collected. The loan receivables expected to be settled more than one year as of balance sheet date are classified into other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheets. No impairment was made on the loan receivables for the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

Inventories

(g) Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost determined by the first-in-first-out method. Work-in-progress and finished goods consist of raw materials, direct labor and overheads associated with the manufacturing process. Write-down of potential obsolete or slow-moving inventories is recorded based on management's assumptions about future demands and market conditions.

Goodwill

(h) Goodwill - Goodwill is the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized but rather tested for impairment at least annually. The Company tests goodwill for impairment in March of each fiscal year. Goodwill is also tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would be more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Specifically, goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. Step 1 compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and step 2 will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, step 2 compares the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit's goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in step 1 to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized in for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill. Estimating fair value is performed by utilizing various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow. Impairment testing for goodwill is done at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (also known as a component).

 

The gross amount of goodwill and accumulated impairment losses as of March 31, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

   Kayser
Myanmar
 
   $ 
     
Gross as of April 1, 2018, March 31, 2019 and 2020   77 
Accumulated impairment loss as of April 1, 2018   - 
Impairment losses during the year ended March 31, 2019   (77)
Accumulated impairment loss as at March 31, 2019 and 2020   (77)
Net as of March 31, 2019 and 2020   - 

 

The balance represented the carrying value of Kayser Myanmar Manufacturing Company Ltd. ("Kayser Myanmar") and had an aggregate carrying amount of $77 as of year ended March 31, 2018. During the year ended March 31, 2019, the Group has tested goodwill for impairment and estimated the fair value of Kayser Myanmar by using the income approach in step 1 of the impairment test. Based on the quantitative test, it was determined the fair value was more likely than not below its carrying amount. Management has identified several determinative events and factors, which has led to the above conclusion, included: (1) the financial result of Kayser Myanmar was below management's expectations due to higher than expected supply chain cost and increased competition, (2) the fiscal year 2020 annual budget operating plan in March 31, 2019, which provided additional insights into expectations and priorities for the coming years, such as lower growth and margin expectations and (3) increased and prolonged economic and regulatory uncertainty in the global economics as of March 31, 2019. Management has compared the implied fair value of Kayser Myanmar's goodwill to the carrying value of the goodwill which is step 2 of the two-step impairment test. An impairment loss was recognized for the excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill.

 

As a result of the two-step impairment test, the Group has recognized a $77 impairment loss of Kayser Myanmar goodwill in selling, general and administrative expenses during the year ended March 31, 2019, due to margin and revenue from contracts from customers declines as well as the lower growth and margin expectation. No impairment expenses were recognized during the years ended March 31, 2018 and 2020.

Property, plant and equipment

(i) Property, plant and equipment - Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis with no salvage value over the estimated useful lives of 5 to 10 years for machinery and equipment, shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life for leasehold improvements and 2 to 5 years for other property, plant and equipment.

Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets (other than goodwill)

(j) Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets (other than goodwill) - The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows and the eventual disposition. Management would estimate the future cash flow used to test the recoverability of the asset included the budgeted cash inflows less associated cash outflows, which are directly associated with the result of use. The estimation should exclude the interest charges which will be recognized as an expense when incurred. Management would consider all available evidence during the estimation process, to ensure the estimated budget would be the most possible outcomes. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cashflow were to be less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally measured based on either quoted market prices, if available, or discounted cash flow analyses.

 

During the year ended 2020 and 2019, the Group has reviewed the long-lived assets for impairment, since there are serval indicative events and factors identified, including (1) significant adverse changes in the business climate, (2) operating and cash flow losses in prior year, and (3) changes in production plan by shifting certain production lines from Shenzhen to Myanmar. Management has compared the carrying value of the long-lived asset to the estimated undiscounted operating cash flow based on the above factors.

 

As a result of the comparison, management has identified the sum of expected undiscounted cashflow of multiple types of machinery and equipment are more likely than not below their fair value. The Group has recognized an impairment of long-lived assets amounted to $113, $233 and $nil during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. The impairment has been recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, based on the nature of the impaired long-lived assets.

Concentration of credit risk

(k) Concentration of credit risk - Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to the concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, loan receivable, and other receivables and prepayments. The Group places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions with high credit ratings and quality.

 

The risks with respect to accounts receivables are mitigated by credit evaluations performed on the customers or debtors and ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances. The Group establishes an allowance for doubtful receivables based upon estimates, factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers and other information. Accounts receivable are charged against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

Revenue recognition

(l) Revenue recognition - Effective with the adoption of Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)," and the associated ASUs (collectively, "Topic 606") on April 1, 2018, the Group recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Group expects to receive in exchange for those goods. To determine revenue recognition for the arrangements that the Group determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the Group performs the following five steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Group adopted the ASU on April 1, 2018 for all revenue contracts with customers using the modified retrospective approach, while prior periods' amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company's historical accounting under ASC 605.

 

Product revenue recognition

 

The Group's revenue from contracts with customers is derived from product revenue principally from the sales of metal stamping and mechanical OEM and electric OEM products directly to other consumer electronics product manufacturers. The Group sell goods to the customer under sales contracts or by purchase orders. The Group has determined there to be one performance obligation for each of the sales contracts and purchase orders. The performance obligations are considered to be met and revenue is recognized when the customer obtains control of the goods. The Group has two major goods delivery channels, included:

 

(1)Delivering goods to customers' predetermined location, the Group has satisfied the contracts' performance obligations when the goods have been delivered and relevant shipping documents have been collected by the Group; and

 

(2)Picking up goods by customers in the Group's warehouse, the Group has satisfied the contracts' performance obligations when the goods have been picked up and the acceptance document has been signed by the customers.

 

The Group did not recognize any revenue from contracts with customers for performance obligations satisfied overtime during the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2020. Accordingly, the timing of revenue recognition is not impacted by the new standard.

 

The transaction price is generally in the form of a fixed price which is agreed with the customer at contract inception. The transaction price is recorded net of sales return, surcharges and value-added tax of gross sales. The Group has allocated the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the sales contracts and purchase orders.

 

The Group would request a deposit from customers upon receiving the purchase order and issue bills to customers upon transfer control of goods and relevant acceptance documents have been collected. Customers' deposits would be settled part of the outstanding bill upon receiving an acknowledgement from customers. For the remaining balance of outstanding bills, Customers are required to pay over an agreed upon credit period, usually between 30 to 75 days.

 

Return Rights

 

The Group does not provide its customers with the right of return (except for product quality issue) or production protection. Customer is required to perform product quality check before acceptance of goods delivery. The Group did not recognize for any refund liability according to the product return on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Value-added taxes and surcharges

 

The Group presents revenue net of VAT and surcharges incurred. The surcharge is sales related taxes representing the City Maintenance and Construction Tax and Education Surtax. The Group incurs expenses or pays fees to external delivery service providers, respectively, and records such expenses and fees like shipping and handling expenses. Total VAT and surcharges paid by the Group during the years ended March 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 amounted to $57, $77 and $90 respectively.

 

Principals vs. agent accounting

 

The Group records all product revenue on a gross basis. To determine whether the Group is an agent or principal in the sale of products, the Group considers the following indicators: the Group is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified goods or services, is subject to inventory risks before the specified goods have been transferred to a customer or after transfer of control to the customers, and has discretion in establishing the price of the specified goods.

 

Disaggregation of revenue

 

The Group disaggregates its revenue from different types of contracts with customers by principal product categories, as the Group believes it best depicts the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows. See note 19 for product revenues by segment.

 

Contract balances

 

The Group did not recognize any contract asset as of March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020. The timing between the recognition of revenue and receipt of payment is not significant.

 

The Group's contract liabilities consist of deposits received from customers. As of March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, the balances of the contract liabilities are $25 and $39, including deposits received from customers. All contract liabilities at the beginning of the year ended March 31, 2020 were recognized as revenue during the year ended March 31, 2020 and all contract liabilities as of year ended March 31, 2020 are expected to be realized in the following year.

 

In periods prior to the adoption of Topic 606, the Group's accounting policy was to recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, products are delivered, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Staff retirement plan costs

(m) Staff retirement plan costs - The Group's costs related to the staff retirement plans (see note 17) are charged to the consolidated statement of operations as incurred.

Foreign currency translations and transactions

(n) Foreign currency translations and transactions - The functional and reporting currency of the Company is the United States Dollars ("U.S. dollars"). All transactions in currencies other than functional currencies of the Company during the year are remeasured at the exchange rates prevailing on the respective transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities existing at the balance sheet date denominated in currencies other than functional currencies are remeasured at the exchange rates on that date. Exchange differences are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The books and records of the Company's major subsidiaries are maintained in their respective local currencies, the Hong Kong dollars, Myanmar kyat and Renminbi, which are also their respective functional currencies. The financial statements of the Group's entities of which the functional currency is not U.S. dollars are translated from their respective functional currency into U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. Equity accounts other than earnings generated in current period are translated into U.S. dollars at the appropriate historical rates. Income and expense items are translated into U.S. dollars at the average rates of exchange over the year. All exchange differences arising from the translation of subsidiaries' financial statements are recorded as a component of comprehensive income (loss).

Income taxes

(o) Income taxes - Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates that will be in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Group records a valuation allowance against the amount of deferred tax assets that it determines is not more likely than not of being realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

The Group recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Group records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties, if any, within income tax expenses.

Operating leases

(p) Operating leases - Leases in which substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease periods.

Net income (loss) per share

(p) Net income (loss) per share - Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to the Company by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.

 

Diluted net income (loss) attributable to the Company per share gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the year. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding is adjusted to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued.

 

Anti-dilutive potential ordinary shares are not considered in the calculation of the diluted earnings per share. Potential ordinary shares are antidilutive when the conversion of ordinary shares increases the earnings per share or decreases the net loss per share.

Comprehensive (loss) income

(q) Comprehensive income (loss) - Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income (loss) and foreign currency translation adjustments and is presented net of tax.

 

The Group presents the components of net income (loss), the components of other comprehensive income (loss) and total comprehensive income (loss) in two separate but consecutive statements.

Fair value measurement and financial instruments

(r) Fair value measurement and financial instruments - The Group applies a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument's categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Under this hierarchy, there are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical asset or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

 

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

Determining which category an asset or liability falls within the hierarchy requires significant judgment.

 

The carrying amounts of financial instruments, which consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable and other liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short term nature of these instruments.

Non-controlling interest

(s) Non-controlling interest - Non-controlling interests have been reported as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of changes of equity and comprehensive income for all periods presented.

Stock-based compensation

(t) Stock-based compensation – The Group adopted the provisions of ASC Topic 718 which requires the Group to measure and recognize compensation expenses for an award of an equity instrument based on the grant-date fair value. The cost is recognized over the vesting period (or the requisite service period). Further, ASC Topic 718 requires the Group to estimate forfeitures in calculating the expense related to stock-based compensation.

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Option Valuation Model, and recognized as expenses (a) immediately at the grant date if no vesting conditions are required; and (b) for share options or restricted shares granted with only service conditions, using the straight-line vesting method, over the vesting period. The expected volatility was based on the historical volatilities of the Company's listed common stocks in the United States and other relevant market information. The Company uses historical data to estimate share option exercises and employee departure behavior used in the valuation model. The expected terms of share options granted is derived from the output of the option pricing model and represents the period of time that share options granted are expected to be outstanding. Since the share options once exercised will primarily trade in the U.S. capital market, the risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the share option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

There were no grants to non-employee consultants after the effectiveness of ASU 2018-07—Compensation—stock compensation (Topic 718)—Improvements to nonemployee share-based payment accounting.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

(u) Recently Adopted Accounting Standards – On April 1, 2019, the Group adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (ASU 2016-02), as amended, which supersedes the lease accounting guidance under Topic 840, and generally requires lessees to recognize operating and financing lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use (ROU) assets on the balance sheet and to provide enhanced disclosures surrounding the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leasing arrangements. The Group adopted the new guidance using the modified retrospective transition approach by applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application and not restating comparative periods. The most significant impact was the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases.

 

On April 1, 2019, the Group adopted Topic 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach by applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. Results and disclosure requirements for reporting periods beginning after April 1, 2019 are presented under Topic 842, while prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with its historical accounting under Topic 840.

 

The Group elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allowed it to carry forward its historical lease classification, its assessment on whether a contract was or contains a lease, and its initial direct costs for any leases that existed prior to April 1, 2019. The Group also elected to combine its lease and non-lease components and to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated lease payments in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

Upon adoption, the Group recognized total ROU assets of $2,184, with corresponding liabilities of $1,275 on the consolidated balance sheets. The ROU assets include adjustments for prepayments and accrued lease payments. The adoption of the new lease standard does not have significant impact on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and cash flows and there was no adjustment to the beginning retained earnings on April 1, 2019.

 

Under Topic 842, the Group determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the lease term. For this purpose, the Group considers only payments that are fixed and determinable at the time of commencement. As most of its leases do not provide an implicit rate, it uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Group's incremental borrowing rate is a hypothetical rate based on its understanding of what its credit rating would be. The ROU asset also includes any lease payments made prior to commencement and is recorded net of any lease incentives received. The Group's lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise such options.

 

Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, operating lease liabilities, current and non-current operating lease liabilities, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Accounting standards issued but not adopted as of March 31, 2020

(v) Accounting standards issued but not adopted as of March 31, 2020 - In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other organizations. The ASU requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. Organizations will continue to use judgment to determine which loss estimation method is appropriate for their circumstances. The ASU requires enhanced disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization's portfolio. These disclosures include qualitative and quantitative requirements that provide additional information about the amounts recorded in the financial statements. In November 2018, this was further updated with the issuance of ASU 2018-19, which excludes operating leases from the scope. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. For public business entities that are U.S. SEC filers, the ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment". The update simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. The update also eliminates the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The update should be applied on a prospective basis. The nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle should be disclosed upon transition. The update is effective for any annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Group expects the adoption of the new guidance will not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement," which is part of the FASB disclosure framework project to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to the financial statements. The amendments in the new guidance remove, modify and add certain disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements covered in Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement." The new standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for either the entire standard or only the requirements that modify or eliminate the disclosure requirements, with certain requirements applied prospectively, and all other requirements applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

 

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-17, Consolidation: Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities, which modifies the guidance related to indirect interests held through related parties under common control for determining whether fees paid to decision makers and service providers are variable interest. ASU 2018-17 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions within ASC 740, Income Taxes, and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistent application among reporting entities. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the Company must apply certain aspects of this standard retrospectively for all periods presented while other aspects are applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Group is evaluating the impact this update will have on its financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

v3.20.2
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Accounting Policies [Abstract]  
Schedule of gross amount of goodwill and accumulated impairment losses

   Kayser
Myanmar
 
   $ 
     
Gross as of April 1, 2018, March 31, 2019 and 2020   77 
Accumulated impairment loss as of April 1, 2018   - 
Impairment losses during the year ended March 31, 2019   (77)
Accumulated impairment loss as at March 31, 2019 and 2020   (77)
Net as of March 31, 2019 and 2020   - 
v3.20.2
Income Taxes (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]  
Schedule of income before income (loss) taxes
   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
Hong Kong   955    (850)   673 
China   1,060    398    229 
Myanmar   57    (242)   (6)
    2,072    (694)   896 
Schedule of income tax expense (credit)

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Current tax:            
             
Hong Kong               
Current tax   156    4    11 
Overprovision in prior year   -    (30)   - 
                
China               
Current tax   356    -    - 
                
Deferred tax:               
Current tax   -    -    198 
Total   512    (26)   209 
Schedule of effective income tax rate reconciliation
    Year ended March 31,  
    2018     2019     2020  
    %     %     %  
                   
Profits tax rate in Hong Kong     16.5       16.5       16.5  
Non-deductible items/non-taxable income     2.1       3.3       26.9  
Changes in valuation allowances     (1.4 )     (0.4 )     1.1  
Overprovision of profits tax in prior year     (2.1 )     4.3       -  
Effect of different tax rate of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions     4.3       (1.9 )     1.8  
Tax effect of tax losses not recognized     0.0       (30.0 )     0.1  
Utilization of tax losses previously not recognized     (1.0 )     12.7       (11.6 )
Others     6.2       (0.8 )     (11.5 )
Effective tax rate     24.6       3.7       23.3  
Schedule of deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Property, plant and equipment   32    5 
ROU assets   -    829 
Total deferred tax liabilities   32    834 
           
Deferred tax assets:          
Lease liabilities   -    (605)
Tax loss carryforwards   (594)   (478)
Deferred deductible expenses   (74)   (74)
Valuation allowance   668    552 
Total deferred tax assets   -    (605)
Net deferred tax liabilities   32    229 
Schedule of valuation allowance
   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
At the beginning of the year   567    548    668 
Current year (reduction) addition   (19)   120    (116)
At the end of the year   548    668    552 
v3.20.2
Cash and Cash Equivalents (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]  
Schedule of cash and cash equivalents

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Cash on hand   1    12 
Bank deposits   6,874    7,748 
Short term investments   1,952    1,067 
    8,827    8,827 
v3.20.2
Accounts Receivable, Net (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Accounts Receivable Net Tables  
Schedule of accounts receivable, net

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Accounts receivable   2,264    2,008 
Allowances for doubtful receivables   -    - 
    2,264    2,008 
Schedule of allowances for doubtful accounts receivables
   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
             
At beginning of year   66    -    - 
Reversal for the year   (66)   -    - 
At end of year   -    -    - 
v3.20.2
Inventories, Net (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]  
Schedule of inventories
   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Raw materials   1,200    1,346 
Work in progress   40    234 
Finished goods   299    420 
    1,539    2,000 
v3.20.2
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Prepaid Expenses And Other Current Assets [Abstract]  
Schedule of prepaid expenses and other current assets
   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $  
         
Prepaid expenses   137    129 
Short-term rental prepayment   79    - 
Payment in advance   110    140 
Deposits   373    108 
Other   23    11 
    722    388 
v3.20.2
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]  
Schedule of property, plant and equipment, net
  As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
At cost:        
Machinery and equipment   12,284    12,135 
Furniture and fixtures   464    90 
Leasehold improvements   1,044    1,120 
Motor vehicles   153    162 
Total   13,945    13,507 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and impairment   (13,059)   (12,629)
Property, plant and equipment, net   886    878 
v3.20.2
Investments in Equity Method Investees (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Equity Method Investments and Joint Ventures [Abstract]  
Schedule of investments in equity investee

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
The Group's proportionate share of equity in the net assets of equity investees   5    5 
Less: Accumulated impairment losses recognized   (5)   (5)
Investments in equity investees reported in the consolidated balance sheets   -    - 
v3.20.2
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Accrued Liabilities Current and Other Liabilities Current [Abstract]  
Schedule of accrued expenses and other current liabilities
  As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
         
Accrued payroll   822    134 
Accrued housing allowance   294    214 
Accrued other social benefits   1,087    1,167 
Deposits received from customers   25    39 
Unbilled purchases from suppliers   35    - 
Accrued audit fee   251    430 
Others   475    310 
    2,989    2,294 
v3.20.2
Lease (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Leases [Abstract]  
Schedule of supplemental information related to operating leases

   2020 
   $ 
     
Operating lease cost   991*
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term - Operating leases   7.51 years 
Weighted Average Discount Rate - Operating leases   7.63%

 

*Included unconditional government subsidy and sublease income with total amount $289 for factory space and dormitories located in Shenzhen.
Schedule of minimum future annual payments under non-cancellable leases
   Operating
leases
 
   $ 
Year ending March 31,    
2021   888 
2022   933 
2023   908 
2024   - 
2025   - 
Thereafter   3,275 
Total undiscounted cash flows   6,004 
Less: imputed interest   (3,188)
Present value of lease liabilities   2,816 
v3.20.2
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]  
Schedule of accounts receivable

   Percentage of 
   accounts receivable 
   2019   2020 
   %   % 
         
Customer A   61.1    47.4 
Customer B   10.2    ** 
Customer C   6.9    18.4 
Customer D   **    6.7 
Three largest receivable balances   78.2    72.5 

 

**not among the top three receivable balances as of respective year end.
Schedule of revenue by major customers by reporting segments

   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   %   %   % 
             
Customer A (note a)   51.4    47.7    48.2 
Customer B (note a)   15.8    18.0    20.8 
Customer C (note b)   10.8    11.2    N/A 
    78.0    76.9    69.0 

 

Notes:

 

(a)Sales to this customer were reported in both of the Metal Stamping and Mechanical OEM and Electric OEM operating segments.
(b)Sales to this customer were reported in the Electric OEM operating segment.
v3.20.2
Net Income (Loss) Per Share (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]  
Schedule of basic and diluted net income per share
  Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Net income (loss) attributable to Highway Holdings Limited's shareholders, basic and diluted   1,550    (630)   686 
                
Shares:               
Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net income per share   3,801,874    3,801,874    3,909,976 
                
Net income (loss) per share, basic   0.41    (0.17)   0.18 
v3.20.2
Stock Options And Restricted Shares (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Stock Options And Restricted Shares [Abstract]  
Schedule of fair value options
  2020 
     
Stock price  $1.97 
Risk-free interest rate   1.66%
Expected life   2.5 years 
Expected volatility   41.83%
Expected dividend yield   8%
Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Stock Options, Activity
          Weighted 
       Weighted   average 
   Number of   average   remaining 
   stock   exercise   contractual 
   options   price   life (years) 
       $     
Outstanding as of April 1, 2019   -    -    - 
Granted   410,000    1.97    - 
Exercised   -    -    - 
Cancelled   (25,000)   -    - 
                
Outstanding as of March 31, 2020   385,000    1.97    4.36 
                
Exercisable as of March 31, 2020   385,000    1.97    4.36 
v3.20.2
Segment Information (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Segment Reporting [Abstract]  
Schedule of segment reporting information
  Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Revenue from contracts with customers:            
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   9,638    7,717    6,929 
Electric OEM   9,528    6,560    5,629 
Total revenue from contracts with customers   19,166    14,277    12,558 
                
Operating income (loss):               
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   955    (405)   458 
Electric OEM   1,123    (250)   355 
Corporate   (140)   (100)   (66)
Total operating income (loss)   1,938    (755)   747 
                
Depreciation expense:               
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   160    133    83 
Electric OEM   159    128    62 
Total depreciation   319    261    145 
                
Capital expenditure:               
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   136    398    53 
Electric OEM   135    297    38 
Total capital expenditure   271    695    91 

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Total assets:        
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM   8,084    9,753 
Electric OEM   7,000    8,248 
Corporate   166    168 
Total assets   15,250    18,169 

   

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Property, plant and equipment, net:        
Metal stamping and Mechanical OEM  513   520 
Electric OEM   373    358 
Total property, plant and equipment, net   886    878 
Schedule of geographical segment
   Year ended March 31, 
   2018   2019   2020 
   $   $   $ 
Revenue from contracts with customers:            
Hong Kong and China  4,086   2,794   2,186 
Europe   14,446    10,901    9,790 
Other Asian countries   46    128    - 
North America   588    454    582 
Total revenue from contracts with customers   19,166    14,277    12,558 

 

   As of March 31, 
   2019   2020 
   $   $ 
Property, plant and equipment, net:        
Hong Kong and China  147   127 
Myanmar   739    751 
Total property, plant and equipment, net   886    878 
v3.20.2
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Net as of March 31, 2019 and 2020    
Kayser Myanmar [Member]      
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Gross as of April 1, 2018, March 31, 2019 and 2020 77 $ 77 $ 77
Accumulated impairment loss as of April 1, 2018    
Impairment losses during the year ended March 31, 2019   (77)  
Accumulated impairment loss as at March 31, 2019 and 2020 (77) (77)  
Net as of March 31, 2019 and 2020  
v3.20.2
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details Textual) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Fixed interest rate 8.00%    
Carrying amount     $ 77
Impairment of long-lived assets $ 233 113
VAT and surcharges 90 77 $ 57
Right-of-use asset 3,710  
Contract liabilities 39 25  
Lease liability $ 1,275    
Income tax, description Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized.    
ROU assets $ 2,184    
Kayser Myanmar [Member]      
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Carrying amount    
Impairment losses $ 77 $ 77  
Leasehold Improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]      
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Estimated useful lives 5 years    
Leasehold Improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]      
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Estimated useful lives 2 years    
Machinery and Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]      
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Estimated useful lives 10 years    
Machinery and Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]      
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]      
Estimated useful lives 5 years    
v3.20.2
Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]      
Income before income (loss) taxes $ 896 $ (694) $ 2,072
Hong Kong [Member]      
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]      
Income before income (loss) taxes 673 (850) 955
China [Member]      
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]      
Income before income (loss) taxes 229 398 1,060
Myanmar [Member]      
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]      
Income before income (loss) taxes $ (6) $ (242) $ 57
v3.20.2
Income Taxes (Details 1) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Deferred tax:      
Current tax $ 209
Total 209 (26) 512
Hong Kong [Member]      
Current tax 11 4 156
Overprovision in prior year (30)
China [Member]      
Current tax $ 356
v3.20.2
Income Taxes (Details 2)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]      
Profits tax rate in Hong Kong 16.50% 16.50% 16.50%
Non-deductible items/non-taxable income 26.90% 3.30% 2.10%
Changes in valuation allowances 1.10% (0.40%) (1.40%)
Overprovision of profits tax in prior year 4.30% (2.10%)
Effect of different tax rate of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions 1.80% (1.90%) 4.30%
Tax effect of tax losses not recognized 0.10% (30.00%) 0.00%
Utilization of tax losses previously not recognized (11.60%) 12.70% (1.00%)
Others (11.50%) (0.80%) 6.20%
Effective tax rate 23.30% 3.70% 24.60%
v3.20.2
Income Taxes (Details 3) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Deferred tax liabilities:    
Property, plant and equipment $ 5 $ 32
ROU assets 829
Total deferred tax liabilities 834 32
Deferred tax assets:    
Lease liabilities (605)
Tax loss carryforwards (478) (594)
Deferred deductible expenses (74) (74)
Valuation allowance 552 668
Total deferred tax assets (605)
Net deferred tax liabilities $ 229 $ 32
v3.20.2
Income Taxes (Details 4) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Movement of Valuation Allowances [Roll Forward]      
At the beginning of the year $ 668 $ 548 $ 567
Current year (reduction) addition (116) 120 (19)
At the end of the year $ 552 $ 668 $ 548
v3.20.2
Income Taxes (Details Textual) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 21, 2018
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Income Taxes (Textual)        
Tax losses   $ 2,723 $ 3,424  
Tax losses carried forward   99 242  
Other tax losses   $ 2,382 $ 3,083  
Operating loss carry forward expiration date   Expire during the year ending March 31, 2023 and 2025.    
Income tax, description The Hong Kong Legislative Council passed The Inland Revenue (Amendment) (No. 7) Bill 2017 (the "Bill") which introduces the two-tiered profits tax rates regime. The Bill was signed into law on March 28, 2018 and was gazetted on the following day. Under the two-tiered profits tax rates regime, the first HK$2 million (equivalent to $257) of profits of the qualifying group entity will be taxed at 8.25%, and profits above HK$2 million will be taxed at 16.5%. The profits of group entities not qualifying for the two-tiered profits tax rates regime will continue to be taxed at a flat rate of 16.5%. The Group has selected Kayser Limited ("Kayser") as the qualified entity under two-tiered profit tax rates regime and the remaining Hong Kong based subsidiaries are not qualifying under the regime and continue to be taxed at 16.5%.      
China [Member]        
Income Taxes (Textual)        
Effective income tax rate reconciliation, at federal statutory income tax rate   25.00%    
Income tax, description   However, Kayser Myanmar enjoyed a tax exemption for the period through the end of December 31, 2017 and was subject to an income tax rate of 25% starting from January 1, 2018 onward.    
Hong Kong [Member]        
Income Taxes (Textual)        
Effective income tax rate reconciliation, at federal statutory income tax rate   16.50% 16.50% 16.50%
v3.20.2
Cash and Cash Equivalents (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Mar. 31, 2017
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]        
Cash on hand $ 12 $ 1    
Bank deposits 7,748 6,874    
Short term investments 1,067 1,952    
Total cash and cash equivalent $ 8,827 $ 8,827 $ 11,267 $ 10,028
v3.20.2
Accounts Receivable, Net (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Accounts Receivable Net Details    
Accounts receivable $ 2,008 $ 2,264
Allowances for doubtful receivables
Accounts receivable, Total $ 2,008 $ 2,264
v3.20.2
Accounts Receivable, Net (Details 1) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Accounts Receivable Net Details 1      
At beginning of year $ 66
Reversal for the year (66)
At end of year
v3.20.2
Inventories, Net (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]    
Raw materials $ 1,346 $ 1,200
Work in progress 234 40
Finished goods 420 299
Inventory, Net $ 2,000 $ 1,539
v3.20.2
Inventories, Net (Details Textual) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Inventories, Net (Textual)      
Slow moving inventories $ 39 $ 419 $ 45
v3.20.2
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Prepaid Expenses And Other Current Assets [Abstract]    
Prepaid expenses $ 129 $ 137
Short-term rental prepayment 79
Payment in advance 140 110
Deposits 108 373
Other 11 23
Total $ 388 $ 722
v3.20.2
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Property, plant and equipment, at cost $ 13,507 $ 13,945
Less: Accumulated depreciation and impairment (12,629) (13,059)
Property, plant and equipment, net 878 886
Machinery and equipment [Member]    
Property, plant and equipment, at cost 12,135 12,284
Furniture and fixtures [Member]    
Property, plant and equipment, at cost 90 464
Leasehold improvements [Member]    
Property, plant and equipment, at cost 1,120 1,044
Motor vehicles [Member]    
Property, plant and equipment, at cost $ 162 $ 153
v3.20.2
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net (Details Textual) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net (Textual)      
Depreciation expense $ 145 $ 261 $ 319
Impairment of property, plant and equipment $ 233 $ 113
v3.20.2
Long-Term Rental Prepayment (Details)
K in Thousands, $ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 29, 2019
Mar. 31, 2020
USD ($)
Mar. 31, 2020
MMK (K)
Mar. 31, 2019
USD ($)
Long-Term Rental Prepayment (Textual)        
Long-term rental prepayment     $ 871
Konig Company [Member]        
Long-Term Rental Prepayment (Textual)        
Rental agreement, description   Approximately 12 years of rental payments. Upon application of Topic 842, the current and non-current portion of rental prepayment as of April 1, 2019 for $79 and $871 respectively were reclassified to ROU assets. Approximately 12 years of rental payments. Upon application of Topic 842, the current and non-current portion of rental prepayment as of April 1, 2019 for $79 and $871 respectively were reclassified to ROU assets.  
Prepaid rent   $ 950    
Rental Agreement [Member]        
Long-Term Rental Prepayment (Textual)        
Rental agreement, description Company have entered into a 50-year rental agreement for a manufacturing complex in Yangon, Myanmar (the "New Facility").      
Kayser Myanmar [Member]        
Long-Term Rental Prepayment (Textual)        
Non-controlling interest   16.00%    
Rental agreement, description   The lease for the New Facility has a term of 50 years, Kayser Myanmar has the option to extend the lease term for two consecutive 10-year terms on the same terms and conditions as in effect for the initial 50-year period. The lease for the New Facility has a term of 50 years, Kayser Myanmar has the option to extend the lease term for two consecutive 10-year terms on the same terms and conditions as in effect for the initial 50-year period.  
Monthly lease payment   $ 7,200    
Kayser Myanmar [Member] | Myanmar Kyat [Member]        
Long-Term Rental Prepayment (Textual)        
Monthly lease payment | K     K 10,000  
v3.20.2
Investments in Equity Method Investees (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Equity Method Investments and Joint Ventures [Abstract]    
The Group's proportionate share of equity in the net assets of equity investees $ 5 $ 5
Less: Accumulated impairment losses recognized (5) (5)
Investments in equity investees reported in the consolidated balance sheets
v3.20.2
Investments in Equity Method Investees (Details Textual)
Dec. 31, 2020
Dec. 31, 2019
Kayser Technik [Member]    
Investments in Equity Method Investees (Textual)    
Equity method investment ownership percentage 50.00% 50.00%
v3.20.2
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Accrued Liabilities Current and Other Liabilities Current [Abstract]    
Accrued payroll $ 134 $ 822
Accrued housing allowance 214 294
Accrued other social benefits 1,167 1,087
Deposits received from customers 39 25
Unbilled purchases from suppliers 35
Accrued audit fee 430 251
Others 310 475
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities $ 2,294 $ 2,989
v3.20.2
Leases (Details)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
USD ($)
Leases [Abstract]  
Operating lease cost $ 991 [1]
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term - Operating leases 7 years 6 months 3 days
Weighted Average Discount Rate - Operating leases 7.63%
[1] Included unconditional government subsidy and sublease income with total amount $289 for factory space and dormitories located in Shenzhen.
v3.20.2
Leases (Details 1)
$ in Thousands
Mar. 31, 2020
USD ($)
Leases [Abstract]  
2021 $ 888
2022 933
2023 908
2024
2025
Thereafter 3,275
Total undiscounted cash flows 6,004
Less: imputed interest (3,188)
Present value of lease liabilities $ 2,816
v3.20.2
Leases (Details Textual) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
1 Months Ended
Mar. 29, 2019
Mar. 31, 2020
Leases (Textual)    
Lease, description Kayser Myanmar entered into a 50-year lease of a manufacturing facility in Yangon, Myanmar. Kayser Myanmar is obligated under the lease to make monthly lease payment equal to 10 million Myanmar Kyat (equivalent to $7.2 per month as of March 31, 2020). At inception, Kayser Myanmar has paid $950 as prepaid rent under the lease, approximately 12 years of rental payments.  
Operating lease cost government subsidy and sublease income   $ 289
v3.20.2
Treasury Stock (Details) - shares
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Treasury Stock (Textual)    
Number of shares held in treasury 0 5,049
v3.20.2
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers (Details) - Accounts Receivable [Member]
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Three largest receivable balances 72.50% 78.20%
Customer A [Member]    
Three largest receivable balances 47.40% 61.10%
Customer B [Member]    
Three largest receivable balances [1] 10.20%
Customer C [Member]    
Three largest receivable balances 18.40% 6.90%
Customer D [Member]    
Three largest receivable balances 6.70% [1]
[1] not among the top three receivable balances as of respective year end.
v3.20.2
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers (Details 1)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Accounts Receivable ,Percentage 69.00% 76.90% 78.00%
Customer A [Member]      
Accounts Receivable ,Percentage [1] 48.20% 47.70% 51.40%
Customer B [Member]      
Accounts Receivable ,Percentage [1] 20.80% 18.00% 15.80%
Customer C [Member]      
Accounts Receivable ,Percentage [2] 11.20% 10.80%
[1] Sales to this customer were reported in both of the Metal Stamping and Mechanical OEM and Electric OEM operating segments.
[2] Sales to this customer were reported in the Electric OEM operating segment.
v3.20.2
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers (Details Textual)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers (Textual)      
Customers accounting percentage 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%
v3.20.2
Net Income (Loss) Per Share (Details) - USD ($)
$ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]      
Net income (loss) attributable to Highway Holdings Limited's shareholders, basic and diluted $ 686 $ (630) $ 1,550
Shares:      
Weighted average common shares used in computing basic net income per share 3,909,976 3,801,874 3,801,874
Net income (loss) per share, basic $ 0.18 $ (0.17) $ 0.41
v3.20.2
Staff Retirement Plans (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Employer matching contribution percent 5.00%    
Cost of contribution to the staff retirement plans $ 223 $ 114 $ 242
Hong Kong [Member]      
Mandatory provident fund, description The MPF is available to all employees aged 18 to 64 with at least 60 days of service under the employment of the Group in Hong Kong.    
v3.20.2
Stock Options And Restricted Shares (Details)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
$ / shares
Stock Options And Restricted Shares [Abstract]  
Stock price $ 1.97
Risk-free interest rate 1.66%
Expected life 2 years 18 days
Expected volatility 41.83%
Expected dividend yield 8.00%
v3.20.2
Stock Options And Restricted Shares (Details 1)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
$ / shares
shares
Stock Options And Restricted Shares [Abstract]  
Number of Options, Outstanding beginning balance
Number of Options, Granted 410,000
Number of Options, Exercised
Number of Options, Cancelled (25,000)
Number of Options, Outstanding ending balance 385,000
Number of Options Exercisable 385,000
Weighted Average Exercise price, Outstanding beginning balance | $ / shares
Weighted Average Exercise price, Granted | $ / shares 1.97
Weighted Average Exercise price, Outstanding ending balance | $ / shares 1.97
Weighted Average Exercise price, Exercisable | $ / shares $ 1.97
Weighted average remaining contractual life, Outstanding ending balance 4 years 4 months 9 days
Weighted average remaining contractual life, Exercisable 4 years 4 months 9 days
v3.20.2
Stock Options And Restricted Shares (Details Textual) - USD ($)
$ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Aug. 08, 2019
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Selling, general and administrative expenses   $ 3,406 $ 4,335 $ 4,804
Values of stock options outstanding   $ 23    
Repurchase the restricted, description   The Company has the right to repurchase 152,370 restricted shares, with weighted average grant date fair value at a price of $1.97 per share, at a price of $0.01 per share.    
Employees restricted shares   175,000    
Fair value price   $ 1.97    
weighted average repurchase restricted   152,370    
Per share price   $ 0.01 $ 0.01  
Aggregate intrinsic values   $ 23    
Selling, general and administrative expenses [Member]        
Selling, general and administrative expenses   $ 135    
Option Plan 2010 [Member]        
Exercisable period of options granted   5 years    
Stock Issued During Period, Shares, Restricted Stock   600,000    
Stock options and restricted shares, description The Board of Directors of the Company granted awards for a total of 585,000 shares of stock options and restricted shares under the Company's 2010 Option Plan. The awards consisted of 160,000 non-qualified share options to 20 key employees, 250,000 non-qualified share options to 7 directors of the Company, including 60,000 options to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, and 175,000 restricted shares to 12 managers and key employees.      
Selling, general and administrative expenses   $ 135    
Repurchase the restricted, description   The restricted shares will vest in five years. In the event that any recipient's employment with the Group is terminated before August 8, 2024, the Company will have the right to repurchase the restricted shares at a price of $0.01 per share.    
weighted-average period   4 years 4 months 9 days    
Unrecognized compensation cost   $ 299    
v3.20.2
Segment Information (Details) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]      
Revenue from contracts with customers: $ 12,558 $ 14,277 $ 19,166
Operating income (loss): 747 (755) 1,938
Depreciation expense: 145 261 319
Capital expenditure: 91 695 271
Total assets: 18,169 15,250  
Property, plant and equipment 878 886  
Metal Stamping and Mechanical OEM [Member]      
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]      
Revenue from contracts with customers: 6,929 7,717 9,638
Operating income (loss): 458 (405) 955
Depreciation expense: 83 133 160
Capital expenditure: 53 398 136
Total assets: 9,753 8,084  
Property, plant and equipment 520 513  
Electric OEM [Member]      
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]      
Revenue from contracts with customers: 5,629 6,560 9,528
Operating income (loss): 355 (250) 1,123
Depreciation expense: 62 128 1,938
Capital expenditure: 38 297 135
Total assets: 8,248 7,000  
Property, plant and equipment 358 373  
Corporate [Member]      
Revenue, Major Customer [Line Items]      
Operating income (loss): (66) (100) $ (140)
Total assets: $ 168 $ 166  
v3.20.2
Segment Information (Details 1) - USD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Mar. 31, 2019
Mar. 31, 2018
Revenue from contracts with customers: $ 12,558 $ 14,277 $ 19,166
Property, plant and equipment, net 878 886  
Hong Kong and China [Member]      
Revenue from contracts with customers: 2,186 2,794 4,086
Property, plant and equipment, net 127 147  
Europe [Member]      
Revenue from contracts with customers: 9,790 10,901 14,446
Other Asian Countries [Member]      
Revenue from contracts with customers: 128 46
North America [Member]      
Revenue from contracts with customers: 582 454 $ 588
Myanmar [Member]      
Property, plant and equipment, net $ 751 $ 739  
v3.20.2
Segment Information (Details Textual)
12 Months Ended
Mar. 31, 2020
Segment
Segment Information (Textual)  
Number of operating segments 2